5 6201800791078995301

Term
-2
10
CBSE
2021-22
Social Science
(As per the Latest CBSE Syllabus Released in July 2021)
Visit https://telegram.me/booksforcbse for more books.
Full Marks Pvt Ltd

(Progressive Educational Publishers)
An ISO : 9001-2015 Company
New Delhi-110002
Published by:
Full Marks Pvt Ltd

(Progressive Educational Publishers)
An ISO : 9001-2015 Company
9, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002

Phone: 011- 40556600 (100 Lines)
Website: www.fullmarks.org
E-mail: info@fmpl.in
© Publishers
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without
permission. Any person who does any unauthorised act in relation to this publication may be liable to criminal prosecution
and civil claims for damages.
Branches:
• Chennai • Guwahati
Marketing Offices:
• Ahmedabad • Bengaluru • Bhopal • Dehradun • Hyderabad • Jaipur • Jalandhar • Kochi • Kolkata
• Lucknow • Mumbai • Patna • Ranchi
New Edition
“This book is meant for educational and learning purposes. The author(s) of the book has/have taken all reasonable care to
ensure that the contents of the book do not violate any existing copyright or other intellectual property rights of any person
in any manner whatsoever. In the event the author(s) has/have been unable to track any source and if any copyright has
been inadvertently infringed, please notify the publisher in writing for corrective action.”
Printed at:
Preface
Social Science-10 (TERM-2) is based on the latest curriculum guidelines specified by the CBSE.
It will certainly prove to be a torch-bearer for those who toil hard to achieve their goal.
This Question Bank has been developed keeping in mind students’ requirements for Board Examination
preparations like learning, practising, revising and assessing their progress.
Salient Features of the Book:
● Each chapter is designed in a ‘Topicwise’ manner where every topic is briefly explained followed by
Exercise to that topic.
● Topics presented in easy-to-understand points that help in memorising and retention.
● Answers are written in lucid language and according to the student’s level of understanding.
● Every exercise covers all possible varieties of questions with answers in the form of Objective Type
Questions, Very Short Answer Type Questions, Short Answer Type Questions, Long Answer Type
Questions, Picture/Figure Based Questions, Case Based Questions, Map Based Questions, etc.
● All important NCERT Textbook questions are covered with answers.
● Previous Years’ Board Questions and latest CBSE Board Questions with answers are also included.
● Chapter Chart and Quick Revision Notes have been given for student’s benefit.
● Three Sample Papers are given for student’s benefit.
● The book has been well prepared to build confidence among students.
We earnestly hope that this book will prove to be highly useful for students.
uggestions for further improvement of the book, pointing out printing errors/mistakes which might have
S
crept in spite of all efforts, will be thankfully received and incorporated in the next edition.
–Publishers
(iii)
CBSE CIRCULAR 2021-22
osQUnzh; ekè;fed f'k{kk cksMZ

(f'k{kk ea=kky;] Hkkjr ljdkj osQ v/hu Lok;Ùk laxBu)
Central Board of Secondary Education
(An Autonomous Organisation Under the Ministry of Education, Govt. of India)
CBSE/DIR (ACAD)/2021 Date: July 05, 2021
All the Heads of Schools affiliated to CBSE Circular No: A cad-51/2021
Subject : Special Scheme of Assessment for Board Examination Classes X and XII for the Session 2021-22
COVID 19 pandemic caused almost all CBSE schools to function in a virtual mode for most part of the academic session of 2020-
21. Due to the extreme risk associated with the conduct of Board examinations during the second wave in April 2021, CBSE had
to cancel both its class X and XII Board examinations of the year 2021 and results are to be declared on the basis of a credible,
reliable, flexible and valid alternative assessment policy. This, in turn, also necessitated deliberations over alternative ways to
look at the learning objectives as well as the conduct of the Board Examinations for the academic session 2021-22 in case the
situation remains unfeasible.
CBSE has also held stake holder consultations with Government schools as well as private independent schools from across the
country especially schools from the remote rural areas and a majority of them have requested for the rationalization of the syllabus,
similar to last year in view of reduced time permitted for organizing online classes. The Board has also considered the concerns
regarding differential availability of electronic gadgets, connectivity and effectiveness of online teaching and other socio-economic
issues specially with respect to students from economically weaker section and those residing in far flung areas of the country.
In a survey conducted by CBSE, it was revealed that the rationalized syllabus notified for the session 2020-21 was effective for
schools in covering the syllabus and helped learners in achieving learning objectives in a less stressful manner.
In the above backdrop and in line with the Board’s continued focus on assessing stipulated learning outcomes by making the
examinations competencies and core concepts based, student-centric, transparent, technology-driven, and having advance provision
of alternatives for different future scenarios, the following schemes are introduced for the Academic Session for Class X and Class
XII 2021-22.
2. Special Scheme for 2021-22
A. Academic session to be divided into 2 Terms with approximately 50% syllabus in each term: The syllabus
for the Academic session 2021-22 will be divided into 2 terms by following a systematic approach by looking into the
interconnectivity of concepts and topics by the Subject Experts and the Board will conduct examinations at the end of
each term on the basis of the bifurcated syllabus. This is done to increase the probability of having a Board conducted
classes X and XII examinations at the end of the academic session.
B. The syllabus for the Board examination 2021-22 will be rationalized similar to that of the last academic session to
be notified in July 2021. For academic transactions, however, schools will follow the curriculum and syllabus released by
the Board vide Circular no. F.1001/CBSEAcad/ Curriculum/2021 dated 31 March 2021. Schools will also use alternative
academic calendar and inputs from the NCERT on transacting the curriculum.
C. Efforts will be made to make Internal Assessment/ Practical/ Project work more credible and valid as per
the guidelines and Moderation Policy to be announced by the Board to ensure fair distribution of marks.
3. Details of Curriculum Transaction
● Schools will continue teaching in distance mode till the authorities permit inperson mode of teaching in schools.
● Classes IX-X: Internal Assessment (throughout the year-irrespective of Term I and II) would include the 3 periodic
tests, student enrichment, portfolio and practical work/ speaking listening activities/ project.
● Classes XI-XII: Internal Assessment (throughout the year-irrespective of Term I and II) would include end of topic or
unit tests/ exploratory activities/ practicals/ projects.
● Schools would create a student profile for all assessment undertaken over the year and retain the evidences in digital
format.
● CBSE will facilitate schools to upload marks of Internal Assessment on the CBSE IT platform.
● Guidelines for Internal Assessment for all subjects will also be released along with the rationalized term wise divided
syllabus for the session 2021-22.The Board would also provide additional resources like sample assessments, question
banks, teacher training etc. for more reliable and valid internal assessments.
4. Term II Examination/ Year-end Examination

● At the end of the second term, the Board would organize Term II or Year-end Examination based on the
rationalized syllabus of Term II only (i.e. approximately 50% of the entire syllabus).
● This examination would be held around March-April 2022 at the examination centres fixed by the Board.
(iv)
● The paper will be of 2 hours duration and have questions of different formats (case-based/ situation based, open
ended- short answer/ long answer type).
● In case the situation is not conducive for normal descriptive examination a 90 minute MCQ based exam will be
conducted at the end of the Term II also.
● Marks of the Term II Examination would contribute to the final overall score.
5. Assessment / Examination as per different situations
A. In case the situation of the pandemic improves and students are able tocome to schools or centres for taking
the exams.
Board would conduct Term I and Term II examinations at schools/centres and the theory marks will be distributed
equally between the two exams.
B. In case the situation of the pandemic forces complete closure of schools during November-December 2021,
but Term II exams are held at schools or centres.
Term I MCQ based examination would be done by students online/offline from home - in this case, the weightage of this
exam for the final score would be reduced, and weightage of Term II exams will be increased for declaration of final
result.
C. In case the situation of the pandemic forces complete closure of schools during March-April 2022, but Term
I exams are held at schools or centres.
Results would be based on the performance of students on Term I MCQ based examination and internal assessments.
The weightage of marks of Term I examination conducted by the Board will be increased to provide year end results of
candidates.
D. In case the situation of the pandemic forces complete closure of schools and Board conducted Term I and
II exams are taken by the candidates from home in the session 2021-22.
Results would be computed on the basis of the Internal Assessment/Practical/Project Work and Theory marks of Term-I
and II exams taken by the candidate from home in Class X / XII subject to the moderation or other measures to ensure
validity and reliability of the assessment.
In all the above cases, data analysis of marks of students will be undertaken to ensure the integrity of internal assessments
and home based exams.
CBSE CIRCULAR 2021-22
osQUnzh; ekè;fed f'k{kk cksMZ

(f'k{kk ea=kky;] Hkkjr ljdkj osQ v/hu Lok;Ùk laxBu)
Central Board of Secondary Education
(An Autonomous Organisation Under the Ministry of Education, Govt. of India)
NO.: F.1001/CBSE-Acad/Curriculum/2021 July 22, 2021
All the Heads of Schools affiliated to CBSE Cir. No. A cad-53/2021
Subject : Term wise syllabus for Board Examinations to be held in the academic session 2021-22 for
Secondary conduct of the Internal Assessment/Practicum/Project.
This is in continuation to Board’s circular num regarding Special Scheme of Assessment for Board Examination for Classes X and
XII for the Session 2021- 22. The subjects for classes IX to XII are hereby notified vides syllabus for term end board examinations,
guidelines for the conduct of Internal Assessment/Practicum/Project are also enclosed.
Schools are requested to share the term wise syllabus and guidelines for the conduct of board examinations and Internal Assessment
/ Practicum / Project available on CBSE Academic Website http://cbseacademic.nic.in at the link http:/chseacademic.nic.in/Term-
wise-curriculum 2022.html with all their teachers and students.
(v)
Syllabus
TERM - II
Unit 1: India and the Contemporary World – II
Themes Learning Objectives
Section 1: Events and Processes
2. Nationalism in India • Recognize the characteristics of Indian nationalism through
• The First World War, Khilafat and Non-Cooperation a case study of Non-Cooperation and Civil Disobedience
• Differing Strands within the Movement Movement.
• Towards Civil Disobedience • Analyze the nature of the diverse social movements of the time.
• The Sense of Collective Belonging • Familiarize with the writings and ideals of different political
Section 2: Livelihoods, Economies and Societies groups and individuals.
Note: Any one theme of the following. The theme selected should • Appreciate the ideas promoting Pan Indian belongingness.
be assessed in the Periodic Test only and will not be evaluated in
the Board Examination: • Show that globalization has a long history and point to the shifts
3. The Making of a Global World within the process.
• The Pre-modern world • Analyze the implication of globalization for local economies.
• The Nineteenth Century (1815-1914) • Discuss how globalization is experienced differently by different
• The Inter war Economy social groups.
• Rebuilding a World Economy: The Post-War Era • Familiarize with the Pro-to-Industrial phase and Early – factory
4. The Age of Industrialization system.
• Before the Industrial Revolution • Familiarize with the process of industrialization and its impact
• Hand Labour and Steam Power on labour class.
• Industrialization in the colonies • Enable them to understand industrialization in the colonies
• Factories Come Up with reference to Textile industries.
• The Peculiarities of Industrial Growth
• Market for Goods
Unit 2: Contemporary India – II
Theme Learning Objectives
5. Minerals and Energy Resources
• What is a mineral? • Identify different types of minerals and energy resources and
• Mode of occurrence of Minerals places of their availability
• Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Minerals • Feel the need for their judicious utilization
• Non-Metallic Minerals
• Rock Minerals
• Conservation of Minerals
• Energy Resources
• Conventional and Non-Conventional
• Conservation of Energy Resources
Note: The theoretical aspect of chapter ‘Minerals and Energy
Resources’ to be assessed in the Periodic Test only and will not be
evaluated in Board Examination. However, the map items of this
chapter as given in the Map List will be evaluated in the Board
Examination.
6. Manufacturing Industries
• Importance of manufacturing • Bring out the importance of industries in the national economy
• Contribution of Industry to National Economy as well as understand the regional disparities which resulted
• Industrial Location due to concentration of industries in some areas.
• Classification of Industries • Discuss the need for a planned industrial development and
• Spatial distribution debate over the role of government towards sustainable
• Industrial pollution and environmental degradation development.
• Control of Environmental Degradation
6. Life Lines of National Economy
• Transport – Roadways, Railways, Pipelines, Waterways, • Explain the importance of transport and communication in the
Airways ever-shrinking world.
• Communication • Understand the role of trade and tourism in the economic
• International Trade development of a country.
• Tourism as a Trade
Unit 3: Democratic Politics – II
6. Political Parties
• Why do we need Political Parties? • Analyze party systems in democracies.
(vi)
• How many Parties should we have? • Introduction to major political parties, challenges faced by them
• National Political Parties and reforms in the country.
• State Parties
• Challenges to Political Parties
• How can Parties be reformed?
7. Outcomes of Democracy
• How do we assess democracy’s outcomes? • Evaluate the functioning of democracies in comparison to
• Accountable, responsive and legitimate government alternative forms of governments.
• Economic growth and development • Understand the causes for continuation of democracy in India.
• Reduction of inequality and poverty • Distinguish between sources of strengths and weaknesses of
• Accommodation of social diversity Indian democracy.
• Dignity and freedom of the citizens
Unit 4: Economics
3. Money and Credit
• Money as a medium of exchange • Understand money as an economic concept.
• Modern forms of money • Understand the role of financial institutions from the point of
• Loan activities of Banks view of dayto-day life.
• Two different credit situations
• Terms of credit
• Formal sector credit in India
• Self Help Groups for the Poor
4. Globalization and the Indian Economy
• Production across countries • Explain the working of the Global Economic phenomenon.
• Interlinking production across countries
• Foreign Trade and integration of markets
• What is globalization?
• Factors that have enabled Globalization
• World Trade Organization
• Impact of Globalization on India
• The Struggle for a fair Globalization
LIST OF MAP ITEMS

CLASS X (2021-22)
TERM – II
A. HISTORY (Outline Political Map of India)
Chapter - 2 Nationalism in India – (1918 – 1930) for Locating and Labelling / Identification
1. Indian National Congress Sessions:
a. Calcutta (Sep. 1920) b. Nagpur (Dec. 1920) c. Madras (1927)
2. Important Centres of Indian National Movement
a. Champaran (Bihar) - Movement of Indigo Planters
b. Kheda (Gujarat) - Peasant Satyagrah
c. Ahmedabad (Gujarat) - Cotton Mill Workers Satyagraha
d. Amritsar (Punjab) - Jallianwala Bagh Incident
e. Chauri Chaura (U.P.) - Calling off the Non-Cooperation Movement
f. Dandi (Gujarat) - Civil Disobedience Movement
B. GEOGRAPHY (Outline Political Map of India)
Chapter 5: Minerals and Energy Resources
Power Plants–(Locating and Labelling only)
a. Thermal • Namrup • Singrauli • Ramagundam
b. Nuclear • Narora • Kakrapara • Tarapur • Kalpakkam
Chapter 6: Manufacturing Industries (Locating and Labelling Only)
Cotton Textile Industries:
a. Mumbai b. Indore c. Surat d. Kanpur e. Coimbatore
Iron and Steel Plants:
a. Durgapur b. Bokaro c. Jamshedpur d. Bhilai
e. Vijaynagar f. Salem
Software Technology Parks:
a. Noida b. Gandhinagar c. Mumbai d. Pune
e. Hyderabad f. Bengaluru g. Chennai h. Thiruvananthapuram
Chapter 7: Lifelines of National Economy
Major Ports: (Locating and Labelling)
a. Kandla b. Mumbai c. Marmagao d. New Mangalore e. Kochi
f. Tuticorin g. Chennai h. Vishakhapatnam i. Paradip j. Haldia
International Airports:
a. Amritsar (Raja Sansi) b. Delhi (Indira Gandhi International) c. Mumbai (Chhatrapati Shivaji)
d. Chennai (Meenam Bakkam) e. Kolkata (Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose) f. Hyderabad (Rajiv Gandhi)
(vii)
Contents
Unit-1: History (India and the Contemporary World-II)................................................................ 9-76
1. Nationalism in India.................................................................................................................................. 9
2. The Making of a Global World (This Chapter to be assessed in the Periodic Test only)......................... 35
3. The Age of Industrialisation (This Chapter to be assessed in the Periodic Test only)............................ 54
Unit-2: Geography (Contemporary India-II)............................................................................... 77-141

4. Minerals and Energy Resources (This Chapter to be assessed in the Periodic Test only. Map Items
will be evaluated in the Board Examination)........................................................................................... 77
5. Manufacturing Industries ......................................................................................................................... 97
6. Lifelines of National Economy .................................................................................................................. 121
Unit 3: Political Science (Democratic Politics-II)...................................................................... 142-181

7. Political Parties......................................................................................................................................... 142
8. Outcomes of Democracy............................................................................................................................ 162
Unit 4: Economics (Understanding Economic Development-II)............................................. 182-222

9. Money and Credit .................................................................................................................................... 182
10. Globalisation and the Indian Economy................................................................................................... 202
• Sample Paper 1 (Solved)............................................................................................................. 223
• Sample Paper 2 (Solved).............................................................................................................. 227
• Sample Paper 3 (Unsolved)......................................................................................................... 231
(viii)
Unit-1
History (India and the Contemporary World-II)
1 Nationalism in India
Topics covered
1. The First World War, Khilafat and Non-Cooperation. 2. Differing Strands within the Movement
3. Towards Civil Disobedience 4. The Sense of Collective Belonging
chapter Chart
Different Social
Effects of the Satyagraha Movements
groups joined the
First World War Organised by Gandhiji
movement
Increase taxes Rich peasants to reduce

• Huge increase in defence • In 1917 Champaran in the revenue
expenditure Bihar
• Finance by war loans and • To inspire the peasants
increase taxes and custom to struggle against the
duties. oppressive plantation Poor peasants to remit
system. the rent
Prices doubled
• Leading to extreme In 1917 • Business class for
hardship for common • Kheda district of Gujarat protection against the
people between 1913- • To support the peasants, import of foreign goods.
1918. affected by crop failure • Rupee sterling exchange
could not pay the revenue ratio.
demanding, revenue collec-
tion be relaxed.
Forced recruitment • Working class was
• Villagers were called upon against low wages and
to supply soldiers caused poor working conditions.
widespread anger. In 1918
• Ahmedabad in Gujarat
• To organise movement
among mill workers for Women were participated
rop failed
C in protest marches and
good working conditions
• It resulted in acute shortage and high wages. went to jail.
of food crop.
• 12 and 13 million people died
due to famines and epidemic.
A spirit of nationalism
was spread through:
New leaders
• The hardship of the people
did not end after the war.
• New leaders suggested The image Indian Tricolour Vande
of
new mode of struggle. Folklore Flag Mataram
Bharat Mata
9
Main Events
1906 :
The All-India Muslim League was formed.
1914 :
The First World War was started.
Jan. 1915 : Mahatma Gandhi arrived in India from South Africa.
1917, 1918 : Mahatma Gandhi organized Satyagraha movement in Champaran (Bihar), Kheda (Gujarat)
and Ahmedabad (Gujarat)
1918–1920 :
Peasant movement in Awadh.
1919 : The Rowlatt Act; Jallianwalla Bagh Massacre; Hartal (Strike) against the Rowlatt Act;
Khilafat Committee was formed
Sep. 1920 : Calcutta Congress session; Non-Cooperation was decided.
1920 : Congress session at Nagpur and the Non-Cooperation Movement was adopted.
1921 : The Non-Cooperation Movement was launched; A militant Guerilla Movement in Andhra
Pradesh.
1922 :
Chauri Chaura incident; withdrawal of the Non-Cooperation Movement.
1924 :
Sitaram Raju was executed.
1927 :
FICCI was founded.
1928 :
Bardoli Satyagraha; Simon Commission was set up in India; Lala Lajpat Rai was injured
during a demonstration against the Simon Commission and died.
1929 : Lahore Congress adopted demands for Purna Swaraj.
1930 : The Civil Disobedience Movement was started by breaking salt law at Dandi; Gandhiji
sent a letter to Lord Irwin.
1931 : Gandhi-Irwin Pact took place; End of the Civil Disobedience Movement;
1932 : Poona Pact signed; Civil Disobedience Movement was relaunched.
1934 : Civil Disobedience Movement was called off.
1942 : The Quit India Movement was started.
1. The First World War, Khilafat and Non-Cooperation

• The First World War led to a huge increase in defence expenditure.
• Through the war years prices increased–doubling between 1913 and 1918–leading to extreme hardship for
the common people.
• Forced recruitment of rural people in the army was an important cause of widespread anger among people.
• Crop failure during 1918-19 and 1920-21, in many parts of the country resulted in acute shortages of foods.
This was accompanied by an influenza epidemic.
The Idea of Satyagraha
• Mahatma Gandhi advocated a novel method of mass agitation, called Satyagraha.
• It emphasised the power of truth and the need to search for truth. If the cause was true, if the struggle was
against injustice, then physical force was not necessary to fight the oppressor. A Satyagrahi could win the
battle through non-violence, which could unite all Indians.
• After arriving in India, Mahatma Gandhi successfully organised Satyagraha movements in various place.
In 1917, he travelled to Champaran and inspired the peasants to struggle against the oppressive plantation
system. Then in same year, he organised a Satyagraha to support the peasants of the Kheda. In 1918 he
went to Ahmedabad to organise a Satyagraha movement amongst cotton mill workers.
The Rowlatt Act (1919)
• It was passed by Imperial Legislative Council without the support of Indian members. The Act gave enormous
powers to the government to repress political activities and allowed detention of political prisoners without
trial for two years. Mahatma Gandhi wanted non-violent civil disobedience against such unjust laws, which
would start with a hartal on 6 April.
10 Social Science-10
• People reacted like workers went on strike in railway workshops. The British government arrested local
leaders of Amritsar. Mahatma Gandhi was barred from entering Delhi. On 10th April, Police fired upon a
peaceful procession, provoking widespread attacks on banks, post offices and railway stations. Martial law
was imposed by General Dyer.
• On 13th April, people assembled in Jallianwalla Bagh to protest against repression and to attend the annual
Baisakhi fair. General Dyer opened fire on the crowd, killing hundreds to create terror in the minds of
Satyagrahis; public reactions took a violent turn in many north Indian towns. Government responded with
brutal repression. Satyagrahis were humiliated. Seeing violence spread, Mahatma Gandhi called off the
movement.
• While the Rowlatt Satyagraha had been a widespread movement, it was still limited mostly to cities and
towns. Now Gandhiji felt that no such movement could be organised without bringing the Hindus and
Muslims together.
• The First World War had ended with the defeat of Ottoman Turkey. There were rumours that a harsh
peace treaty was going to be imposed on the Ottoman emperor, the spiritual head of the Islamic world (the
Khalifa).
• To defend the Khalifa’s temporal power, a Khilafat Committee was formed in Bombay in March 1919 by
Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali. Mahatma Gandhi saw this as an opportunity to bring Muslims under the
umbrella of a unified national movement. At Calcutta session of Congress in September 1920, a resolution
was passed to launch a Non-Cooperation Movement in support of Khilafat as well as for Swaraj.
Non-Cooperation Movement
• Mahatma Gandhi in his famous book ‘Hind Swaraj’ declared that British rule was established in India with
the cooperation of Indians. If Indians refused to cooperate, British rule in India would collapse within a year,
and Swaraj would come.
• Gandhiji proposed that the movement should unfold in stages–
(1) Surrender of the titles which were awarded by the British government.
(2) Boycott of civil services, army, police, courts, and Legislative Councils.
(3) Boycott foreign goods, schools and colleges.
• Some Congress leaders were reluctant to boycott the council elections because they feared that movement
might lead to popular violence. Finally, at the Congress session at Nagpur in December 1920, a compromise
was worked out and the Non-Cooperation programme was adopted.
Exercise 1.1
I. Objective Type Questions (1 Mark)
1. Choose the correct answer from the given options (MCQs)
(i) When was the Khilafat Committee founded?
(a) 1919 (b) 1920 (c) 1927 (d) 1922
(ii) The Non-Cooperation programme was adopted in the
(a) Lahore Session (b) Nagpur Session
(c) Gujarat Session (d) Second Round Table Conference
(iii) Satyagraha is also called
(a) Active resistance (b) Neutral resistance
(c) Passive resistance (d) All of these
2. Correct the following statements and rewrite
(i) To defend the Khalifa’s temporal powers, a Non-Cooperation Committee was formed in Bombay in
March 1919.
(ii) The Non-Cooperation movement was called off in 1934.
3. Arrange in following in correct sequence
(i) Mahatma Gandhi returned to India (ii) First World War
(iii) Champaran Satyagraha (iv) Rowlatt Act
Nationalism in India 11

Options
(a) (ii)–(i)–(iii)–(iv) (b) (i)–(ii)–(iii)–(iv)
(c) (iii)–(iv)–(ii)–(i) (d) (ii)–(iii)–(i)–(iv)
II. Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark)
4. What is meant by forced recruitment?
5. What was Champaran movement?
6. What decision was made in the Congress session at Nagpur in December 1920?
III. Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks)
7. Who started Satyagraha? Explain the concept of Satyagraha. OR [CBSE 2015]
What is meant by the idea of Satyagraha? OR [NCERT]
How can battles be fought with Satyagraha? [CBSE 2015]
8. How did Mahatma Gandhi successfully organise Satyagraha movement in various places just after
arriving India? OR [CBSE 2011]
Briefly explain the Satyagraha Movements organised between 1916 to 1918 by Gandhiji.
9. Why was the Rowlatt Act of 1919 unpopular among the Indians? OR
Why did Mahatma Gandhi decide to launch a nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt
Act? How was it organised? OR [CBSE 2010,15,16]
Why were Indians outraged by the Rowlatt Act? OR [NCERT]
Why did Gandhiji decide to launch a nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt Act 1919?
Explain any three reasons. [Delhi 2017]
10. How was Rowlatt Act opposed by the people in India? [CBSE 2013]
11. How did the government suppress the Satyagrahis during Rowlatt Satyagraha?
[CBSE 2014]
12. What was the Khilafat Agitation? Why did Gandhiji gave support to this agitation?
OR [CBSE 2012]
Explain the issue behind the Khilafat Movement. [CBSE 2014]
13. How did Non-Cooperation become a movement?
14. How had the First World War created a new economic situation in India? Explain with three examples.
[CBSE 2013]
IV. Case Based Questions (4 Marks)
15. Read the source given below and answer the questions by choosing the most appropriate

option.
‘It is said of “passive resistance” that it is the weapon of the weak, but the power which is the subject
of this article can be used only by the strong. This power is not passive resistance; indeed it calls for
intense activity. The movement in South Africa was not passive but active... ‘Satyagraha is not physical
force. A satyagrahi does not inflict pain on the adversary; he does not seek his destruction... In the use
of satyagraha, there is no ill-will whatever. ‘ Satyagraha is pure soul-force. Truth is the very substance
of the soul. That is why this force is called satyagraha. The soul is informed with knowledge. In it burns
the flame of love. ...Non-violence is the supreme dharma... ‘It is certain that India cannot rival Britain
or Europe in force of arms. The British worship the war-god and they can all of them become, as they
are becoming, bearers of arms. The hundreds of millions in India can never carry arms. They have
made the religion of non-violence their own...’
15.1. Identify the motive behind the passive resistance from the following options–
(a) It is not a physical force.
(b) A Satyagrahi does not inflict pain on the adversary.
(c) Non-violence is the supreme dharma.
(d) All of the above
15.2. Which of the following is not the concept of Satyagraha?
(a) It emphasises the power of truth and the need to search of truth.
(b) With an aggression a satyagrahi could win the battle.
(c) Gandhiji believed that this dharma of non-violence could unite all Indians.
(d) If the struggle is against injustice then physical force is not necessary to fight.
15.3. What does correctly describe the Satyagrahi?
15.4. Who started the idea of Satyagraha?
V. Long Answer Type Questions (5 Marks)
16. Describe the incidence of Jallianwalla Bagh Massacre. [Foreign 2015, CBSE SP 2019-20]
17. Explain the new economic and political situation created during the First World War in India.
OR
How the First World War helped in the growth of the National movement in India? [NCERT]
OR
What was the impact of the World War-I on the National movement in India? OR
Explain any five major problems posed by the First World War in India.
18. How did Non-Cooperation movement start with participation of middle class people in the cities?
Explain its impact on the economic front. [CBSE 2018]
Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (b), (iii) (c)
2. (i) To defend the Khalifa’s temporal powers, a Khilafat committee was formed in Bombay in March
1919.
(ii) The Civil Disobedience Movement was called off in 1934.
3. (a)
4. A process by which the colonial state forced people to join the army.
5. In 1917, Mahatma Gandhi travelled to Champaran to inspire the peasants to struggle against the
oppressive plantation system.
6. At Nagpur session in December 1920, a compromise was worked out and the Non-Cooperation was
adopted.
7. The idea of Satyagraha was started by Mahatma Gandhi. He emphasized the power of truth and the
need to search for truth. If the cause is true, if the struggle is against injustice then physical force is
not necessary to fight the oppressor.
Without being aggressive a satyagrahi could win the battle through non-violence. Gandhiji believed
that this dharma of non-violence could unite all Indians.
The growth of nationalism was intimately connected to the anti-colonial movement. People began
discovering their unity in the process of their struggle with colonialism.
8. Mahatma Gandhi successfully organised Satyagraha movements in various places:
(i) In 1917 he travelled Champaran in Bihar to inspire the peasants to struggle against the oppressive
plantation system.
(ii) In 1917, he organised a Satyagraha to support the peasants of the Kheda district of Gujarat
affected by crop failure and could not pay the revenue and demanded that revenue collection be
relaxed.
(iii) In 1918, Mahatma Gandhi went to Ahmedabad to organise a Satyagraha movement amongst
cotton mill workers.
9. The Rowlatt Act empowered the government to imprison a person without a trial. It was passed in
1919 by the British government despite the united opposition of the Indian members. It gave enormous
powers to the government. Now, the British government could suppress the political activities, and
allow detention of political prisoners without trial for two years.
Indian people reacted to it stoutly. Under the leadership of Mahatma Gandhi, they decided to launch
a nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt Act (1919).
It was organised through the ways – (i) Rallies were organised in various cities, (ii) Workers went on
strike in railway workshops, (iii) Shops closed down.
10. (i) Rallies were organized in various cities, workers went on strike in railway workshops and shops
closed down.
(ii) The British administration decided to clamp down on nationalists.
(iii) Local leaders were picked up from Amritsar and Mahatma Gandhi was barred from entering
Delhi.

(iv) On 10th April, the police fired upon a peaceful procession, provoking widespread attacks on banks,
post offices and railway stations.
(v) Martial Law was imposed and General Dyer took command.
(vi) On 13th April people assembled in Jallianwalla Bagh to protest against this black law.
11. (i) The government responded with brutal repression, seeking to humiliate and terrorise people.
(ii) Satyagrahis were forced to rub their noses on the ground, crawl on the streets and do salaam to
all sahibs.
(iii) People were flogged and villages were bombed.
(iv) Seeing violence spread, Gandhiji called off the movement. The British government violated the
freedom of speech and expression.
12. The First World War had ended with the defeat of Ottoman Turkey. There were rumours that a harsh
peace treaty was going to be imposed on the Ottoman emperor, the spiritual head of the Islamic world,
the Khalifa.
To defend the Khalifa’s temporal power, a Khilafat Committee was formed in Bombay in March 1919
by Muhammad Ali and Shaukat Ali.
Gandhiji supported it because he saw it as an opportunity to bring Muslims under the umbrella of a
unified national movement.
13. Gandhiji proposed that the movement should unfold in stages:
(i) It should begin with the surrender of titles that the government awarded.
(ii) Boycott of civil services, army, police, courts and Legislative Councils.
(iii) Boycott schools, colleges and foreign goods.
Mahatma Gandhi felt that in case the government used repression a full civil disobedience campaign
would be launched.
14. Three points on the First World War’s impact on the economic situation in India are given below:
(i) It speeded up the process of industrialisation.
(ii) It led to a huge rise in the defence expenditure of the Government of India.
(iii) It created a demand for industrial goods (jute bags, cloth, rails, etc.) and caused a decline of
imports from other countries into India.
15. 15.1 (d) 5.2 (b) 15.3 Passive resistance 15.4 Mahatma Gandhi
16. Jallianwalla Bagh massacre holds an important and significant position in the freedom movement
of India. It took place in Amritsar on 13 April, 1919. On this day a protest meeting against the
government’s new repressive measures (the Rowlatt Act) was being held at Jallianwalla Bagh in
Amritsar.
The meeting was attended by a large number of men, women and children. The only entrance of the
park was blocked by the British army on the orders of General Dyer. He ordered his troops to fire
on the crowd without giving a word of warning. Thousands of people were killed and many were
injured. It was the cold blooded murder of innocent people.
As the news of Jallianwalla Bagh spread, crowds took to streets in many north Indian towns. There were
strikes, clashes with the police and attacks on government buildings. The government responded with
brutal repression. The satyagrahis were forced to rub their nose on the ground, crawl on the streets and
do salaam (salute) to all sahibs. People were flogged and villages were bombed.
17. The First World War created new economic and political situations because:
(i) It led to huge increase in defence expenditure which was financed by war loans and increasing
taxes. Custom duties were raised and income tax was introduced.
(ii) Prices increased doubling between 1913-18 leading to extreme hardship for the common people.
(iii) Villagers were called upon to supply soldiers through forced recruitment in rural areas caused
wide spread anger.
(iv) During 1918-19, crops failed in many parts of India which created shortage of food.
(v) Spread of Influenza epidemic and famine–12 to 13 million people died. At this stage a new leader
appeared and suggested a new mode of struggle.
18. The Non-Cooperation movement started with middle-class participation in the cities in following ways:
(i) Thousands of students left government controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and teachers
resigned, and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
(ii) The council elections were boycotted in most provinces except Madras, where the Justice Party,
the party of the non-Brahmans, felt that entering the council was one way of gaining some power.
The effects of non-cooperation on the economic front were more dramatic:
(i) Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops picketed, and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonfires.
(ii) The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921 and 1922, its value dropping from ` 102 Crore
to ` 57 Crore. In many places merchants and traders refused to trade in foreign goods or finance
foreign trade.
(iii) As the boycott movement spread, and people began discarding imported clothes and wearing only
Indian ones, production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went up.
2. Differing Strands Within the Movement

• The Non-Cooperation Khilafat Movement began in January 1921. Various social groups participated, each
group with its own specific aspiration.
The Movement in the Towns
• Thousands of students left government controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and teachers resigned.
Lawyers gave up their legal practices. Foreign goods were boycotted. Liquor shops picketed, foreign clothes
burnt in huge bonfires.
• It effected the economy of the British government. Their import of foreign cloth halved from ` 102 crore to
` 57 crore. In many places merchants refused to trade in foreign goods or finance foreign trade.
• The movement in cities gradually slowed down because Khadi cloth was more expensive than mill made
cloth. Alternative Indian institutions had not been set up, so, students and teachers began trickling back to
government schools and colleges.
Rebellion in the Countryside
In Awadh:
• Movement was led by Baba Ramchandra against the landlords and talukdars because they demanded high
rents and many other cesses. So the peasants demanded reduction of revenue, abolition of begar and social
boycott of oppressive landlords. Peasants organized nai-dhobi bandh.
• In June 1920, Jawaharlal Nehru began going around the villages in Awadh, talking to the villagers, and
trying to understand their grievances. By October, the Oudh Kisan Sabha was set up headed by Jawaharlal
Nehru, Baba Ramchandra and a few others.
• The peasant movement developed in forms that the congress leadership was unhappy with. As movement
spread in 1921, the houses of merchants and talukdars were attacked, bazaars were looted, and grain
hoards were taken over.
In 1928, Bardoli Satyagraha was an important movement of farmers against the increase of land revenue.
This movement got huge success under the strong leadership of Vallabh Bhai Patel. The struggle was widely
publicised and generated immense sympathy in many parts of India.
In Andhra Pradesh:
• In the Gudem hills a militant guerrilla movement spread in the early 1920s because they were prevented from
entering the forest to graze cattle, to collect fruits and firewood. The forest laws were a threat to livelihood of
tribal peasants. When the government forced them to do begar on road constructions, they revolted under the
leadership of Alluri Sitaram Raju.
• The Gudem rebels attacked police stations, attempted to kill British officials and carried on guerrilla warfare
for achieving Swaraj. Raju was captured and executed is 1924, and over time became a folk hero.
Swaraj in the Plantations
In Assam:
• For plantation workers in Assam, freedom meant retaining a link with the village from which they had
come.
• Plantation workers revolted against the Inland Emigration Act of 1859, which did not permit the workers
to leave the tea gardens without permission and they were rarely given such permissions.
• When they heard of the Non-Cooperation Movement, thousands of workers defied the authorities, left the
plantations and headed home. They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and everyone would be given land
in their own villages. However, they never reached their destination.
In 1922, at Chauri-Chaura in Gorakhpur, a peaceful demonstration in a bazaar turned into a violent clash
with the police, in which 22 policemen were burnt alive. Hearing this violence Gandhiji called off the Non-
Cooperation Movement.

Exercise 1.2
1. Fill in the blanks
(i) Labour that villagers were forced to contribute without any payment called ___________ .
(ii) The tribals chanted Gandhiji’s name and raised slogans demanding ___________ .
2. Arrange the following in correct sequence
(i) Chauri Chaura incident (ii) Alluri Sitaram Raju was executed
(iii) Peasant Movement in Bardoli (iv) Non-Cooperation-Khilafat Movement.
Options:
(a) (i)–(ii)–(iii)–(iv) (b) (iii)–(iv)–(ii)–(i)
(c) (iv)–(i)–(iii)–(ii) (d) (iv)–(i)–(ii)–(iii)
3. Who led the peasants movement in Awadh?

4. What does the term ‘picket’ mean?

5. Why did Gandhiji decide to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement in 1922?

[Delhi 2020]
6. Explain the role played by the tribal peasants of Andhra Pradesh during the Non-Cooperation
Movement. OR [CBSE 2012]
How did the tribal peasants interpreted the message of Mahatma Gandhi and the idea of Swaraj in the
Gudem hills of Andhra Pradesh?
7. Why did Mahatma Gandhi decide to withdraw the Non-Cooporation Movement in February 1922.
Explain any three reasons. OR [Delhi 2017]
Why did Mahatma Gandhi decide to call off Non-Cooperation Movement? [HOTS]
8. Discuss the various stages of the Non-Cooperation Movement launched by Mahatma Gandhi. [CBSE
2016]
9. How did the Non-Cooperation Movement spread in cities across the country?
OR [CBSE 2016]
How did the Non-Cooperation start w ith middle class participation in the cities?
10. What were the effects of Non-Cooperation on the economic front? OR
Describe briefly any three economic effects of Non-Cooperation Movement.[CBSE 2009]
11. Why did the Non-Cooperation Movement gradually slow down in the cities?
OR [Delhi 2015]
Explain the circumstances in which Non-Cooperation Movement gradually slowed down in cities.
12. Describe the role of Alluri Sitaram Raju in Andhra Pradesh during 1920s.
[CBSE SP 2019-20]
IV. Long Answer Type Questions (5 Marks)
13. Describe in brief the Awadh Peasants movement. OR
Describe major problems faced by the peasants of Awadh in the days of Non-Cooperation Movement.
[AI 2015]
14. Explain the response of the plantation workers to the Non-Cooperation Movement started by
Gandhiji. OR [CBSE 2016]
“Plantation workers had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi’s ideas and the notion of ‘Swaraj’.
Support the statement. [Delhi 2017]
15. What was Bardoli Satyagraha? Give a brief description of Vallabhbhai Patel’s contribution to the
struggle. [HOTS]
16. How could Non-Cooperation become a movement? Give your opinion. [CBSE 2012]
17. Describe the development which led to the launching of Non-Cooperation Movement.
[Foreign 2015]
18. The middle classes played an important role in the Non-Cooperation Movement in the cities. Explain.
Why do you think that the movement slowed down in the cities?
[CBSE SP 2018-19]
19. Why did Mahatma Gandhi launch the ‘Non-Cooperation Movement’? How did this movement unite the
country? Explain. [Delhi 2019]
Answers
1. (i) Begar, (ii) Swatantra Bharat 2. (d)
3. Baba Ramchandra (a sanyasi) and Jawaharlal Nehru.
4. A form of demonstration or protest by which people block the entrance to a shop, factory or office.
5. A peaceful demonstration in a bazaar in Chauri Chaura, Gorakhpur turned into a violent clash with the
police. Hearing of the incident Mahatma Gandhi decided to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement:
6. (i) The colonial government had closed large forest areas preventing people from entering the forest
to graze their cattle or to collect fuelwood and fruits.
(ii) This enraged the hilly people because they felt their traditional rights were being denied.
(iii) When the government began forcing them to contribute begar for road building, they revolted.
7. Mahatma Gandhi believed in a non-violent struggle against the British oppression. But the Non-
Cooperation Movement took a violent turn at Chauri Chaura in Gorakhpur district of Uttar Pradesh
in 1922.
Here the police fired upon a group of demonstrators. The agitated mob set a police station on fire and
burnt 22 policemen alive. This violent incident shocked Gandhiji and he called off the Non-Cooperation
Movement.
8. Gandhiji proposed that the movement should unfold in stages:
1st Stage – Surrender of titles that the government awarded.
2nd Stage – Boycott of civil services, army, police, courts and legislative councils, schools, and foreign
goods.
3rd Stage – If the government used repression, a full civil disobedience campaign would be launched.
9. (i) The movement started with middle class participations in the cities.
(ii) Thousands of students left government controlled schools and colleges.
(iii) Headmasters and teachers resigned and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
(iv) The council elections were boycotted in most provinces, except Madras.
(v) Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops were picketed, foreign clothes were burnt in bonfires.
10. The effects of the Non-Cooperation on the economic front were more dramatic.
(i) The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921 and 1922, its value dropping from ` 102 crore to
` 57 crore.
(ii) In many places merchants and traders refused to trade in foreign goods and finance foreign trade.
(iii) People began discarding imported clothes and wearing only Indian ones.
11. The movement slowed down for a variety of reasons:
(i) Khadi cloth was more expensive than mass-produced mill cloth and poor people could not afford
to buy it.
(ii) The boycott of British institutions posed a problem as alternative Indian institutions had to be set
up in place of British ones. These were slow to come up.
(iii) Students and teachers began joining back to schools and lawyers joined government courts.
12. Role of Alluri Sitaram Raju in the Gudem hills of Andhra Pradesh:
(i) Alluri Sitaram Raju claimed that he had a variety of special powers like making astrological
predictions, healing people and surviving bullet shots.
(ii) The rebels proclaimed him as an incarnation of God.
(iii) Raju was inspired by Gandhiji’s Non-Cooperation Movement.
(iv) Persuaded people to wear khadi and gave up drinking.
13. In Awadh, Peasants movement was led by Baba Ramchandra, a Sanyasi, who had been to Fiji as an
indentured labour.
The movement was against talukdars and landlords who demanded from peasants high rents and a
variety of other cesses.
Peasants had to do begar and work at landlord’s farms without any payment. They had no security of
tenure and no right over the leased land.
The peasant movement demanded – (a) Reduction of revenue, (b) Abolition of begar,
(c) Social boycott of oppressive landlords
In many places, nai-dhobi bandhs were organized by panchayats to deprive landlords of the services of
even barbers and washermen.
14. (i) Plantation workers too had their own understanding of Mahatma Gandhi and the notion of Swaraj.
(ii) For plantation workers, freedom meant the right to move freely in and out of the confined space

in which they were enclosed and it meant retaining a link with the village from which they had
come.
(iii) Under the Inland Emigration Act of 1859, plantation workers were not permitted to leave the tea
gardens without permission and in fact they were rarely given such permissions.
(iv) When they heard of the Non-Cooperation Movement, thousands of workers defied the authorities,
left the plantation and headed home.
(v) They believed that Gandhi Raj was coming and everyone would be given land in their own villages.
(vi) However, they never reached their destinations because of railways and steamer strike, they were
caught by the police and brutally beaten up.
15. Bardoli is a city in the state of Gujarat. In 1928, Bardoli Satyagraha was a major movement of farmers
against the increase of land revenue. This Satyagraha led the foundation of the Civil Disobedience
Movement against the British rule.
In 1928, the British raised the land revenue approx 30 per cent in Bardoli, Gujarat. This unjustified
heavy tax was opposed by the farmers of Bardoli under the strong leadership of Vallabhbhai Patel, who
was one of the most prominent leaders from Gujarat. This satyagraha got great sympathy in several
regions of India.
The government tried to crush the movement through brutal action, but Vallabhbhai Patel left no
stone unturned to ensure its positive outcome. Finally the government agreed the demands of farmers.
Vallabhbhai was given the title of ‘Sardar’ by the locals of Bardoli.
16. Non-Cooperation became a movement:
(i) It was the view of Gandhiji that the British rule was set in India with the cooperation of India.
(ii) If Indians refused cooperation, British rule in India would collapse within a year and Swaraj would
come.
(iii) Gandhiji proposed that the movement should unfold in stages.
(iv) In case the government used repression, a full civil disobedience campaign would be launched.
(v) Mahatma Gandhi and Shaukat Ali toured extensively, mobilising popular support of the movement.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
17. Developments which led to the launching of Non-Cooperation Movement:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi successfully organized Satyagraha movement in various places.
(ii) In 1917, he travelled to Champaran in Bihar to inspire the peasants to struggle against the
oppressive plantation system.
(iii) Then in 1917, he organized a Satyagraha to support the peasant of the Kheda district of Gujarat.
(iv) In 1918, he went to Ahmedabad to organize a Satyagraha movement amongst cotton mill workers.
(v) In 1919, he decided to launch a nationwide Satyagraha against the proposed Rowlatt Act.
(vi) Rallies were organized in various places
(vii) At the Calcutta session of the Congress in September 1920, he convinced other leaders of the need
to start a non-cooperation movement in support of Khilafat as well as for Swaraj.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015
18. Middle classes played an important role in the Non-Cooperation Movement in the cities due to:
(i) Thousands of students left the government-controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and
teachers resigned, and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
(ii) The council elections were boycotted in most provinces except Madras.
(iii) Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops picketed, and foreign cloth burnt in huge bonfires.
The movement in the cities gradually slowed down for a variety of reasons-
(i) Khadi cloth was more expensive than mass-produced mill cloth and poor people could not afford it
and, therefore, could not boycott mill cloth for very long.
(ii) Similarly boycotting British institutions also posed a problem as there were no alternative national
institutions to fulfil the educational needs.
(iii) As a result, students and teachers began trickling back to government schools and lawyers joined
back work in government courts. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018-19]
19. In the backdrop of Rowlatt Act, Jallianwalla Bagh incident and dethroned of Khalifa, Mahatma Gandhi
launched the Non-Cooperation Movement.
The Movement united the country:
(i) Mahatma Gandhi declared that British rule was established in India with the cooperation of
Indians, and had survived only because of this cooperation. If Indians refused to cooperate, British
rule in India would collapse within a year, and swaraj would come.
(ii) Through the summer of 1920 Mahatma Gandhi and Shaukat Ali toured extensively, mobilising
popular support for the movement.
(iii) The Non-Cooperation-Khilafat Movement began in January 1921. Various social groups
participated in this movement, each with its own specific aspiration.
(iv) Thousands of students left government-controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and teachers
resigned, and lawyers gave up their legal practices.
(v) The council elections were boycotted in most provinces. In many places merchants and traders
refused to trade in foreign goods or finance foreign trade.
3. Towards Civil Disobedience

• Due to the Chauri Chaura incident (1922) and other violent activities in many places, Mahatma Gandhi in
February 1922 decided to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement.
• CR Das and Motilal Nehru formed the Swaraj Party within the Congress to argue for a return to council
politics. But younger leaders like Jawaharlal Nehru and Subhas Chandra Bose pressed for more radical
mass agitation and for full independence.
• Agricultural prices began to fall from 1926 due worldwide economic depression and finally collapsed after
1930. By 1930, the countryside was in turmoil. Against this background the new Tory government in British
constituted a Statutory Commission under Sir John Simon. The problem was that the Commission did not
have a single Indian member. They were all British.
• The Simon Commission arrived in India in 1928. It was greeted with the slogan ‘Simon Go Back’. All parties,
including the Congress and Muslim League, participated in the peaceful demonstrations. Lala Lajpat Rai
also participated in it. The British police used brutal suppression to break the opposition. Lala Lajpat Rai
was severely beaten in lathi-charge and succumbed to his injuries on 17 November 1928.
• In 1929, a Round Table Conference was held, but it did not satisfy the Congress leaders.
• In December 1929, under Jawaharlal Nehru, the Lahore Congress solemnised the demand of Purna Swaraj or
full independence for India. It was declared that 26 January, 1930 would be celebrated as the Independence
Day when people were to take a pledge to struggle for complete Independence. But the celebration attracted
very little attention.
The Salt March And The Civil Disobedience Movement
• On 31 January 1930, Mahatma Gandhi sent a letter to Viceroy Irwin with eleven demands. The most
important demand was to abolish the salt tax, that could unite the nation.
• Lord Irwin was unwilling to negotiate so Gandhiji decided to start Dandi March from Sabarmati Ashram to
Gujarat coast of Dandi.
• On 6th April, they reached Dandi and manufactured salt by violating British law.
• People started boycotting British goods and violated other laws and refused to pay taxes.
• The British took repressive action by arresting top leaders.
• The arrest of Khan Abdul Ghaffar Khan and Gandhiji led to violent clashes in many places.
• Peaceful Satyagrahis were attacked, women and children were beaten, about 100,000 people were arrested.
• On 5th March 1931, Gandhi-Irwin Pact was signed.
• In December 1931, Gandhi went to London to attend the Second Round Table Conference, but returned back
disappointed and relaunched the Civil Disobedience Movement.
How Participants saw the Movement
• In the countryside, rich peasant communities became enthusiastic supporters of the Civil Disobedience
Movement, but they were deeply disappointed when the movement was called off in 1931 without the revenue
rates being revised. So, when the movement was restarted in 1932, many of them refused to participate.
• The poorer peasantry were also refused to participate.
• Also prominent industrialists like Purshottamdas Thakurdas and GD Birla supported the Civil Disobedience
Movement when it was first launched. But when it was restarted they showed their reluctance due to the
failure of the Round Table Conference.
• The industrial working classes did not participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement in large numbers,
except in the Nagpur region. As the industrialists came closer to the Congress, workers stayed aloof.
• Some workers adopting some ideas of Gandhian programme, like boycott of foreign goods as part of their own
movements against low wages and poor working conditions. In 1930 thousands of workers in Chotanagpur
tin mines wore Gandhi caps and participated in protest rallies and boycott campaigns.

• However, women participated in the movement on large scale. They participated in protest marches,
manufactured salt and picketed foreign cloth and liquor shops.
Limits of Civil Disobedience
• Some social groups did not join the movements because of their own reasons. They were
(a) untouchables and (b) some of the Muslim organisations.
• For long the Congress had ignored the dalits, but Mahatma Gandhi declared that Swaraj would not come
for a hundred years if untouchability was not eliminated. He called the untouchables as harijan, organised
Satyagraha to secure them entry into temples, and access to public wells, tanks, roads and schools.
• B.R. Ambedkar organised dalits into the Depressed Classes Association and demanded separate electorate
for them.
• Gandhiji did not appreciate it as it would slow down the process of integration of society. A Pact was signed
between B.R. Ambedkar and Mahatma Gandhi at Poona in 1932.
• Some of the Muslim political organisations in India were also lukewarm in their response to the Civil
Disobedience Movement. After the decline of the Non-Cooperation-Khilafat Movement, a large section of
Muslims felt separated from the Congress.
• The Congress and the Muslim League made efforts to renegotiate an alliance and in 1927 it appeared that
such a unity could be forged. The important difference were over the question of representation in the future
assemblies that were to be elected.
• Muhammad Ali Jinnah was willing to give up the demand for separate electorates, if Muslims were assured
reserved seats in Central Assembly and representation in proportion to population in the Muslim-dominated
provinces (Bengal and Punjab).
• At the All Parties Conference in 1928 all hope to resolve the issue but it was disappeared when M R Jayakar
of the Hindu Mahasabha strongly opposed efforts at compromise.
• Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals now expressed their concern about the states of Muslims as a
minority within India. They feared that the culture and identity of minorities would be submerged under
the domination of a Hindu majority.
• After the failure of the Cripps Mission and during the middle of the Second World War, Mahatma Gandhi
decided to start another phase of movement i.e., Quit India Movement. In this, he asked the British to leave
the country immediately.
• Finally, the British government suppressed the movement, but it did not go in vain. It brought freedom very
close.
Exercise 1.3
(i) Which of the following was the reason for calling off ‘the Non-Cooperation Movement’ by Gandhiji?
[CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
(a) Pressure from the British Government
(b) Second Round Table Conference
(c) Gandhiji’s arrest
(d) Chauri-Chaura incident
(ii) Identify the appropriate reason for the formation of the Swaraj Party from the options given below:
[CBSE SP 2019-20]
(a) Wanted members of Congress to return to Council Politics
(b) Wanted members of Congress to ask for Poorna Swaraj for Indians
(c) Wanted members of Congress to ask Dominion State for India
(d) Wanted members of Congress to oppose Simon Commission
(iii) Why did the Simon Commission come to India? Identify the correct reason from the following
options. [CBSE 2020]
(a) To control the campaign against the British in cities.
(b) To look into the functioning of the British.
(c) To initiate salt law in India.
(d) To suggest changes in the functioning of the constitutional system in India.
(iv) Identify the appropriate reason from the following options, for the non-participation of industrial
workers in the Civil Disobedience Movement. [CBSE 2020]
(a) Industrialist were close to the Congress.
(b) British offered them good salaries.
(c) They were reluctant towards the boycott of foreign goods.
(d) Growth of socialism
2. Assertion and Reasoning Type Question
In the question given below, there are two statements marked as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Read
the statements and choose the correct option:
Assertion (A): Gandhiji found salt a powerful symbol that could unite the country.
Reason (R): Salt was important, consumed by both rich and poor alike.
Options:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true.
3. What was Poona Pact?
4. What were Gandhiji’s views on women’s participation in the national movement?
5. What were the views of Mahatma Gandhi regarding untouchables?
6. What was Muhammad Ali Jinnah’s proposal for Muslims?
7. Who formed Swaraj Party? What was the reason for forming Swaraj Party?
8. Who raised the slogan ‘do or die’?
9. Why did Indians oppose the Simon Commission? [CBSE 2020]
10. Name the association formed by Dr. B.R. Ambedkar for Dalits in 1930.
[CBSE 2020]
11. What resolution was passed in Congress Lahore session in December 1929? OR
What was the significance of Congress Lahore session of 1929?
12. Who was Sir John Simon? Why was Simon Commission rejected in India, and how?
13. Discuss the role of Lala Lajpat Rai in protest of the Simon Commission.
14. “British rule in India would have collapsed if Indians had not cooperated”. How did this statement help
in starting a mass movement in India against the British rule? [CBSE 2015]
15. Write a short note on the Dandi March.
16. Mention violent clashes that took place during the movement.
17. “When the Civil Disobedience Movement started there was an atmosphere of suspicion and distrust
between communities.” Why was it so? [HOTS]
18. How did Mahatma Gandhi uplift the condition of untouchables?
19. Why did some Muslim organisations not participate in the Civil Disobedience Movement?
OR
Why were Muslim organisations in India also give lukewarm response to the Civil Disobedience
Movement?
20. Write a newpaper report on the Simon Commission. [NCERT]
21. Distinguish between the Non-Cooperation Movement and the Civil Disobedience Movement. [HOTS]
22. When and why did Gandhiji go on fast unto death? What was its outcome?
23. How did people and the colonial government react to the Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain.
OR
How did the colonial government repress the Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain.
24. Under what circumstances did Mahatma Gandhi start the Quit India Movement? What were its
consequences? [HOTS]
25. Why was Congress reluctant to allow women to hold any position of authority within the organisation?
How did women participate in Civil Disobedience Movement? Explain. [CBSE 2018]
26. The Civil Disobedience Movement saw the participation of different social classes and groups. Give
reasons for the participation of the following: (a) rich peasants (b) poor peasants (c) business classes
(d) industrial working classes and (e) women. [CBSE SP 2018-19]
27. Who had organised the dalits into the ‘Depressed Classes Association’ in 1930? Describe his achievements.
[Delhi 2019]

28. Why did Mahatma Gandhi start the ‘Civil Disobedience Movement’? How did this movement unite the

country? Explain. [AI 2019]
Answers
1. (i) (d), (ii) (a), (iii) (d), (iv) (a) 2. (a)
3. It was an agreement signed between B.R. Ambedkar and Mahatma Gandhi in September 1932. This
Pact gave the depressed classes reserved seats in provincial and central legislative council but they
were to be voted in by the general elections.
4. Gandhiji believed that it was the duty of women to look after their homes and health to be good mothers
and wives. So for a long time, Congress did not allow women to hold any position of authority within
the organization.
5. Gandhiji declared that we will not get Swaraj for a hundred years if we don’t remove the concept of
untouchability.
6. Jinnah, one of the leaders of the Muslim League, was willing to give up the demand for separate
electorates if Muslims will get association of reserved seats in the Central Assembly and representation
to population in the Muslim dominated provinces of Bengal and Punjab.
7. C. R. Das and Motilal Nehru formed Swaraj Party to : (i) oppose British policies within the councils
(ii) argue for reforms (iii) to demonstrate that these councils were not truly democratic.
8. Mahatma Gandhi raised the slogan ‘do or die’ during the ‘Quit India’ Movement.
9. The Simon Commission did not have a single Indian member. They were all British.
10. Dr. BR Ambedkar organised the dalit into the Depressed Classes Association in 1930.
11. In 1929, Congress session in Lahore took place under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru. Main
provisions were:
(i) The Congress demanded ‘Purna Swaraj’ or complete independence.
(ii) They declared that 26th January would be celebrated as the Independence day.
(iii) People took a pledge to struggle for complete independence.
12. Sir John Simon came from England and sent by the new Tory government of Britain and forced a
Statutory Commission to look into functioning of the constitutional system in India.
The Commission was rejected because it did not have a single Indian member. They were all British.
When Simon Commission arrived in India in 1928, it was greeted with the slogan, ‘Go Back Simon’. All
parties including the Congress and the Muslim League participated in the demonstration.
13. In 1928, the Simon Commission’s arrival in India led to a powerful protest. It was greeted peacefully
with black flags under the slogan ‘Go Back Simon’. Lala Lajpat Rai participated actively in it. The
British police used lathi charge on demonstrators to break the opposition. In this action, Lala Lajpat
Rai was injured and finally died on 17 November 1928.
14. (i) Mahatma Gandhi declared that British rule was established in India with the cooperation of
Indian and if Indians had refused to cooperate, British rule in India would have collapsed within
a year.
(ii) He proposed that the movement should unfold in stages.
(iii) It should begin with the surrendering of titles that the government had awarded to the Indians.
(iv) A boycott of civil services, army, police, courts and legislative assemblies, schools and foreign goods
would show their non-cooperation to the British empire.
Mahatma Gandhi felt that in case the government used repression, a full civil disobedience cam-
paign would be launched.
15. Mahatma Gandhi started his famous Dandi March along with his 78 trusted volunteers.
The March was about 240 miles. It started from Sabarmati Ashram in Ahmedabad to the coastal
town Dandi. They walked for 24 days, 10 miles a day. Thousands came to hear Gandhiji, wherever he
stopped. On 6th April, they reached Dandi and violated the salt law by manufacturing salt by boiling
sea water.
16. (i) When Abdul Ghaffar Khan was arrested in April 1930, angry crowd demonstrated in the streets
of Peshawar, many were killed.
(ii) When Mahatma Gandhi was arrested, industrial workers in Sholapur attacked government
buildings, police posts, law courts and railway stations.
(iii) The government responded with a policy of brutal repressions.
Peaceful Satyagrahis were attacked and about 100,000 people were arrested and Gandhiji decided
to sign a pact with Lord Irwin.
17. (i) Alienated from the Congress, large section of Muslims could not respond to the call for a united
struggle.
(ii) Many Muslim leaders and intellectuals expressed their concern about the status of Muslims as a
Minority within India.
(iii) They feared that the culture and identity of minorities would be submerged under the domination
of a Hindu majority.
18. Mahatma Gandhi called them Harijans which means children of God. He organise Satyagraha for them
to secure their entry into temples, public wells, tanks, roads and schools. He himself cleaned toilets to
dignify the work of the bhangi. He requested the upper caste Hindus to give up the sin of untouchabil-
ity.
19. Large section of Muslims could not respond to the call for a united struggle because:
(i) Large section of Muslims feel ignored from the Congress after the Non-Cooperation Movement.
(ii) From 1920, Congress was associated with Hindu religious, nationalists group Hindu Mahasabha.
(iii) Hindu-Muslim riots were spread in various cities, so the Muslims did not cooperate the Congress.
20. 4 February 1928, Bengal (By TOI Correspondent)
The Statutory Commission under Sir John Simon set up in India in 1928 is in response to the nationalist
movement and to look into the functioning of the constitutional system in India and suggest
changes. But the Commission has only British members, no Indian members. Also the clauses of
this Commission did not contain any hope of ‘Swaraj’ for the Indians. This was followed by a strike
in Bengal on February 3rd, 1928. So when the Simon Commission arrived in India in 1928, it was
greeted with the slogan ‘Go back, Simon’. To pacify Indians, the Viceroy Lord Irwin, announced in
October 1929 ‘dominion status’ for India in an unspecified future, and a Round Table Conference
was held to discuss a future Constitution.
21. Non-Cooperation Movement Civil Disobedience Movement
(i) The Rowlatt Act, Jallianwalla Bagh (i) Rejection of Gandhiji’s eleven demands was
Massacre and injustice done to Khilafat the main cause for launching the movement.
were the basic causes for the movement.
(ii) People were asked not to cooperate with (ii) People broke the colonial laws and refused
the British. to pay taxes.
(iii) Tribal peasants, common people in (iii) Rich peasants, poor peasants, business
towns, plantation workers participated classes and women participated the
the movement. movement.
(iv) This movement was launched in 1920 in (iv) This movement was launched in 1930 in a
a peaceful way. violent way.
22. Many dalit leaders stressed on demanding reserved seats in educational institutions, and a separate
electorate that would choose dalit members for legislative councils. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar organised
the dalits into the Depressed Classes Association in 1930 and supported dalit’s demands. When the
British government conceded Ambedkar’s demand, Gandhiji began a fast unto death. He believed that
separate electorates for dalits would slow down the process of their integration into society.
Ambedkar ultimately accepted Gandhiji’s point and it resulted in the Poona Pact of September 1932.
It gave the Depressed Classes (later to be known as the Scheduled Castes) reserved seats in provincial
and central legislative councils, but they were to be voted in by the general electorate.
23. The Civil Disobedience Movement started in 1930 against the salt law. The people of India and the
colonial government reacted to the movement in their own way.
Reaction of the Indian people:
(i) Thousands of Indians in different parts of the country broke the salt law, manufactured salt and
demonstrated in front of government salt factories.
(ii) As the movement spread, foreign cloth was boycotted and liquor shops were picketed.
(iii) Peasants refused to pay revenue and chaukidari taxes, village officials resigned, and in many
places forest people violated forest laws – going into Reserved forests to collect wood and graze
cattle.
Reaction of the government:
(i) Worried by the developments, the colonial government began arresting the Congress leaders one
by one. First of all, they arrested Abdul Ghaffar Khan, a devout disciple of Mahatma Gandhi.

(ii) A month later, Gandhiji himself was arrested. This enraged the public. Industrial workers
in Sholapur attacked police posts, municipal buildings, law courts and railway stations — all
structures that symbolised British rule.
(iii) A frightened government responded with the policy brutal repression. Peaceful Satyagrahis were
attacked, women and children were beaten and thousands of people were arrested.
24. After the failure of ‘Cripps Mission’ and during the middle of the Second World War, Mahatma Gandhi
decided to start another phase of movement, i.e., Quit India Movement. In this, he asked the British
to leave the country immediately.
In Vardha on 14 July 1942, the session of Indian National Congress presented the historical ‘Quit
India’ resolution, which was passed at the Bombay Session of the Congress on 8 August, 1942. Gandhiji
thought that the British must Quit India without further delay. He raised the slogan ‘Do or Die’ which
spread among the common mass very soon. But he warned the people not to be violent in any condition.
The movement spread on larger scale. Workers went on strike, students, peasants, labourers and
women joined the movement with full enthusiasm. Several leaders like Jaya Prakash Narayan, Ram
Manohar Lohia, Aruna Asaf Ali, Matangini Hajra (from Bengal), Kankalta Barua (from Assam) and
Rama Devi (from Orissa) participated actively in it.
Initially, the British responded with severe repression. All the major leaders were sent to jail. Thousands
of people were killed in police firing. At the end, the government suppressed the movement, but the
sheer scale of movement brought the British government down to its knees.
25. (i) Gandhiji was convinced that it was the duty of women to look after home and hearth, be good
mothers and good wives.
(ii) And for a long time the Congress was reluctant to allow women to hold any position of authority
within the organisation. It was keen only on their symbolic presence.
Women participated in Civil Disobedience Movement in following ways:
(i) During Gandhiji’s salt march, thousands of women came out of their houses to listen to him.
(ii) They participated in protest marches, manufactured salt, and picketed foreign cloth and liquor
shops. Many went to jail.
(iii) In urban areas these women were from high caste families, in rural areas they came from rich
peasant households. Moved by Gandhiji’s call, they began to service to the nation as a sacred duty
of women.
26. The reasons for the participation of various social classes and groups in Civil Disobedience Movement
are as follows:
(i) Rich peasants. Rich peasant communities like patidars of Gujarat and the jats of Uttar Pradesh
joined the movement because, being producers of commercial crops they were hard hit by the trade
depression and falling prices. Due to the refusal of the government to reduce the revenue demand
made them fight against high revenues.
(ii) Poor peasants. They joined the movement because they found it difficult to pay rent. They wanted
the unpaid rent to the landlord to be remitted.
(iii) Business class. They reacted against colonial policies that restricted activities because they were
keen on expanding their business and for this they wanted protection against imports of foreign
goods. They thought that Swaraj would cancel colonial restrictions and trade would flourish
without restrictions.
(iv) Industrial working class. They did not participate in large numbers except in the Nagpur
region. Some workers did participate in, selectively adopting some of the Gandhian programme,
like boycott of foreign goods, as a part of their own movements against low wages and poor working
conditions.
(v) Women. There were large scale participation of women in the movement. They participated in
protest marches, manufactured salt, and picketed foreign cloth and liquor shops. Many went to
jail.
27. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar organised dalits into the ‘Depressed Classes Association in 1930. He clashed with
Mahatma Gandhi at the Second Round Table conference by demanding separate for dalits. When the
British government conceded Ambedkar’s demand, Gandhiji began a fast into death because he became
apprehensive regarding the grant of separate electorates to the dalits.
Poona Pact was signed in 1932 between the two leaders B.R. Ambedkar and Mahatma Gandhi to resolve
the question of separate electorates for dalits. It gave depressed classes reserved seats in provincial and
central legislative councils but they were to be voted in by the general electorate.
28. On 31 January 1930, Mahatma Gandhi sent a letter to Viceroy Irwin stating eleven demands. Some
of these were of general interest; others were specific demands of different classes, from industrialists
to peasants. The most stirring of all was the demand to abolish the salt tax. Irwin was unwilling to
negotiate. That is why Gandhi ji started the Civil Disobedience Movement.
Mahatma Gandhi found salt as a powerful symbol that could unite the nation. So Mahatma Gandhi
started his famous salt march accompanied by 78 of his trusted volunteers from Gandhi ji’s ashram in
Sabarmati to the Gujarati coastal town of Dandi. Thousands came to hear Mahatma Gandhi wherever
he stopped, and he told them what he meant by swaraj and urged them to peacefully defy the British.
Thousands in different parts of the country broke the salt law, manufactured salt and demonstrated
in front of government salt factories. As the movement spread, foreign cloth was boycotted, and liquor
shops were picketed. Peasants refused to pay revenue and chaukidari taxes, village officials resigned,
and in many places forest people violated forest laws.
4. The Sense of Collective Belonging

• Nationalism spreads when people begin to believe that they are all part of the same nation, when they
discover some unity that binds them together.
• People belonging to different communities, regions or language groups develop a sense of collective belonging
due to various factors which also created a spirit of nationalism.
• This sense of collective belonging came partly through the experience of united struggles. A variety of
cultural processes through which nationalism captured people’s imagination. History and fiction, folklore
and songs, popular prints and symbols, all played a part in the making of nationalism.
• It was in the 20th century, the identity of India came to be visually related to the image of Bharat Mata.
The Image of Bharat Mata acquired different forms. The first image was created by Bankim Chandra
Chattopadhyay. In 1870s he wrote Vande Mataram as a hymn to the motherland.
• In late 19th century, Indian folklore revived the ideals of nationalism. Nationalists began recording folk
tales sung by bards and they toured villages to gather folk songs and legands. They believed that these tales
gave the true picture of traditional culture and helped to revive the ideas of nationalism.
• As national movement developed, nationalist leaders became more and more aware of such icons and
symbols in unifying people and inspiring in them a feeling of nationalism.
• During the Swadeshi movement in Bengal, a tricolour flag (red, green and yellow) was designed. It had eight
lotuses representing Eight provinces and a crescent moon, representing Hindus and Muslims.
• By 1921, Mahatma Gandhi had designed the Swaraj flag. It was again a tricolour (red, green and white) and
had a spinning wheel in the centre, representing the Gandhian ideal of self-help.
• Another means of creating a feeling of nationalism was through reinterpretation of history. The Indians
nationalists began writing the past to discover India’s great achievements. They wrote about the glorious
developments in ancient times when art and architecture, science and mathematics, etc. had flourished.
• These efforts to unity people were not without problems. When the past being glorified was Hindu when the
images celebrated were drawn from Hindu iconography, then people of other communities felt left out.
Exercise 1.4
(i) Nationalism spreads when people begin to believe that they are all part of the same ______________.
(ii) In ______________, Rabindranath Tagore himself began collecting ballads, nursery rhymes and
myths.
2. State whether the following statements are true or false
(i) A tricolour flag (red, green and blue) was designed during the Swadeshi movement in Bengal.
(ii) Gandhiji had designed the Swaraj flag a tricolour, had a spinning wheel in the Centre, representing
the Gandhian ideal of self-help.
3. Match the following
(i) Anandamath (a) Abanindranath Tagore
(ii) Bharat Mata (b) Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
(iii) Eight lotuses (c) Hindus and Muslims
(iv) Crescent moon (d) provinces

4. How does nationalism spread?
5. Who created the first image of ‘Bharat Mata’?
6. Mention some icons and symbols that were used for unifying the people and inspiring within them the
feelings of nationalism. [HOTS]
7. Who painted the first image of Bharat Mata?
8. Who created the spirit of nationalism through folklore?
9. How did Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay create a spirit of motherland or nationalism?
10. The growth of nationalism associated with the image of Bharat Mata. How?
11. Evaluate the contribution of folklore, songs, popular prints, etc. in shaping the nationalism during
freedom struggle. [Delhi 2017]
12. Who had designed the ‘Swaraj flag’ by 1921? Explain the main features of this ‘Swaraj flag’.
or [CBSE 2016]
How was the tricolour flag designed during the Swadeshi Movement to create the spirit of nationalism?

option.
Another means of creating a feeling of nationalism was through reinterpretation of history. By the
end of the nineteenth century many Indians began feeling that to instill a sense of pride in the
nation, Indian history had to be thought about differently. The British saw Indians as backward
and primitive, incapable of governing themselves. In response, Indians began looking into the past
to discover India’s great achievements. They wrote about the glorious developments in ancient times
when art and architecture, science and mathematics, religion and culture, law and philosophy, crafts
and trade had flourished. This glorious time, in their view, was followed by a history of decline, when
India was colonised. These nationalist histories urged the readers to take pride in India’s great
achievements in the past and struggle to change the miserable conditions of life under British rule.
13.1. How was the idea or feeling of nationalism created through reinterpretation or revival of Indian
history?
(a) The British always described Indians as backwards, uncivilised and incapable of ruling
themselves.
(b) In response many Indian writers wrote about the development of India in the field of art,
architecture, science, mathematics, religion, culture and trade.
(c) These nationalist historians urged the readers to take pride in India’s great achievements and
struggle to change the miserable conditions of India.
13.2. Which of the following statements is incorrect?
(a) By the end of the 19th century, there developed a feeling of sense of pride in the nation and
this could be done through interpreting history of India in a different way.
(b) The British considered Indians as backward, but capable of governing the country.
(c) It was realised that glorious past of India was neglected with the coming of the British power.
(d) The readers were urged to read history and take pride in great achievements of India in the
past and struggle to change the miserable conditions of life under the British rule.
13.3. What was the response of Indians when British saw Indians backward and primitive?
13.4. What was the main factor in the emergence of modern nationalism in India?
Answers
1. (i) nation, (ii) Bengal
2. (i) False (ii) True
3. (i)–(b), (ii)–(a), (iii)–(d), (iv)–(c)

4. Nationalism spread when people began to believe that they all are parts of the same nation, when they

discovered some unity that bound them together.
5. Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
6. (i) Tricolour flag (ii) Image of Bharat Mata (iii) Vande Mataram (iv) Indian folklore (v) Indian History
7. Abanindranath Tagore
8. Rabindranath Tagore and Natesa Sastri
9. (i) He wrote ‘Vande Mataram’ as a hymn to motherland.
(ii) It was included in his novel ‘Anandamath’.
(iii) This song was widely sung during the Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, which united the people and
created the spirit of nationalism.
10. (i) Abanindranath Tagore printed the image of Bharat Mata as a calm, composed, divine and pure.
(ii) Different artists painted the image in different ways and circulated in popular prints.
(iii) Devotion to this mother figure came to be seen as evidence of one’s nationalism.
11. History and fiction, folklore and songs, popular prints and symbols, all played a part in making of
nationalism. In the 19th century, nationalist toured village to village and collected folktales sung by
local singers. These tales gave a true picture of our traditional culture and created a sense of pride in our
past traditions. In Bengal, Rabindranath Tagore began collecting nursery rhymes and folk tales. In
Madras, Natesa Sastri published collections of folk tales and published “The Folklore of Southern
India”. Bankim Chandra Chatopadhyay wrote ‘Vande Mataram’ as a hymn to the motherland.
12. By 1921 Mahatma Gandhi had designed the ‘Swaraj flag’.
Main features of the Swaraj flag:
(i) It was a tricolour flag of red, green and white.
(ii) It had eight lotuses representing eight provinces of British India and a crescent moon, representing
Hindus and Muslims.
(iii) It had a spinning wheel in the centre representing the Gandhian ideal of self-help.
(iv) Carrying the flag during marches became a symbol of defiance.
13. 13.1 (d) 13.2 (b)
13.3 Indians started looking into the past to discover India’s great achievements. They wrote about
the glorious development in ancient times when art and architecture, science and mathematics,
religion and culture, land and philosophy, craft and trade had florished.
13.4 Anti-colonial movement.
Picture Based Question
Study the given picture carefully and answer the question.

Which of the following is/are correct regarding the picture?
(a) It is Bharat Mata, painted by Abanindranath Tagore.
(b) It is shown as dispensing learning, food and clothing.
(c) The mala is one hand emphasises her ascetic quality.
Ans. (d)
Map Based Questions (As per the CBSE Map List)

1. Three places A, B and C have been marked on the given outline map of India. Identify them and write
their correct names on the lines drawn near them.
(A) Indian Nation Congress session at this place in 1927. [CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
(B) Mahatma Gandhi organized a Satyagraha Movement at this place for indigo planters.
[CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
(C) The place where cotton mill workers organised Satyagraha. [CBSE 2016]

(B)
(C)
(A)
Ans. (A) Madras (B) Champaran (C) Ahmedabad

(A) The place where Congress session of December 1920 took place. [CBSE 2019, CBSE S.P. 2019-20]
(B) The place where Jallianwala Bagh incident took place. [CBSE 2016, 2019]
(C) The place where Salt Law was broken by Mahatma Gandhi. [CBSE S.P. 2019-20]
(B)
(C)
(A)
Ans. (A) Nagpur (B) Amritsar (C) Dandi

(A) The place where a Satyagraha was organised to support the peasants. [CBSE 2016]
(B) The place where the Indian National Congress session was held. [CBSE 2016, 2019, 2020]
(C) The place where the Non-Congress Movement ended abruptly due to violence. [CBSE 2020]

(C)
(A) (B)

Ans. (A) Kheda (B) Calcutta (C) Chauri Chaura
Quick Revision Notes

• The growth of modern nationalism is intimately connected to the anti-colonial movement. People began
discovering their unity in the process of their struggle with colonialism. The sense of being oppressed under
colonialism provided a shared bond that tied many different groups together.
• The First World War created a new economic and political situation after 1919. It led to a huge increase in
defense expenditure which was financed by war loans and increasing taxes; customs duties were raised and
income tax introduced.
• Mahatma Gandhi returned to India in January 1915 from South Africa where he had fought the racist re-
gime with a novel method of mass agitation, which he called Satyagraha.
• After arriving in India, Mahatma Gandhi successfully organised Satyagraha movements in various places
such as in Champaran, Bihar in 1917, Kheda district of Gujarat in 1917, Ahmedabad, Gujarat in 1918.
• Emboldened with this success, Gandhiji in 1919 decided to launch a nationwide Satyagraha against the
proposed Rowlatt Act (1919).
• Mahatma Gandhi wanted non-violent civil disobedience against such unjust laws, which would start with
a Hartal on 6 April, 1919. On 13 April the infamous Jallianwalla Bagh incident took place where General
Dyer ordered to open fire on a large crowd gathered there, killing hundreds.
• Gandhiji proposed that the movement should unfold in stages. It should begin with the surrender of titles
that the government awarded, and boycott of civil services, army, police, courts and legislative councils,
schools, and foreign goods.
• The Non-Cooperation-Khilafat Movement began in January 1921. Various social groups participated in the
movement.
• The movement began with middle-class participation in the cities, which affected the economy of the Brit-
ish. The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921 and 1922. As the boycott movement spread and people
began discarding imported clothes and started wearing only Indian ones, production of Indian textile mills
and handlooms went up.
• But the movement in the cities gradually slowed down for several reasons.
• From the cities, the Non-Cooperation Movement spread to the countryside. In Awadh, peasants were led by
Baba Ramchandra, a Sanyasi.
• In June 1920, Jawaharlal Nehru approached villagers to understand their grievances.
• The peasant movement developed in forms that Congress leadership was unhappy with. As the movement
spread in 1921, the houses of talukdars and merchants were attacked, bazaars were looted, and grain
hoards were taken over.
• Tribal peasants interpreted the message of Gandhiji and the idea of Swaraj in another way.
• Plantation workers in Assam who were not permitted to leave the tea gardens without permission, thought
Swaraj meant—the right to move freely in and out of the restricted space, retaining a link with the village
from where they had come and everyone getting land in their own villages.
• After Chauri Chaura incident in 1922, Gandhiji decided to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement.
• The Simon Commission arrived in India in 1928. It was greeted with the slogan ‘Go back Simon’.
• All parties, including the Congress and the Muslim League, participated in the demonstrations. In 1929, a
Round Table Conference was held, but it did not satisfy the Congress leaders.
• In 1929, under Jawaharlal Nehru, the Lahore Congress solemnised the demand of Purna Swaraj or full in-
dependence for India. It was declared that 26 January, 1930 would be celebrated as the Independence Day.
• Mahatma Gandhi found in salt a powerful symbol that could unite the nation.
• He started his famous Dandi March. This marked the beginning of the Civil Disobedience Movement.
• On 6 April Gandhiji with his accompanied reached Dandi and ceremonially violated the law, manufacturing
salt by boiling sea water.
• In the countryside, rich peasant communities became enthusiastic supporters of the Civil Disobedience
Movement.
• Many poor peasantry were refused to participate.
• Prominent industrialists and the industrial workers supported the movement.
• Women also participated the movement on large scale.
• The nation’s untouchables did not participate in the movement due to Congress policy. Many dalit leaders
stressed on their demands.
• Some of the Muslim political organisations in India were also lukewarm in their response to the Civil Dis-
obedience Movement.
• Nationalism spreads when people begin to believe that they are all part of the same nation, when they
discover some unity that binds them together. This sense of collective belonging came partly through the
experience of united struggles.
• History and fiction, folklore and songs, popular prints and symbols, all played a part in the making of
nationalism.

New Pattern Questions with Answers
Case Based Questions
Read the sources (1 to 4) given below and answer the questions by choosing the most appropriate
option.
1. The movement started with middle-class participation in the cities. Thousands of students left
government-controlled schools and colleges, headmasters and teachers resigned, and lawyers gave up
their legal practices. The council elections were boycotted in most provinces except Madras, where the
Justice Party, the party of the non-Brahmans, felt that entering the council was one way of gaining
some power–something that usually only Brahmans had access to. The effects of non-cooperation on the
economic front were more dramatic. Foreign goods were boycotted, liquor shops picketed, and foreign
cloth burnt in huge bonfires. The import of foreign cloth halved between 1921 and 1922, its value
dropping from Rs. 102 crore to Rs. 57 crore. In many places merchants and traders refused to trade in
foreign goods or finance foreign trade. As the boycott movement spread, and people began discarding
imported clothes and wearing only Indian ones, production of Indian textile mills and handlooms went
up.
1.1. Which of the following statements correctly explains the role of ‘Justice Party’ in boycotting of council
elections?
(a) Justice Party felt that entering the council was one way of gaining some power.
(b) Justice Party of Madras was not boycotted the council elections.
(c) The Party wanted power that usually only Brahmans had access to.
1.2. Which among the following is/are the effect(s) of Boycott movement on foreign textile trade? Select the
appropriate option.
(a) The import of foreign cloth halved.
(b) Merchants and traders refused to trade in foreign goods or finance foreign trade.
(c) Indian textile mills and handloom went up.
1.3. Mention the effects of ‘Non-Cooperation on the economic front dramatic.
1.4. Name the form of demonstration by which people block the entrance to a shop, factory or office?
Ans. 1.1. (d) 1.2. (d)
1.3. Foreign goods were boycotted. Liquor shops were picketed, and foreign cloths were burnt in huge
bonfires.
1.4. Picket is that form of demonstration by which people block the entrance to a shop, factory or office.
2. Mahatma Gandhi returned to India in January 1915. As you know, he had come from South Africa where
he had successfully fought the racist regime with a novel method of mass agitation, which he called
satyagraha. The idea of satyagraha emphasised the power of truth and the need to search for truth. It
suggested that if the cause was true, if the struggle was against injustice, then physical force was not
necessary to fight the oppressor. Without seeking vengeance or being aggressive, a satyagrahi could
win the battle through non-violence. This could be done by appealing to the conscience of the oppressor.
People – including the oppressors – had to be persuaded to see the truth, instead of being forced to
accept truth through the use of violence. By this struggle, truth was bound to ultimately triumph.
Mahatma Gandhi believed that this dharma of non-violence could unite all Indians. After arriving in
India, Mahatma Gandhi successfully organised satyagraha movements in various places. In 1917 he
travelled to Champaran in Bihar to inspire the peasants to struggle against the oppressive plantation
system. Then in 1917, he organised a satyagraha to support the peasants of the Kheda district of Gujarat.
Affected by crop failure and a plague epidemic, the peasants of Kheda could not pay the revenue, and
were demanding that revenue collection be relaxed. In 1918, Mahatma Gandhi went to Ahmedabad to
organise a satyagraha movement amongst cotton mill workers.
2.1. In which among the following years Gandhiji returned to India, and from where?
(a) 1910, England (b) 1915, South Africa
(c) 1915, Sweden (d) 1910, South Africa the above
2.2. Identify the place where Gandhiji organised a Satyagraha against the oppressive plantation system.
(a) Champaran (b) Chauri-Chaura (c) Patna (d) Ahmedabad
2.3. Where did Gandhiji successfully organise the Satyagraha movement in 1917 and 1918 respectively?
2.4. Which of the following statements correctly describes the idea of Satyagraha?
(a) It emphasises the power of truth and the need to search for truth.
(b) It is a religion of many communities in India.
(c) It is based on the aggression of Indian against British.
Ans. 2.1. (b) 2.2. (a) 2.3. Kheda and Ahmedabad
2.4. It emphasised the power of truth and the need to search for truth.
3. Satyagraha is not physical force. A satyagrahi does not inflict pain on the adversary; he does not seek
his destruction … In the use of satyagraha, there is no ill-will whatever. ‘Satyagraha is pure soul-force.
Truth is the very substance of the soul. That is why this force is called satyagraha. The soul is informed
with knowledge. In it burns the flame of love. … Non-violence is the supreme dharma … ‘It is certain
that India cannot rival Britain or Europe in force of arms. The British worship the war-god and they can
all of them become, as they are becoming, bearers of arms. The hundreds of millions in India can never
carry arms. They have made the religion of non-violence their own …’
3.1. What does Satyagraha mean?
(a) Complete independence (b) Fight against justice
(c) Following the path of truth and non-violence (d) Tribals’ independence
3.2. Mahatma Gandhi launched Kheda Satyagraha to support the
(a) Rowlatt Act (b) mill workers (c) rich people (d) peasants
3.3. Why did Gandhiji organise Satyagraha in Champaran in 1916?
3.4. Who worship the war-god?
Ans. 3.1. (c) 3.2. (d) 3.3. To oppose the plantation system.
3.4. The British worship the war-god.
4. In 1930, Sir Muhammad Iqbal, as president of the Muslim League,reiterated the importance of separate
electorate for the Muslims as an important safeguard for their minority political interests. His statement
is supposed to have provided the intellectual justification for the Pakistan demand that came up in
subsequent years. This is what he said: ‘I have no hesitation in declaring that if the principle that the
Indian Muslim is entitled to full and free development on the lines of his own culture and tradition in his
own Indian home-lands is recognised as the basis of a permanent communal settlement, he will be ready
to stake his all for the freedom of India. The principle that each group is entitled to free development
on its own lines is not inspired by any feeling of narrow communalism... A community which is inspired
by feelings of ill-will towards other communities is low and ignoble. I entertain the highest respect for
the customs, laws, religions and social institutions of other communities. Nay, it is may duty according
to the teachings of the Qurn, even to defend their places of worship, if need be. Yet I love the communal
group which is the source of life and behaviour and which has formed me what I am by giving me its
religion, its literature, its thought, its culture and thereby its whole past as a living operative factor in
my present consciousness... ‘Communalism in its higher aspect, then, is indispensable to the formation of
a harmonious whole in a country like India. The units of Indian society are not territorial as in European
countries... The principle of European democracy cannot be applied to India without recognising the fact
of communal groups. The Muslim India within India is, therefore, perfectly justified... ‘The Hindu thinks
that separate electorates are contrary to the spirit to true nationalism, because he understands the word
“nation” to mean a kind of universal amalgamation in which no communal entity ought to retain its
private individuality. Such a state of things, however, does not exist. India is a land of racial and religious
variety. Add to this the general economic inferiority of the Muslims, their enormous debt, especially in
the Punjab, and their insufficient majorities in some of the provinces, as at present constituted and you
will begin to see clearly the meaning of our anxiety to retain separate electorates.’

4.1. When did Muhammad Iqbal become the president of All India Muslim League?
(a) 1930 (b) 1931
(c) 1932 (d) 1933
4.2. Which among the following statements justify/justifies the demand for separate electorates by the
Muslim League?
(a) Communalism in its higher aspect, then, is indispensable to the formation of a harmonious whole
in a country like India.
(b) The units of Indian society are not territorial as in European countries.
(c) The principle of European democracy can be applied to India with recognising the fact of communal
groups.
(d) Both (a) and (b)
4.3. Sir Iqbal said that the principal of European democracy cannot be applied to India without.....
(Complete the statement)
4.4. What is a nation as per the given source?
Ans. 4.1. (a) 4.2. (d)
4.3. Sir Iqbal said that the principal of European democracy cannot be applied to India without
recognising the fact of communal groups.
4.4. Nation is a kind of universal amalgamation as per given source.
This chapter to be assessed in the Periodic Test only
2 The Making of a Global World
Topics covered
1. The Pre-Modern World 2. The Nineteenth Century (1815–1914)
3. The Inter-War Economy 4. Rebuilding a World Economy : The Post-War Era
chapter Chart
The Pre-Modern World End of Bretton Woods and the

• Silk routes link the world. Beginning of Globalisation
• Traders and travellers introduced new • By 1960s US dollar lost its command in
crops to the lands they travelled to. world’s currency.
• Until the 19th century cities were • The system of fixed exchange rates was
crowded and deadly diseases, religious collapsed.
conflicts and religious dissenters were • Cheap labour in China became attractive
widespread. destination for MNCs.
The Nineteenth Century 1815-1914 Decolonisation and Independence

• A world economy took shape. • After the Second World War, many parts
• Development of a new technology took of the world under European colonial rule.
place in the form of railways, steamships • The most developing countries formed a
and telegraph. group called G-77.
• Rinderpest, a fast spreading disease of
cattle plague had a terrifying impact on
the people of Africa.
• 19th century indenture has been The Early Post-War Years
described as a new system of slavery. • Bretton Woods system led to the growth
• Indian traders and moneylenders of trade and incomes.
followed European colonisers. • There was worldwide spread of
• Due to the British economic policy, technology and enterprise.
inflow of Indian cotton began to decline. • Vast amounts invested importing indus-
trial plants and modern equipments.
The Inter-War Economy Rebuilding a World economy

• Wartime transformations and post-war • The Second World War fought between
recovery took place. the Axis and Allies power.
• Rise of Mass productions and consump- • Post-War Settlements and the Bretton
tion. Woods institutions were established.
• The Great Depression began from 1929 • The Bretton Woods conference set up the
and lasted till the mid-1930s. IMF.
• The impact of the Great Depression on • The US was given the right of Veto over
India was widespread. key IMF and World Bank decisions.
35
Main Events
1820-1914 : World trade is estimated to have multiplied 25 to 40 times
1845-1849 : Potato famine in Ireland. During this famine about 1,000,000 people died of starvation in
Ireland.
1885 : The big European powers met in Berlin to complete the division of Africa between
themselves.
1890s : The US became the colonial power; Rinderpest (cattle plague) had a terrifying impact on
livelihoods of the African people and the local economy.
1892 : Rinderpest reached Africa’s Atlantic coast.
1900s : Indian nationalist leaders started opposing the system of indentured labour migration as
abusive and cruel.
1914-1918 : Period of the First World War
1921 : Indentured labour was abolished.
1923 : US resumed exporting capital to the rest of the world and became the largest overseas
lender.
1929 : The Great Depression was began.
1939-1945 : Period of the Second World War
1944 : The United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference was held; the Bretton-Woods
Agreement was signed.
1947 : The IMF and the World Bank commenced financial operations.
1949 : The Chinese Revolution.
1. The Pre-Modern World

• The making of global world has a long history of trade, of migration of people in search of work, and the
movement of capital, etc.
• From ancient times, travellers, traders, priests and pilgrims travelled vast distances for knowledge,
opportunity and spiritual fulfillment.
• They carried goods, money, values, skills, ideas, inventions and even germs and diseases.
• As early as 3000 BCE an active coastal trade linked the Indus Valley civilisations with present-day West
Asia. Cowries, used as a form of currency (Cowdi means seashells) found from the Maldives to the way of
China and East Africa.
Silk Routes Link the World
• Silk routes were vibrant pre-modern trade and cultural links between distant parts of the world. The name
‘Silk routes’ points to the importance of West-bound Chinese silk cargoes along this route.
• Historians have identified several silk routes, over land and sea, connecting together vast regions of Asia
and linking Asia with Europe and northern Africa.
• Trade and cultural exchange always went hand in hand.
Food Travels
• Traders and travellers introduced new crops to the lands they travelled.
• It is believed that noodles of China travelled to the western countries was called Spaghetti.
• Arab traders took pasta into Italy. Similar foods were also known in India and Japan.
• Many of our common foods such as potatoes, soya, groundnuts, maize, tomatoes, chillies, sweet potatoes
were not known to our ancestors before Christophor Columbus discovered vast contient called Americas.
• These foods were only introduced in Europe and Asia from America.
Conquest, Disease and Trade
• The pre-modern world shrank greatly in the 16th century after European sailors found a sea route to Asia
and also successfully crossed the western ocean to America. The entry of the Europeans helped expand or
redirect a bustling trade, with goods, people, knowledge, customs, etc towards Europe.
• After discovery of America, its vast lands and abundant crops and minerals began to transform trade and
lives everywhere.
• Precious metals, particularly silver, from mines located in Peru and Mexico enhanced Europe’s wealth and
financed its trade with Asia. Legends spread in 17th century about South America’s fabled wealth. Many
expeditions set off in search of EL Dorado, the Fabled city of gold.
• By the mid-16th century, Europe defeated America. The European conquest was with the germs of smallpox
that they carried on their person that killed America’s original inhabitants on a large scale.
• Because of their long isolation, America’s original inhabitants had no immunity against smallpox spread by
Spanish conquerors.
• It spread deep into the continent. It killed and decimated whole communities, paving the way for conquest.
• Poverty and hunger were common in Europe untill the 19th century and cities were crowded and deadly
deadly diseases were widespread. Religious conflicts were common, and religious dissorders were presecuted.
Therefore, thousands field Europe for America.
• Untill well into the 18th century, China and India were among the world’s richest countries. They were
also pre-eminent in Asian trade. From 15th century, China is said to have restricted overseas contacts and
retreated into isolation. Therefore, America rose it importance in the world trade in westwards. Europe now
emerged as the centre of World trade.
Exercise 2.1
(i) Around 3000 BCE an active coastal trade linked the which of the following civilisations?
(a) Indus valley (b) China valley
(c) Egyptian valley (d) Puga valley
(ii) The name ‘silk routes’ points to the importance of West-bound from which of the following countries
silk cargoes along this route?
(a) Indian (b) Chinese
(c) American (d) Portuguese
(i) ______________ emerged from eastern India and spread in several directions through intersecting
points on the silk routes.
(ii) Noodles travelled west from ______________ to become spaghetti.
(i) Perhaps British traders took pasta to fifth-century Sicily.
(ii) Sicily which is an island, that is now in Italy.
(i) Great Irish Potato Famine (a) The first governor of the Massachusetts Bay Colony
(ii) El Dorado (b) The fabled city of gold
(iii) Smallpox (c) Biological warfare
(iv) John Winthrop (d) 1845 to 1849
Assertion (A): The pre-modern world shrank greatly in the 16th century.
Reason (R): European sailors found a sea route to Asia and also successfully crossed the Western
Ocean to America.
Options:
6. What goods were exported and imported from silk routes?
The Making of a Global World 37

7. How did dependency on potatoes kill the poorest peasants of Ireland? Or
How could the new crops make the differences between life and death?
8. Which disease proved a deadly killer for America’s original inhabitants? How did its germs help
Europeans in their conquest of America?
9. Why did thousands of people flee from Europe to America? Or
State three reasons why Europeans fled to America in the 19th century. [CBSE 2013]
10. Give three examples to show that the pre-modern world changed with the discovery of new sea routes
to America. [CBSE 2012]
11. Why were the Europeans attracted towards Africa in the 19th century? [HOTS]
Or
What were the main reasons for the attraction of Europeans to Africa? [CBSE 2010]
12. Enumerate the importance of Silk Route. [CBSE 2011]
Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (b)
2. (i) Buddhism, (ii) China
3. (i) False, (ii) True
4. (i)–(d), (ii)–(b), (iii)– (c), (iv)–(a)
5. (a)
6. Chinese pottery, textiles and spices from India were exported to South East Asia and precious metals
like gold and silver, flowed from Europe to Asia.
7. Poor people in Europe began to eat better and live longer with the introduction of the humble potato.
Ireland’s poorest peasants became so dependent on potatoes that when disease destroyed the potato
crops in the mid 1840s, hundreds of thousands died of starvation.
8. Smallpox. It proved a deadly killer. Once introduced it spread deep into the continent. It killed and
decimated whole communities, paving the way for conquest.
9. Because:
(i) Until the 19th century poverty and hunger was common in Europe.
(ii) Cities were overcrowded and deadly diseases were widespread.
(iii) Religious conflicts were common and religious dissenters were persecuted. Thousands fled Europe
for America to work in plantations to grow cotton and sugar for European markets.
10. Europeans were attracted towards Africa due to the following reasons. Three examples are as follows:
(i) Many common foods, e.g., potatoes, soya, tomatoes, maize, etc., were introduced to Europe from
America. These crops made a difference between life and death. The poor began to eat better and
live longer in England with the introduction of potatoes.
(ii) Religious dissenters from Europe fled due to the fear of persecution in Europe and migrated to
America.
(iii) Slave trade was started. European traders captured where they worked on plantations. Europe
became the centre of the world trade.
(iv) Precious metals, e.g., silver from mines located in present day Peru and Mexico also enhanced
Europe’s wealth and financed its trade. (Any three)
11. (i) Africa had abundant land and a relatively small population. For centuries, land and livestock
sustained African livelihoods and people rarely worked for a wage.
(ii) In the late-nineteenth century Africa there were a few consumer goods that wages could buy.
Europeans got attracted to Africa due to its vast resources of land and minerals.
(iii) They came to Africa hoping to establish plantations and mines to produce crops and minerals for
export to Europe. But there was an unexpected problem—a shortage of labour. Africans had no
reason to work for wages and this posed a problem to Europeans.
12. (i) It was an ancient network of trade routes through regions of the Asian continent connecting the
East and West and the stretching from the Korean Peninsula and Japan to the Mediterranean
sea.
(ii) Chinese pottery, textiles and spices from India were exported to South East Asia and precious
metals like gold and silver, flowed from Europe to Asia.
(iii) Christian missionaries travelled through these routes to Asia. Muslim preachers also used these
routes. Buddhism too spread to other Asian countries through intersecting points on the silk
routes.
2. The Nineteenth Century (1815-1914)

• In the 19th century, economic, political, social, cultural and technological factors interacted in a way to
transform societies and reshape external relations.
• Economists identify three types of movement or flows within international economic exchange as:
(a) The flow of trade (b) The flow of labour (c) The flow of capital.
• All these three flows closely affected people’s lives.
A World Economy Takes Shape
• Population growth from the late 18th century had increased the demand for food grains in Britain.
• The demand for agricultural products went up pushing up food grain prices.
• The government also restricted the import of corn, known as the Corn Law. Unhappy with high food prices,
industrialists and urban dwellers forced the abolition of the Corn Laws.
• After the Corn Laws were removed, food could be imported into Britain more cheaply than it could be
produced within the country. British agriculture was unable to compete with imports.
• Vast areas of land were left uncultivated, thousands of men and women migrated to the overseas for jobs.
• Industrial growth in Britain led to more food imports.
• Food production expanded in Eastern Europe, Russia, America and Australia to meet the British demand.
• The demand for labour in America and Australia led to more migration. Nearly 50 million people emigrated
from Europe to America and Australia in 19th century. All over the world about 150 million are estimated
to have left their home in search of better future.
• Thus, by 1890s a global agricultural economy had taken shape, accompanied by complex canges in labour
movement patterns, capital flows, ecologies and technology.
• Food no longer come from a nearly village or town, but from thousands of miles away and transported by
railway, built for that very purpose, and by ships. These activities increasingly manned by law-paid workers
from souther Europe, Asia, Africa and the Caribben.
• In West Punjab, the British Indian government built a network of irrigation canals to transform semi-desert
wastes into fertile agricultural lands that could grow wheat and coton for export. These areas were irrigated
by the new canals, hence called as canal colonies. Peasants were settled here from other parts of Punjab.
• It was noly only happened in the field of food production but also for cotton and subber production that
fulfilled the demand of British mills.
Role of Technology
• The railways, steamships, the telegraph were the important inventions of 19th century.
• New investments and improvements in transport like faster railways, lighter wagons and larger ships
helped to move food more cheaply and quickly from farms to final markets.
• Trade in meat enhanced. Poor in Europe could now consume a more variety of diet.
• Meat become cheaper with the development of refrigerated transportation facilities.
Late Nineteenth Century Colonialism
• In late 19th century, many parts of the world, the expansion of trade and a closer relationship with the world
economy also meant a loss of freedom and livelihood.
• European conquests produced many painful economic, social and ecological changes through which the
colonised societies were brought into the world economy.
• The European powers in Africa drew up the borders demarcating their respective territories.

• In 1885 the big European powers met in Berlin to complete the carving up of Africa between them. Britain
and France made vast addition to their overseas territories in the late 19th century. Belgium and Germany
became new colonial powers. The US also became a colonial power in the late 1890s by taking over some
colonies earlier held by Spain.
Rinderpest, or the Cattle Plague
• In the 1890s in Africa, Rinderpest, a fast spreading disease of cattle plague took place.
• It started in East Africa and soon spread to the other parts of the continent.
• It spread through on infected cattle imported from British Asia to feed the Italian soldiers invading in East
Africa. It killed 90 per cent of the cattle.
• The loss of cattle destroyed African livelihoods and they were forced to become labour and enabled European
colonisers to conquer Africa.
Indentured Labour Migration from India
• In the 19th century thousands of Indian and Chinese labourers went to work on plantations in mines, in
roads, and railway construction projects around the world under the contract worker called indentured
labour.
• Most Indian indentured workers came from Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Central India and Tamil Nadu, they were
migrated to Caribbean islands, Mauritius, Fiji, Ceylon and Malaya.
• Recruitment was done by agents engaged by the employers by giving false informations to the migrants.
• On arrival at the plantations, labouer found conditions to be different from what they had imagined. Living
and working conditions were harsh, and there were few legal rights. But workers discovered their own ways
of surviving Many of them escaped into the wilds other developed new forms of individual and collective
self-expression, blending different cultural forms, old and new.
• In Trinidad the annual Muharram procession was transformed into a riotous carnival called Hosay (for
Iman Hussain) in which workers of all races and religions joined. Similarly, the protest religion of Rasta
farianism reflected the social and cultural links with Indian to the Caribbean.
• Chutney music that was very famous in Trinidad and Guyana created another expression of cultural fusion.
• All these types of cultral fusions were made the world as global where things from different places get mixed
and become something entirely new.
• Most identured workers stayed on after their contracts ended, consequently there are large communities of
people of Indian descent in t hese country.
• From the 1900s, India’s nationalist leaders began opposing the system of indentured labour migration as a
cruel system and finally abolished in 1921.
Indian Entrepreneurs Abroad
• Growing food and other crops for the world market required capital. Therefore, Shikaripuri Shroffs and
Nattukottai Chettiars were amongst the many groups of bankers and traders who financed export agriculture
in Central and Southeast Asia, using either their own funds or those borrowed from European banks.
• Indian traders and moneylenders also followed European colonisers into Africa.
Indian Trade, Colonialism and the Global System
• Fine cotton produced in India was exported to Europe. With the industrialisation, British cotton manufacture
began to expand and Indian industrialists pressurised the government to restrict cotton imports and protect
local industries.
• Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into Britain consequently, the inflow of fine Indian cotton began to
decline.
• From the early nineteenth century, the British were excluded from tariff barriers thus, Indian textiles faced
stiff compitition in other internation markets.
• Exports of Manufactures of Indian textiles declined from 30% to 15% in 1800 to 1815 respectively. But
export of raw materials increased between 1812 and 1871 from 5% to 35% respectively.
• Indigo used for dying cloth was another important export for many decade.
• Britain grew opium in India and exported it to China and it financed its tea and other imports from China.
• Over the 19th Century, British manufactures flooded the Indian market. But the value of British exports to
India was much higher than the value of British imports from India. Thus, British had a trade surplus with
India.
• This trade surplus used in paying the private remittances home by British officials and traders, interest
payments on India’s external debut, and pensions of British officials in India, these were called as home
charges.
Exercise 2.2
(i) Which of the following laws was referred to Corn Laws?
(a) Import restriction (b) Export restriction
(c) Restriction on balance of trade (d) None of these
(ii) Nearly 50 million people emigrated from which of following continents to America and Australia in
the nineteenth century?
(a) Africa (b) Europe (c) Asia (d) Greenland
(iii) In which of the following years was the system of indentured labour abolished?
(a) 1920 (b) 1921 (c) 1922 (d) 1923
(i) Sir Henry Morton Stanley (a) Transvaal
(ii) A disease of cattle plague (b) New York Herald
(iii) Wilge river (c) Rinderpest
(i) The areas irrigated by the new canals were called ______________ .
(ii) One of the oldest livestock markets in ______________was at Smithfield.
(i) In Rajasthan, the British Indian government built a network of irrigation canals to transform
semi-desert wastes into fertile agricultural lands.
(ii) In 1780 the big European powers met in Berlin to complete the carving up of Africa between them.
5. Why did people migrate from Europe to America and Australia?
6. What was paper partition?
7. How did Rinderpest reach Africa?
8. What was the Law of Inheritance?
9. How did British manage opium trade with China?
10. Why were big European powers met in Berlin in 1885? [CBSE 2018]
11. How did the global agricultural economy take shape by 1890?
12. Why were poor people forced to work as indentured labourers?
13. How did Britain have a ‘trade surplus’ with India?
14. Mention any three effects of the British Government’s decision for the abolition of the Corn Laws.
[CBSE Sample Paper 2016-17]
15. Why did the industrialists and people living in cities of Britain forced the government to abolish Corn
Laws in the 18th century? Give two reasons.
16. Describe the impact of ‘Rinderpest’ on people’s livelihoods and local economy in Africa in the 1890s.
[CBSE 2018]
17. Explain any three effects of population growth in England in the late eighteenth century. [CBSE 2020]
18. Why did the export of Indian textile decline at the beginning of nineteenth century? Explain any three
reasons. [CBSE 2020]
19. Why did the inflow of fine Indian cotton began to decline?
20. What was the role of Indian entrepreneurs abroad?
21. Explain the three types of flows within international economy in exchanges. [CBSE 2014]
Or
Mention the three types of flows within international economic exchanges during the 19th century.
[CBSE 2012]

22. Describe the effects of abolishing the ‘Corn Laws’. Or [CBSE 2014]
Explain three far reaching effects of the abolition of the Corn Laws. [CBSE 2012]
23. What was the impact of technology on food availability? Explain. [NCERT]
24. ‘Nineteenth century indenture has been described as a ‘new system of slavery’. Elucidate with
examples. Or
Why have the historians described the 19th century indenture as a new system of slavery. Explain five
reasons. Or [CBSE 2013]
25. How did various cultures blend with the migrants and the inhabitants? Or
How did the indentured labourers or migrants discover their own way of surviving?
26. Describe the condition of indentured labour that migrated from India during the nineteenth century.
[AI 2019]
Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (b), (iii) (b)
2. (i)–(b), (ii)–(c), (iii)–(a)
3. (i) the canal colonies, (ii) London
4. (i) In West Punjab, the British Indian government built a network of irrigation canals to transform
semi-desert wastes into fertile agricultural lands.
(ii) In 1885, the big European powers met in Berlin to complete the carving up of Africa between them.
5. Demand for food increased in Europe and there was need of capital and labour in America and Australia.
Since there was unemployment in Europe, people migrated to America and Australia in search of a
better future.
6. In 1885, the big European powers met in Berlin to divide the countries of Africa between them. The
countries borders run straight as if they were drawn using a ruler. This event was called paper partition.
7. It was carried by infected cattle imported from British Asia to feed the Italian soldiers invading Eritrea
in East Africa. Entering Africa in the east, it moved west like the forest fire.
8. It means only one member of the family was allowed to inherit land and the others were pushed into
the labour market.
9. British grew opium in India and exported it to China and with the money earned through this sale, it
financed its tea and other imports from China.
10. In 1885 the big European powers met in Berlin to complete the carving up of Africa
between them.
11. (i) Food no longer came from a nearby village or town, but from thousands of miles away.
(ii) It was not grown by a peasant tilling his own land, but by an agricultural worker.
(iii) It was transported by railways and by ships, by low paid workers from Southern
Europe, Asia, Africa and the Caribbean.
(iv) In west Punjab, the British Indian government built a network of irrigation canals to transform
semi desert wastes into fertile agricultural lands that could grow wheat and cotton for export. The
canal colonies were settled by peasants from other parts of Punjab.
12. In many Indian states, people worked as indentured labourers because–
(i) Cottage industries declined. (ii) Land rent rose.
(iii) Lands were cleared for mines and plantations.
(iv) Poor people failed to pay their rents.
(v) Poor people become deeply indebted so they migrated in search of jobs.
13. Trade Surplus. If a country exports a greater value than its imports, it has a favourable balance. It
represents a net inflow of domestic currency from foreign markets.
The British manufactures flooded the Indian market. Food grains and raw material exports from India
to Britain and the rest of the world increased.
(i) The value of British exports to India was much higher than the value of British imports from
India.
(ii) So Britain used this surplus to balance its trade deficits with other countries from which Britain
was importing more than it was selling to.
14. (i) Food could be imported into Britain at much cheaper rate than it would be produced within the
country.
(ii) British agriculture was unable to compete with imports. Vast areas of land were left uncultivated
and people started migrating to cities or other countries.
(iii) As food prices fell, consumption in Britain rose. Faster industrial growth in Britain also led to
higher incomes and therefore more food imports.
(iv) Around the world in Eastern Europe, Russia, America and Australia–lands were cleared and food
production expanded to meet the British demand.
15. (i) Population growth from the late 18th century had increased the demand for food grains in Britain
pushing up the prices. Under pressure from farmers, the government restricted the import of
corn. These laws were commonly known as the ‘Corn Laws’.
(ii) On the other hand the industrialists and people living in cities forced the government to abolish
the Corn Laws. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
16. (i) Rinderpest is a fast spreading disease of cattle plague spread in Africa. It killed 90 percent of the
cattle and destroyed African livelihoods.
(ii) Planters, mine owners and colonial governments now successfully monopolised to strengthen
their power and to force Africans into the labour market.
(iii) Control over the scarce resource of cattle enabled European colonisers to conquer and subdue
Africa.
17. (i) Increase the demand for food grains.
(ii) Under the prssure from landed groups, the government also restricted the import of corn.
(iii) Unhappy with high food prices, industrialist and urban dwellers forced the abolition of the Corn
Laws.
18. Three reasons:
(i) With the industrialisation, British cotton manufacture began to expand and industrialists
pressurised the government to restrict cotton imports and protect local industries.
(ii) Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into Britain.
(iii) British manufactures also began to seek overseas markets for their cloth They were excluded
from the tariff barriers.
19. Shikaripuri Shroffs and Nattu Kottai Chettiar were among the many group of bankers and traders
who financed export agriculture in Central and South East Asia, using their own funds or the
borrowed money from European banks.
(i) They had a good system to transfer money over large distance and even developed their own
corporate organisations.
(ii) Hyderabadi Sindi traders ventured beyond European colonies.
(iii) They had established emporia at busy ports, selling local and imported artifacts to tourists.
20. With the growth of industrialisation, the British increased their manufacture of cotton. The Indian
industrialists put pressure on the government to control the imports of British manufactured imports
and protect local industries.
(i) Tariffs restrictions were imposed on clothes imported into Britain.
(ii) Indian textiles now faced stiff competition in other international markets.
(iii) The exports from India declined from 30% around 1800 to below 3% by the 1870s.
21. (i) Flow of Trade: Trade in goods, e.g., cloth or wheat, giving shape to a global agricultural economy
where food no longer came from a nearby village or town, but from thousands of miles away.
(ii) Flow of Labour: The migration of people in search of employment is called ‘Flow of Labour’.
Nearly 50 million people emigrated from Europe to America and Australia in the 19th century.
All over the world some 150 million are estimated to have left their homes, crossed oceans and
vast distances over land in search of a better future.
(iii) Flow of Capital Investment: Long-term or short-term Investments over long distances is called
flow of capital investment. Capital flowed from financial centres such as London to build railways
and other buildings.
22. (i) Britain began to import food grains from rest of the world. British agriculture was unable to
compete with imports.
(ii) Vast areas of land were now left uncultivated.

(iii) Thousands of men and women were thrown out of work. They started migrating of cities.
(iv) Food prices fell and consumption in Britain rose.
(v) Other countries: Russia, America and Australia sent food grains to meet the British demand.
(vi) They required railways to link the ports. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
23. Faster railways, lighter wagons and larger ships helped to move food more cheaply and quickly from
farms to markets.
(i) Earlier, animals were shipped live from America to Europe then slaughtered when they arrived
there. Meat was an expensive luxury which European poor could not afford.
(ii) Now animals were slaughtered for food then transported to Europe as frozen meat. This reduced
shipping costs and lowered meat prices in Europe.
(iii) with bread and potatoes, poor could now add meat, butter, eggs to their diet.
(iv) Better living conditions promoted social peace within the country.
24. Indentured labourers were hired under contracts which promised return travel to India after they had
worked for five years on their employer’s plantations.
(i) Agents also attracted the migrants by providing false information like their final destinations,
mode of travel, nature of work, living and working conditions.
(ii) Often the migrants were not even told that they were to travel on a long sea voyage.
(iii) Sometimes agents forcibly employed less willing migrants.
(iv) On arrival at the plantations, labourers found conditions to be different from what they had
imagined.
(v) Living and working conditions were harsh and there were a few legal rights.
25. Some migrants developed new forms of individual and collective self-expression, blending different
cultural forms, old and new like–
(i) In Trinidad the annual Muharram procession was transformed into a riotous carnival called
‘Hosay’ in which workers of all races and religions joined.
(ii) The protest religion of ‘Rasta Fasionism’ also reflected social and cultural links with Indian
migrants to the Caribbean.
(iii) ‘Chutney music’ a fusion became popular in Trinidad and Guyana.
(iv) These forms of cultural fusion are part of the making of the global world where things from
different places get mixed and become something entirely new.
26. The condition of indentured labour that migrated from India during the nineteenth century:
(i) Nineteenth-century indenture has been described as a ‘new system of slavery’. Recruitment was
done by agents engaged by employers and paid a small commission.
(ii) Many migrants agreed to take up work hoping to escape poverty or oppression in their home
villages. Agents also tempted the prospective migrants by providing false information about final
destinations, modes of travel, the nature of the work, and living and working conditions.
(iii) Often migrants were not even told that they were to embark on a long sea voyage. Sometimes
agents even forcibly abducted less willing migrants.
(iv) On arrival at the plantations, labourers found conditions to be different from what they had
imagined. Living and working conditions were harsh, and there were few legal rights.
(v) But workers discovered their own ways of surviving. Many of them escaped into the wilds, though
if caught they faced severe punishment. Others developed new forms of individual and collective
self-expression, blending different cultural forms, old and new.
3. The Inter-War Economy

• The First World War (1914-18) was mainly fought in Europe.
• During this period, the world experienced widespread economic and political, instability, and another
catastrophic war.
Wartime Transformations
• The First World War fought between two powers i.e. Central and Allies.
• Central powers i.e Germany, Austria-Hungary, Ottoman Empire, Turkey.
• Allied powers i.e. Britain, France and Russia, later joined by the US.
• It lasted more than four years from 1914–18.
• It was the first modern industrial war, which used machine guns, tanks, aircraft, chemical weapons, etc. on
a massive scale.
• Millions died, reducing the able-bodied work force in Europe and household incomes declined after the war.
• Britain borrowed large sums of money from US banks as well as the US Public.
• The war transformed the US from being an international debtor to an international creditor.
Post-War Recovery
• Britain was leading world’s economy before the war, but after the war faced problems.
• When Britain was busy in the war, industries developed in India and Japan.
• After the war, Britain could not recapture Indian market and could not compete with Japan.
• Britain was burdened with huge external debt and unemployment increased. Anxiety and uncertainty about
work became an enduring part of the post-war scenario.
• Before the war, eastern Europe was a major supplier of wheat in the world market. When the supply
disrupted, wheat production in Canada, America and Australia expanded.
• Grain prices fell, rural incomes declined and farmers fell deeper into debt.
Rise of Mass Production and Consumption
• After the war, the US economy resumed its strong growth in the early 1920s with mass production.
• A car manufacturer Henry Ford adapted the assembly line of a Chicago slaughterhouse to his new car plant
in Detroit.
• He realised that assembly line method would allow a faster and cheaper way of producing vehicles. This was
a way of increasing the output per worker by speeding up the pace of work.
• The T-Model Ford was the world’s first mass-produced car.
• Mass production reduced the cost and prices of engineered goods.
• There was an increase in the purchase of refrigerators, washing machines, radios, gramophone players and
home ownership through a system of loans.
• Large investments in housing and household goods seemed to create a cycle of higher employment and
incomes, rising consumption demand, more investments, and yet more employment and incomes.
• The US resumed exporting capital to the rest of the world and became the largest overseas lender by 1923.
• By 1929 the world would be plunged into a depression such as it had never experienced before.
The Great Depression
• The Great Depression began around 1929 in US and lasted till the mid-1930s.
• Most parts of the world experienced decline in production, employment, incomes and trade.
• Agricultural regions and communities were badly affected because of fall in agricultural prices were greater
than the price of industrial goods.
• Many countries got financed through loans from US banks over $ 1 billion.
• In Europe it led to the failure of major banks and the collapse of currencies.
• The US attempt to protect its economy in depression by doubling import duties.
• Farms could not sell their harvest, households were ruined and business collapsed.
• Faced with falling incomes, many households in the US could not repay and were forced to give up their
homes, cars and other goods.
• Unable to recover investments, thousands of banks went bankrupt and were forced to close. But by 1935, a
modest economic recovery was under way inmost industrial countries.
India and the Great Depression
• In the nineteenth century colonial India had become an exporter of agricultural goods and importer of
manufactures.
• As international prices crashed, the wheat prices in India reduced by 50%. Peasant and farmers suffered
more than urban dwellers.
• Colonial government refused to reduce revenue demands. The jute producers of Bengal fell deeper and
deeper into debt.
• Industrial investment also grew as the government extended tariff protection to industries.

Exercise 2.3
(i) The First World War took place between:
(a) 1912-1916 (b) 1914-1918 (c) 1916-1920 (d) 1918-1922
(ii) Which one of the following was not an allies in the First World War?
(a) Britain (b) France (c) Russia (d) Germany
(iii) During the First World War, Britain borrowed large sums of money from:
(a) US banks (b) Indian banks (c) European banks (d) Swiss bank
(iv) One important feature of the US economy of the 1920s was:
(a) Mass consumption (b) Mass production
(c) Mass destruction (d) None of these
(v) In the US, there was a well-known pioneer of the car manufacturer:
(a) Henry Ford (b) David James
(c) Mahindra and Mahindra (d) Tata Power
(i) At the end of The First World War Britain was burdened with huge external debts.
(ii) Henry Ford adapted the assembly line of a Chicago slaughterhouse to his new car plant in
Massachusetts.
3. Name the two powerful blocs of the First World War.
4. Why was Britain burdened with huge external debts after the First World War?
5. How did higher wages lead to the purchase of more consumer goods?
6. What price in India fell by 50 per cent between 1928 and 1934?
7. Explain the causes of the Great Depression. [NCERT]
8. How did Henry Ford recover the workers?
9. How were jute producers of Bengal affected by economic crises?
option.
The First World War, as you know, was fought between two power blocs. On the one side were the
Allies – Britain, France and Russia (later joined by the US); and on the opposite side were the Central
Powers – Germany, Austria-Hungary and Ottoman Turkey. When the war began in August 1914,
many governments thought it would be over by Christmas. It lasted more than four years. The First
World War was a war like no other before. The fighting involved the world’s leading industrial nations
which now harnessed the vast powers of modern industry to inflict the greatest possible destruction
on their enemies.

10.1. When was the First World War fought?
(a) 1918–1922 (b) 1939–1945
(c) 1914–1918 (d) 1910–1914
10.2. Which among the following were considered as Allies powers?
(a) Germany, Austria-Hungary and Ottoman Turkey
(b) Japan, France and Britain
(c) Austria-Hungary, Russia and France
(d) Britain, France and Russia
10.3. Name the countries that were not included in central power.
10.4. From which country did Britain borrow large sums of money during the First World War?
11. “One important feature of the US economy in the 1920s was mass productions.” Prove this with an
example.
12. Describe in brief the economic conditions of the post-First World War period. [HOTS]
13. Mention the two key lessons learnt from the inter-war economic experiences by the economists and
politicians after the Second World War.
14. Describe the impact of Great Depression on Indian economy. [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]
15. Describe the impact of Great Depression on Indian economy.
16. Describe the impact of the First World war on Indian industries. [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]
Answers
1. (i) (b), (ii) (d), (iii) (a), (iv) (b), (v) (a)
2. (i) True, (ii) False, (iii) True
3. (i) Allied Powers: Britain, France, Russia, later on joined by the US.
(ii) Central Powers: Germany, Austria-Hungary and Ottoman Turkey.
4. To finance war expenditures Britain had borrowed liberally from the US. Post-war economic recovery
period proved very difficult. So, at the end of war Britain was burdened with huge external debts.
5. Due to higher wages, the workers could now afford to purchase of more goods like
(a) refrigerators (b) washing machines (c) radios (d) gramophone players.
6. Peasants indebtedness increased and started selling their land, jewellery and precious metals.
7. The Great Depression was caused by a combination of several factors:
(i) Agricultural overproduction was a major factor. As a result, agricultural prices fell.
(ii) As prices fell and agricultural incomes declined, farmers tried to expand production.
(iii) This increased the volume of goods in the market. The situation got worsened in the market.
(iv) Prices fell down further. Farm produce began to rot due to the lack of buyers.
8. Henry Ford doubled the daily wages to $ 5 in January 1914.
(i) He banned trade unions from operating in his plants.
(ii) He recovered the huge wage by repeatedly speeding up the production line and forcing workers
to work even harder.
(iii) He soon described his decision to double the daily wage as the ‘best cost cutting decision’.
9. (i) The jute producers of Bengal grew raw jute that was processed in factories for export in the form
of gunny bags.
(ii) But as gunny exports collapsed, the price of raw jute crashed more than 60%.
(iii) Peasants who borrowed in the hope of better times or to increase output in the hope of higher
incomes faced even lower prices. They fell deeper and deeper into debt.
10. 10.1 (c) 10.2 (d) 10.3 Japan 10.4 USA
11. A well known pioneer of mass production was the car manufacturer ‘Henry Ford’.
(i) He adopted an assembly line technique of a slaughter house.
(ii) He realised that the assembly line method would allow faster and cheaper way of producing
vehicles.
(iii) This method forced workers to repeat a single task mechanically and continuously.
(iv) This was a way of increasing the output per workers by speeding up the pace of work.
(v) Later on, this system of mass production was followed by many other countries. In the US, with
this system car production rose from two millions to above five millions.
12. Post-First World War period economic conditions:
(i) Britain which was world’s leading economy in the pre-war period faced a prolonged crisis.
(ii) Indian and Japanese industries were developed as Britain was occupied with war.
(iii) After the war, it was difficult for Britain to recapture its earlier position in the Indian market.
(iv) Britain was burdened with huge external debts from the US.
(v) Government reduced bloated war expenditure. This led to huge job loses and unemployment.
(vi) Grain prices witnessed a steep fall as wheat supply was disrupted during the First World War.
13. The two lessons learnt by the economists and politicians during the Second World War were:
First: An industrial society based on mass production needs mass consumption. For mass consumption,

steady income was necessary and for stable income, full employment was necessary. For this, the
government has to take step to minimise the fluctuation of price, production and minimise the fluctuation
of price, production and employment. Hence, economic stability could be ensured by the government
intervention.
Second: The goal of full employment could be achieved only if the government controls the flow of
goods, capital and labour. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
14. Great Depression began in 1929 and lasted till mid-1930s. During this period, most parts of the world
experienced declines in production, employment, incomes and trade.
The impact of Great Depression on Indian Economy:
(i) India’s exports and imports nearly halved between 1928 and1934.
(ii) As agricultural prices fell sharply internationally as a result of this prices plunged in India.
(iii) Despite of this, the colonial government refused to reduce revenue demands.
(iv) Peasants’ indebtedness increased. They used up their savings, mortgaged lands and sold their
jewellery and precious metals.
(v) India became exporter of metal
(vi) Town dwellers found themselves better off
(vii) Industrial investment grew [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018-19]
15. The impact of Great Depression on Indian Economy:
(i) India’s exports and imports nearly halved between 1928 and1934.
(ii) As agricultural prices fell sharply internationally as a result of this prices plunged in India.
(iii) Despite of this, the colonial government refused to reduce revenue demands.
(iv) Peasants’ indebtedness increased. They used up their savings, mortgaged lands and sold their
jewellery and precious metals.
(v) India became exporter of metal.
(vi) Town dwellers found themselves better off.
(vii) Industrial investment grew.
16. The First World War created a dramatically new situation for the Indian industries.
(i) With the British mills busy with war production to meet the needs of the army, Manchester
imports into India declined.
(ii) Indian mills had a vast home market to supply.
(iii) As the war prolonged Indian industries were called upon to supply war needs like, jute bags, cloth
for army uniforms, etc
(iv) New factories were set up and old ones ran multiple shifts.
(v) Many new workers were employed and everyone worked for longer hours.
(vi) Over the war years industrial production boomed.
(vii) Manchester could never recapture its old position in the Indian market.
(viii) Cotton production collapsed and exports of cotton cloth from Britain fell dramatically. Local
industries consolidated their position capturing the home market.
4. Rebuilding a World Economy : The Post-War Era

• The Second World War was fought between the Axis powers (mainly Nazi Germany, Japan and Italy) and
the Allies (Britain, France, the Sovient Union and the US) for six years on many fronts.
• Death and destruction was enormous. At least 60 million people, about 3% of the world’s population have
been killed.
• Most of the deaths took place outside the battlefields. Vast parts of Europe and Asia were devasted.
• Two crucial influences shaped post-war reconstruction–
(a) US’s emergence as the dominant economic, political and military power in the Western World.
(b) Dominance of the Soviet Union.
Post-War Settlement and the bretton Woods Institutions
• The economists and politicians got two lessons from inter-war economic experiences.
(a) Mass production cannot be sustained without mass consumption.
(b) The goal of full employment could only be achieved if the government had power to control flow of
people, goods and capital.
• The United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in July 1944 at Bretton Woods in New
Hampshire, USA.
• International Monetary Fund (IMF) was established to deal with external surpluses and deficits of its
member nations.
• The World Bank was established to set up to finance post-war constructions.
The Early Post-War Years
• The Bretton Woods system inaugurated an era of unprecedented growth of trade and incomes for the
Western Industrial nations and Japan.
• The period between 1950 and 1970 witnessed the worldwide spread of technology and enterprise.
Decolonisation and Independence
• When the Second World War ended, most colonies in Asia and Africa became free, independent nations.
• IMF and World Bank could not overcome the challenge of development and poverty in their colonies.
• So, Bretton Woods System shifted their attention towards developing countries. Because the resources of
developing countries were still exploited.
• So the developing countries organised themselves in Group 77 (G-77) to demand a new economic order
(NIEO), to control over their natural resources.
End of Bretton Woods and the Beginning of Globalisation
• By 1960s US dollar lost its command in world’s currency, which led to collapse of system of Fixed Exchange
Rates and introduction of a system of floating exchange rates.
• Developing countries like Africa and Latin America faced periodic debt crisis, lower incomes and increased
poverty.
• Cheap labour in China became attractive destination for MNCs to manufacture and capture the world
market.
• With globalisation, India, China and Brazil have undergone great economic transformations.
Exercise 2.4
I. Objective Type Question (1 Mark)
(i) The Second World War was fought between the Axis powers and:
(a) the Allies (b) the neighbouring countries
(c) the Africans (d) the Europeans
(ii) About how many per cent of the world’s 1939 population are believed to have been killed during the
Second World War?
(a) 2 per cent (b) 3 per cent
(c) 4 per cent (d) 5 per cent
(iii) Stalingrad is in which country?
(a) China (b) Japan
(c) Soviet Russia (d) Vietnam
(iv) The United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in …………. at Bretton Woods in New
Hampshire, USA.
(a) July 1944 (b) August 1945 (c) March 1947 (d) December 1949
2. Name the axis and allies powers.
3. What was the main aim of the post-war international economic systems?
4. Why was the World Bank set up?
5. What do you mean by G-77?
6. Name the famous products of China which captured the world’s market.
7. Name the countries that have affected with globalisation.
8. What does tariff mean?
9. What are MNCs? Why did China become attractive destination for MNCs?
10. What was the estimated loss of the Second World War?
11. What did the economists mean by ‘mass productions, mass consumption’?
12. Why was NIEO formed?

option.
The Bretton Woods conference established the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to deal with
external surpluses and deficits of its member nations. The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development (popularly known as the World Bank) was set up to finance postwar reconstruction. The
IMF and the World Bank are referred to as the Bretton Woods institutions or sometimes the Bretton
Woods twins. The post-war international economic system is also often described as the Bretton
Woods system. The IMF and the World Bank commenced financial operations in 1947. Decision-
making in these institutions is controlled by the Western industrial powers. The US has an effective
right of veto over key IMF and World Bank decisions. The international monetary system is the
system linking national currencies and monetary system. The Bretton Woods system was based on
fixed exchange rates. In this system, national currencies, for example the Indian rupee, were pegged
to the dollar at a fixed exchange rate. The dollar itself was anchored to gold at a fixed price of $35 per
ounce of gold.
13.1. Which of the following organizations were set up during the Bretton Woods conference?
(a) UNESCO and UNICEF (b) UNO and ILO
(c) IMF and RBI (d) IMF and World Bank
13.2. What was Bretton Woods system?
(a) It was the post-war international economic system.
(b) It was the post-war military system.
(c) It was the post-war political system.
(d) None of the above
13.3. When did the IMF and the World Bank commence financial operations?
(a) 1950 (b) 1945
(c) 1947 (d) 1944
13.4. The Bretton Woods Monetary system was a based on
(a) floating exchange rates (b) fixed exchange rates
(c) floating as well as fixed rates (d) the RBI rules
14. What is meant by the Bretton Woods Agreement? Explain it.
15. Describe the factors that led to the end of the Bretton Woods system and the beginning of globalisation.
Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (b), (iii) (c), (iv) (a)
2. Axis powers—Germany, Japan and Italy.
Allied powers—France, Soviet Union, US and Britain.
3. The main aim was to preserve economic stability and full employment in the industrial world. This
framework was agreed upon at the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in July
1944 at Bretton Woods.
4. To finance post-war reconstructions.
5. Most developing countries did not benefit from the fast growth of western economies in the 1950s and 1960s.
They organised themselves as a group G-77 or the group of 77 to demand a new international order.
6. They are televisions, mobile phones and toys.
7. India, China and Brazil have undergone rapid economic transformations with globalisations.
8. Tax imposed on a country’s imports from the rest of the world are called tariffs. They are levied at the point of
entry, i.e. at the border or the airport.
9. Multinational Corporations (MNCs) are large companies that operate in several countries at the same
time. Wages were low in countries like China. So because of the low-cost structure of the Chinese
economy helps in competing to capture world’s market. So most of the MNCs attracted towards Chinese
markets.
10. Death and destruction was enormous.
(i) Vast parts of Europe and Asia were devasted.
(ii) Several cities were destroyed by aerial bombardment and military attacks.
(iii) At least 60 million people died and millions were injured.
11. The economists believed that an industrial society based on mass production could not be sustained
without mass consumption.
(i) But to ensure mass consumption, there was a need for high and stable incomes.
(ii) Stable incomes requires steady, full employment. Therefore, governments would have to step into
minimize influctuations of price, output and employment.
(iii) The goal of full employment could only be achieved, if government had power to control flows of
goods, capital and labour.
12. NIEO would help the developing countries in the following ways:
(i) To control their natural resources,
(ii) More development assistance,
(iii) Fairer prices for raw material, and
(iv) Better access for their manufactured goods in developed countries’ markets.
13. 13.1 (d) 13.2 (a) 13.3 (c) 13.4 (b)
14. (i) In order to preserve economic stability and full employment in the industrial world, the post-
war international economic system was established. To execute the same, the United Nations
Monetary and Financial Conference was held in July 1944 at Bretton Woods in New Hampshire,
USA.
(ii) The Bretton Woods Conference established the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to deal with
external surpluses and shortages of its member-nations.
(iii) The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (popularly known as the World
Bank) was set up to finance post-war reconstruction and they started the financial operations in
1947.
(iv) Decision-making authority was given to the Western industrial powers. The US was given the
right of veto over key IMF and the World Bank decisions.
(v) The Bretton Woods system was based on fixed exchange rates. The Bretton Woods system opened
an era of unique growth of trade and incomes for the Western industrial nations and Japan. The
World trade grew annually.
15. The rising costs of its overseas involvements weakened the finances of US and competitive strength.
(i) The US dollar now no longer commanded confidence as the world’s Principal currency.
(ii) It eventually led to the collapse of the system of fixed exchange rates and the introduction of a
system of floating exchange rates.
(iii) International financial system changed and developing countries were forced to borrow from
western commercial banks and private leading institutions.
(iv) Unemployment in industrial countries.
(v) Changes in China.

What does the picture depict?
(a) Image of Warriors
(b) Image of Ship
(c) Image of Traders
(d) Image of Buddha
Ans. (c)

• All through history, human socities have become steadily more interlinked. From ancient tones, travellers,
traders, priests and pilrims travelled vast distances for knowledge, opportunity and spiritual fulfilment, or
to escape persecution.
• They carried goods, money, values, skills ideas, inventions, and even germs and diseases.
• The silk routes are an excellent example of pre-modern trade and cultural links between distant parts of the
world.
• Several silk routes helped in linking Asia with Europe and northern Africa.
• Traders and travellers introduced new crops to the lands they travelled to.

• The pre-modern world greatly shrank in the 16th century after European sailors found a sea route to Asia
and also crossed the western ocean to America successively.
• The European conquest of America was not just a result of superior firepower. In fact, it was the germs such
as those of smallpox that they carried on their person that killed America’s original inhabitants on a large
scale.
• Three types of movement or ‘flows’ were identified by the economists within international economic exchanges
– Flow of trade — Flow of labour — Movement of capital.
• The demand for food grains in Britain had increased due to increase in population from the late 18th
century.
• When the Corn Laws were scrapped, food could be imported into Britain more cheaply than it could be
produced within the country.
• The important inventions like the railways, steamships and the telegraph triggered the economic growth in
the nineteenth century.
• Railways were needed to link the agricultural regions to the ports.
• In the 19th century, about 50 million people emigrated from Europe to America and Australia in search of
better future.
• Trade flourished and markets expanded in the late nineteenth century. Britain and France made vast
additions to their overseas territories in the late nineteenth century. Belgium and Germany became new
colonial powers and also the US in the late 1890s.
• In 1890s, Rinderpest, a fast spreading disease of cattle plague, in Africa, had a terrifying impact on people’s
livelihoods and the local economy.
• In the late 19th century, Europeans were attracted to Africa because of its vast resources of land and
minerals.
• Rinderpest began in East Africa and soon spread to the other parts of the continent.
• In the nineteenth century, thousands of Indian and Chinese labourers migrated to work on plantations, in
mines, and in roads and railway construction projects around the world.
• In India, indentured labourers were hired on contracts.
• Nineteenth century indenture has been described as a ‘new system of slavery’.
• Shikaripuri Shroffs and Nattukotai Chettiars were amongst the many groups of bankers and traders who
financed export agriculture in Central and South east Asia.
• Due to the British economic policy imposing tariffs on cloth imports into Britain, the inflow of fine Indian
cotton began to decline and the British manufacturers flooded the Indian market with British cloth. Export
of foodgrains and raw material from India to Britain and the rest of the world increased. Thus, Britain had
a trade surplus with India.
• The First World War (1914-18) was mainly fought in Europe. During this period, the world experienced
widespread economic and political instability, and another catastrophic war.
• The impact of the First World War was widespread. This war was the modern industrial war. It witnessed
the use of machine guns, tanks, aircrafts, chemical weapons, etc.
• After the war, Britain found it difficult to recapture its earlier position of dominance in the Indian market,
and to compete with Japan internationally.
• Recovery was quicker in the US. The war helped boost the US economy. One important feature of the US
economy of the 1920s was mass production.
• The Great Depression started from 1929 and lasted till the mid-1930.
• The impact of the Great Depression on India was widespread. Indian trade immediately got affected due to
the Great Depression.
• The Bretton Woods System opened an era of unique growth of trade and incomes for the Western industrial
nations and Japan. World trade growth was stable without large fluctuations.
• After the Second World War, many parts of the world were still under European colonial rule, and it took
over the two decades for the colonies in Asia and Africa to become free independent nations.
• As most developing countries were not much benefited from the fast growth, therefore, they formed a group
called—the Group of 77 (or G-77).
• The relocation of industry to low-wage countries (India and China) stimulated world trade and capital flows.
Periodic Test for Internal Assessment
Time Allowed : 1 hour Max. Marks : 20
1. The First World War made the United States– 1

(a) a very poor country
(b) a very strong country
(c) an international creditor
(d) an international debtor
2. Study the picture and answer the question. 1
What does this picture reveals?

(a) Industrial workers waiting for the owner
(b) People talking about the terror in the society
(c) People taking about the First World War
(d) Slaves for sale
3. How did Rinderpest reach Africa? 1
4. What do you mean by G-77? 1
5. Give three reason why European fled to America in the 19th century? 3
6. Explain the causes of the Great Depression. 3
7. Describe the factors that led to the end of the Bretton Woods system and the beginning of globalisation. 5
8. Enumerate the importance of Silk Route. 5

This chapter to be assessed in the Periodic Test only
3 The Age of Industrialisation
Topics covered
1. Before the Industrial Revolution 2. Hand Labour and Steam Power
3. Industrialisation in the Colonies 4. Factories Come Up
5. The Peculiarities of Industrial Growth 6. Market for Goods
chapter Chart
The history of industrialisation is all about development and a story of modern

age appears as a wonderful time of technological progress.
Industrialisation in Britain Industrialisation in India
• Industrialisation started in the 17th century. • Industrialisation started much later in the
• Cotton industries dominated the phase. 18 century.
• With expansion of railways demand for the • Suffered a lot due to British monopoly of right
iron and steel industry increased. to trade.
• Lives of workers were pitiful. • The first cotton mill in Bombay came up in
• Workers were hostile to the introduction of 1854.
new technology. • Many rich Indian businessmen like
• Established a monopoly right to trade. Dwarkanath Tagore, Dinshaw Petit, Seth
• Import duties on cotton textiles were imposed. Hukumchand and Tata developed industrial
enterprises in India.
• Machine-made goods were comparatively
cheaper and finer. • The colonial control over Indian trade stiffened
the growth of Indian merchants.
• Indian weavers failed to compete them.
• After the First World War, Manchester failed
• Established tea and coffee plantations and
to regain its old position in the Indian market.
they invested in mining, indigo and jute for
Cotton production collapsed and exports of
export trade.
cotton cloth from Britain fell dramatically.
• Through advertisements people were
persuaded to buy new products.
Conclusion
• The age of industries has meant significant technological changes, growth of factories, and
the making of a new industrial labour.
• Hand technology and small-scale production remained a major part of the industrial
landscape.
54
Main Events
1600 : The East India Company was established.
1730 : The earliest factories in England were set up.
1760 : Britain imported new cotton to feed its cotton industry.
1764 : Spinning Jenny was devised by James Hargreaves.
1767 : Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill.
1781 : James Watt improved upon the steam engine and patented it.
1785 : Cartwright invented the powerloom which used steam power for spinning and weaving.
1830s-1840s : Dwarkanath Tagore set up six joint-stock companies in Bengal.
1840s : Cotton was the leading sector in the first phase of industrialisation in Britain.
1850 : Railway stations started coming up all over London.
1854 : The first cotton mill was established in Bombay.
1855 : The first jute mill was set up in Bengal.
1860 : Elgin Mill was started in Kanpur.
1861 : The first cotton mill was set up in Ahmedabad.
1863 : London Underground Railway began operation.
1873 : Britain exported iron and steel.
1874 : The first spinning and weaving mill of Madras began its production.
1900 : Music publisher E.T. Paull produced a music book.
1912 : J.N. Tata set up the first iron and steel works in India at Jamshedpur.
1917 : Seth Hukumchand, a Marwari businessman, set up the first Indian jute mill in Calcutta.
Dawn of the Century

• The cover page of a music book ‘Dawn of Century’ published by E.T. Paull in 1900 shows the sign of progress.
• A goddess like figure, the angel of progress with a flag of new century and wheel with wings symbolise time.
• The picture of railways, camera, machines, printing press and factory shows the future of the nation.
• The trade magazine shows two magicians. The one of the top is Aladdin from the orient who built a beautiful
palace with his magic lamp, other at the bottom is the modern mechanic, who builds bridges, ships, towers
and high-rise buildings.
• Aladdin stands for East and the past and the mechanic stands for west and modernity.
• These images offer us an account of the modern world associated with rapid technological changes and
innovations.
Exercise
(i) The countries to the east of the Mediterranean, usually referring to Asia called:
(a) Orient (b) Anglo (c) Axis power (d) Colonies
(ii) T
he term Orient arises out of a western viewpoint that sees this region as:
(a) pre-modern (b) traditional (c) mysterious (d) All of these
(iii) In 1900, E.T. Paull was a popular publisher in which of the following fied?
(a) Book (b) Music (c) Art (d) Craft
2. Name the book published by E.T. Paull.

3. Whose pictures were shown on the trade magazine?

4. What did the picture of goddess represent?

5. What does Orient mean?

The Age of Industrialisation 55

Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (d), (iii) (b)

2. Dawn of the Century.

3. Two magicians (i) Aladdin represents East and Past, (ii) Mechanic represents West and Modernity.

4. The angel of progress, on a wheel with wings symbolise time and her flight is taking her into the future.

5. The countries to the east of the Mediterranean.

1. Before the Industrial Revolution

• History of industrialisation begin with the setting up of the first factories.
• Before factories there was large-scale industrial production, known as Proto-industrialisation.
• Merchants moved to countryside to persuade peasants and artisans to produce for an international market.
• There were trade guilds to regulate trade and prices.
• In the countryside poor peasants and artisans began working for merchants for their extra income with the
help of family members.
• Merchants were based in towns but the work was done mostly in the countryside. The finishing was done in
London, known as a finishing centre.
The Coming up of the Factory
• The development of factories in England started by the 1730s and by the 18th century a number of factories
developed.
• The first symbol of the new era was cotton textile industries and the production increased in the 19th
century, which created number of changes within the process of production.
• A series of new inventions increased the efficiency of each step of production like-cording, twisting, spinning
and rolling.
• Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill.
• With the purchase of costly machines the production increased and brought together under one roof and
management by the 19th century factories spread on the large part of the England.
The Pace of Industrial Change
• The process of industrialization become so rapid in Britain. But most industries were of cotton and metals.
• With the expansion of railways in England, increased the demand of iron and steel rapidly.
• The new industries could not easily displace traditional industries. Textiles was a dynamic sector, but a
large portion of the output was produced not within factories, but outside, within domestic units.
• The pace of change in the traditional industries was not set by steam-powered cotton or metal industries,
but they did not remain entirely stagnant either.
• Technological changes occurred very slowly because machines were not effective as proclaimed by inventors.
• Most of the work in industries were done by the workers not by machines.
Exercise 3.1
(i) A person who ‘staples’ or sorts wool according to its fibre called
(a) Proto (b) Stapler (c) Fuller (d) Carding
(ii) The process in which fibres, such as cotton or wool, are prepared prior to spinning
(a) Carding (b) Proto (c) Stapler (d) Fuller
(iii) Which of the following is not a step of the production process?
(a) carding (b) twisting (c) ingot (d) spinning
(i) In the late eighteenth century, the number of factories multiplied in England.
(ii) James Watt improved the steam engine produced by Newcomen and patented the new engine in
1881.
Assertion (A): The proto-industrial system was the part of a network of commercial exchanges.
Reason (R): It was controlled by merchants and the goods were produced by a vast number of producers
working within their family farms, not in factories.
Options:
4. Who created the cotton mill?

5. Which were the first dynamic industries of Great Britain?

6. Whose invention was improved by James Watt?

7. Why were merchants from towns in Europe began to move countryside in seventeenth and eighteenth

centuries? [CBSE 2018]
8. Define the term carding.
[CBSE 2020]
9. How did new inventions increase the efficiency of the production process?

10. How proto-industrial system was part of a network of commercial exchanges?
11. Explain what is meant by proto-industrialisation. Why was it successful in the countryside in England
in the 17th century? [CBSE 2012]
12. How did proto-industrialisation affect the rural peasants and artisans? [CBSE 2012, 15]
13. Why did London come to be known as a finishing centre ?
14. How did the cotton production boom in the late 19th century?
15. How did introduction of cotton mill make supervision of workers easy?
16. Why did the technological changes occur slowly? Or
What was the drawback of new technology for the industrialists?
17. Why did upper classes in Victorian Britain p refer things made by hands?
18. Why was the cotton textile industry concentrated in the cotton growing belt in the early years? Explain.
[CBSE 2018]
19. Why did the merchants from the towns of Europe began moving to the countryside in the 18th century?
20. ‘Industrialization gave birth to ‘Imperialism’. Justify the statement with three arguments.
21. Describe any five major problems faced by New European merchants in setting up their industries
burns before the Industrial Revolution. [CBSE 2012]
22. Analyse the causes leading to the decline of the Indian weaving industry in the 19th century.
[CBSE 2012]
Answers
1. (i) (b), (ii) (a), (iii) (c)

2. (i) True, (ii) False

3. (a)

4. Richard Arkwright

5. Cotton and metals followed by iron and steel industries.

6. Newcomen engine was improved by James Watt and Mathew Boulton manufactured the new model in

1781.
7. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, merchants from the towns in Europe began moving

to the countryside, supplying money to peasants and artisans, persuading them to produce for an
international market.
8. The process in which fibres, such as cotton or wool, are prepared prior to spinning.

9. The new inventions of cording, twisting, spinning and rolling enhanced the output per worker. Now

each worker was able to produce more. They produced stronger thread and gain yarn.

10. Production was controlled by merchants and the goods were purchased by a vast number of producers
working within their homes. At each stage of production 20-25 workers were employed by each merchant.
Each clothier was controlling hundreds of workers.
11. Even before factories began to be set up in England and Europe, there was large-scale industrial
production for an international market. This was not based on factories. Rather this was based on
cottage industries. This period was referred to as proto-industrialization by the historians. It was
successful due to the following reasons:
(i) The peasants had been shut out of village commons due to enclosure movement.
(ii) Now they looked for alternative source of income.
12. Affects:
(i) Open fields were disappearing and commons were being enclosed so common people had no
alternative sources of income.
(ii) Many had small plots of land which could not provide work for all family members.
(iii) Merchants offered them advances for which they agreed.
(vi) They got a source of income which supplemented their shrinking income from cultivation.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012, 15]
13. The merchant clothier in England purchased wool from a wool staples, carried it to the spinner, yarn
taken to the weavers, fuller then to dyers.
The finishing was done in London before the export merchant sold the cloth in the international market,
so London came to be known as a finishing centre.
14. In 1760 Britain was importing only 2.5 million pounds of raw cotton for textile industry.
(i) By 1787 the import increased up to 22 million pounds.
(ii) Because a number of changes occurred in the process of production.
15. Within the mill all the processes were brought together under one roof and management. This led to
a more careful supervision over the production process, a watch over quality to regulate the labour
properly. So many industries set up over the English landscape.
16. The new technology spread slowly because:
(i) T he new technology was expensive.
(ii) Merchants were afraid of using it.
(iii) The machine often broke down and repair was costly.
(iv) They were not as effective as claimed by the manufacturers.
17. The aristocrats rich people preferred things produced by hand because–
(i) Hand-made products symbolised refinement and class.
(ii) They were better finished.
(iii) They were individually produced and carefully designed.
18. Cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt in the early years because:
(i) availability of raw cotton - e.g. belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat
(ii) nearness to market (iii) transport (iv) port facilities (v) cheap labour
(vi) moist climate. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018]
19. (i) Merchants supply money to the peasants and artisans, persuading them to produce for an
international market.
(ii) With the expansion of the world trade, the demand for the goods began growing.
(iii) The merchants could not expand their production in the towns because of the trade guilds.
(vi) Rulers granted different guilds the right to produce and trade in specific products.
(v) So was difficult for new merchants to set up business in towns so they began moving to the
countryside.
20. ‘Industrialization gave birth to Imperialism’:
(i) Imperialism was the ill-begotten child of industrialization.
(ii) Other things beside, industrialization chiefly needed two things. One of them being the constant
supply of raw-materials and the other is that the finished goods be sold at the same speed.
(iii) The industrialized countries had introduced heavy import duties as protective tariffs to check the
import from other countries.
(iv) Faced with the problem of finding new markets for their products, the producer nations chose such
countries where industrialization had not yet reached.
(v) Hence, a race for bringing those areas under their effective occupation or effective influence started
among the various industrialized nations.
(vi) As a consequence, Britain, France, Germany, Japan, etc. set up their colonies in Asia, Africa, South
America, etc. These colonies served their two purpose of being the suppliers of cheap raw materials
and any market for their finished goods.
(vii) Hence, a race of bringing those areas under their effective occupation or effective influence started
among the various industrialized nations. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
21. (i) Due to the expansion of world trade, the merchants wanted to expand their production.
(ii) They could create money problem for the merchants in their town.
(iii) Rulers had granted different guilds and the monopoly rights to produce and trade in specific
products. So merchants were handicapped in towns.
(iv) Guilds regulated competition and prices.
(v) In the countryside, peasants and artisans were available for work.
22. (i) Factories in Manchester began producing cotton textiles for the domestic market.
(ii) The government put more import duties on the textile coming from India to encourage the local
industries. Hence, the Indian weavers lost their overseas market.
(iii) Simultaneously, the Manchester goods began flooding the Indian markets also and it became
difficult for the Indian weavers to complete with the low cost Manchester cloth.
(iv) The British Government in India also levied more taxes on the handloom units which made the
Indian textiles costlier in Indian markets in comparison to the Manchester textiles.
(v) Due to the Civil War in USA the British had to purchase more raw cotton from India for their
Manchester textile industries. It created an acute shortage of raw material for the weavers and
Indian handloom industry collapsed. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
2. Hand Labour and Steam Power

• In Britain there was no shortage of human labour because of seasonal nature of industries. In many
industries the demand for labour was seasonal.
• Arrange of products could be produced only with hand labour. Machines produced uniform, standardise
goods for mass market.
Life of the Workers
• Hundreds of labour migrated to the cities in the hope of jobs. They got jobs on the guarantee of their friends
or relatives.
• But not everyone had social onnections. Many jobseekers had to wait weeks, spending nights under bridges or
in right-shelters. Some stayed in night refuges set up by the private individuals, or casual wards maintained
by the Poor Law authorities.
• When the busy season was over, the poor were on the streets again, looking for odd jobs.
• Napoleonic war led to decline the wages of the workers.
• The workers attacked Spinning Jenny due to the fear of unemployment in the woollen industry.
• After 1840s, job opportunities increased in cities due to various development projects.
Exercise 3.2
(i) Poor peasants and vagrants moved to the cities in large numbers in search of:
(a) Water (b) Metals (c) Agriculture (d) Jobs
(ii) In which of the following seasons, at the waterfront was the time that ships were repaired and
spruced up?
(a) Winter (b) Summer (c) Spring (d) Monsoon

(iii) Spinning Jenny was devised in which of the following years?
(a) 1857 (b) 1764 (c) 1761 (d) 1947
(i) Gas works and breweries were especially busy through the hot months.
(ii) In Britain, upper classes preferred machine-made goods and hand-made goods were exported to the
colonies.
3. Name the seasonal industries that require labour.

4. Name a country having less demand for labour.

5. How did the industrialists solve the problem of shortage of labour?

6. Why did the women workers attack the Spinning Jenny?

7. What was the effect of Napoleonic wars on the lives of workers?

8. Who invented the Spinning Jenny and when? How did it function? Why did it reduce the demand of

labour?
option.
The fear of unemployment made workers hostile to the introduction of new technology.When the
Spinning Jenny was introduced in the woollen industry, women who survived on hand spinning
began attacking the new machines. This conflict over the introduction of the jenny continued for a
long time. After the 1840s, building activity intensified in the cities, opening up greater opportunities
of employment. Roads were widened, new railway stations came up, railway lines were extended,
tunnels dug, drainage and sewers laid, rivers embanked. The number of workers employed in the
transport industry doubled in the 1840s, and doubled again in the subsequent 30 years.
9.1. The introduction of which new technology in England angered women?
(a) The Steam Engine (b) The Spinning Jenny
(c) The underground railway (d) None of these
9.2. What was Spinning Jenny?
(a) A yarn (b) An industry (c) A person (d) A machine
9.3. Why did the women working in the woollen textile industry start attacking the Spinning Jenny?
(a) Because they could not operate it. (b) Because they were scared of it.
(c) Because Spining Jenny caused them unemployment.
(d) It could not produce finer yarn.
9.4. In the transport industry the number of workers doubled in the _____, and doubled again in the
subsequent _____ years.
(a) 1940s; 30 (b) 1840s; 30 (c) 1830s; 40 (d) 1850s; 30
10. Why did some industrialists in 19th century Europe prefer hand labour over machines?

11. What was the condition of the workers in the industrial cities? How did the lives of the workers improve/

change after 1840s?
Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (a), (iii) (b)

2. (i) Gas works and breweries were specially busy through the cold months.

(ii) In Britain the upper classes preferred hand-made goods and machine-made goods were exported to
the colonies.
3. Book binding, printers, catering to Christmas, ship repair.

4. America and Britain.

5. They used mechanical power so that the need for human labour can be minimised.
6. The women workers attacked the Spinning Jenny in the woollen industry because they fear that these
machines will deprive them of jobs, and they would be unemployed again. This conflict continued for a
long time.
7. Due to the Napoleonic wars–
(i) The earning of the workers decreased.
(ii) Workers could buy a few things with the same wages.
(iii) The income of the workers depend upon the number of the days they work, not on the wage rate.
(iv) About 10 per cent of the urban population was very poor.
(v) In 1830s the unemployment increased between 35 and 75 per cent in different regions.
8. Spinning Jenny was invented by James Hargreaves in 1794. This machine could set in motion a number
of spindes and spin several threads at the same time. It speeded up the spinning process and hence
reduced the demand of the labour.
9. 9.1 (b) 9.2 (d) 9.3 (c) 9.4 (b)
10. Some industrialists were reluctant to introduce new machines and preferred hand labour over machines
because of the following reasons:
(i) There was no shortage of human labour during nineteenth century Europe. Poor peasants moved
to the cities in huge numbers in search of work.
(ii) In many industries such as gas works and breweries the demand for labour was seasonal. So
industrialists usually preferred hand labour, employing workers for the season.
(iii) A range of products could be produced only with hand labour. Machines were oriented to produce
uniforms, standardised goods for a mass market. But the demand in the market was often for
goods with intricate designs and specific shapes. These things could be produced only manually.
(iv) The upper classes consisted of the aristocrats and bourgeoises preferred things produced by hand.
(v) Hand-made products came to symbolise refinement and class. They were better
finished and carefully designed.
(vi) Maintaining modern industries was an expensive affair. The wear and tear of machines was
costly. They were not as effective as they were declared by their inventors and manufacturers.
Hence, industrialists were cautious about using them.
11. Workers migrated to the cities in search of new jobs.
(i) Jobs depend upon the network of friends and relatives.
(ii) Those without social connections had to wait for the jobs for weeks.
(iii) Workers had to stay in night refuges or casual wards maintained by the poor law authorities.
(iv) As the busy season over, the poor were on the streets again, looking for the odd jobs.
After 1840s the lives of the workers improved as:
(i) Roads were widened.
(ii) New railway stations and railway lines were extended.
(iii) Tunnels dug
(iv) Drainage and sewers laid
(v) Rivers embanked.
3. Industrialisation in the Colonies

The Age of Indian Textile
• Before the age of machine industries, Indian silk and cotton goods were demanded in the international
market. India was famous for its fine variety of coarser cottons.
• Merchants from Armenian and Persia took the fine variety of cotton from India through mountain passes
and across deserts.
• Sea trade was operated through the pre-colonial parts.
• Indian merchants and bankers were involved in financing, carrying goods and supplying to exporters. But
by 1750s this network, controlled by Indian merchants, was breaking down.
• European companies gained power and monopoly rights of the trade. This resulted in a decline of the old
ports of Surat and Hoogly.
• Bombay and Calcutta became new ports and controlled by the European companies.

What Happened to Weavers?
• The Indian fine textiles were in great demand in Europe even after consolidation of East India Company
power after the 1760s. The British cotton industries had not yet expanded. So, the Company was keen on
expanding textile exports from India.
• Before establishing political power in Bengal and carnatic in the 1760s and 1770s, the East India Company had
found it diffult to ensure a regular supply of goods for export.
• The French, Dutch, Portuguese and local traders competed in the market to secure woven cloth.
• The weavers and merchants could bargain and tried to sell the produce to the best buyer.
• The East India Company established monopoly through–
(a) Eliminating existing traders
(b) Appointed paid servants called gomasthas.
(c) Loans were given to the weavers to produce cloth and hand over to their gomasthas.
• In many weaving villages, there were clashes between weavers and gomasthas.
• Over a time many weavers began refusing loans closing their workshops and started working as agricul-
tural labour.
Manchester Comes to India
• Cotton textile industries developed in England, so the industrialists groups pressurised the government to
impose import duties to save the Manchester goods from competitions and they wanted that the East India
Company should sell British goods in Indian market.
• The import of cotton piece goods in India constituted 31 per cent to 50 per cent by the 1870s.
• Cotton weavers in India could not compete with the Manchester imported goods.
• By 1860 the cotton weavers could not get sufficient supply of raw cotton of good quality or they had to buy
at high prices.
• By the end of the 19th century, factories in India also began productions and the market was full with
machine-made goods, which created problems to the weavers.
Exercise 3.3
(i) Merchants who took the goods from Punjab to Afghanistan, eastern Persia and Central Asia were
(a) Armenian (b) Persian
(c) German (d) Both Armenian and Persian
(ii) Which of the following coastal regions of Gujarat connected India to the Gulf and Red Sea Ports?
(a) Gandhinagar (b) Dandi (c) Surat (d) Rajkot
(iii) Which among the following on the Coromandel Coast had trade links with Southeast Asian ports
along with Hoogli in Bengal?
(a) Masulipatam (b) Kochi
(c) Vishakhapatnam (d) Tuticorin
(iv) Which of the following is correct about the cotton weavers of India?
(a) Their export market collapsed.
(b) The local market shrank.
(c) Weavers could not easily compete with the mill made clothes.
(i) Before the age of machine industries, silk and cotton goods from _______________dominated the
international market in textiles.
(ii) At the port, the big shippers and export merchants had ________________who negotiated the price
and bought goods from the supply merchants operating inland.
Assertion (A): The East India Company gave advance loans to the weavers to buy raw materials.
Reason (R): The Company permanently engaged weavers and fell in the trap of debt.
Options:
4. Name the fine variety of the Indian cotton.

5. How did the Indian cotton travel to Central Asia?

6. Name the old ports from where local traders operate their trade. Also name the new ports controlled

by European countries.
7. Who was a Gomastha?

8. From which pre-colonial ports was vibrant sea trade operated?
9. How did Indian merchants and bankers help in the export of trade?
10. Why did the port of Surat decline by the end of the 18th century? [HOTS]
11. How did the Company dominate the weavers through the system of advances?
12. How did the weavers suffer due to European policies?
13. What steps were taken by the weavers of Carnatic and Bengal?
14. Explain new problem faced by the weavers in 1850s. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016-17]
15. Explain any three causes which led to the decline of Indian cotton textiles in the early nineteenth
century. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016-17]
16. Name the sea routes that connected India with Asian countries. [CBSE Sample Paper 2016-17]
option.
As cotton industries developed in England, industrial groups began worrying about imports from
other countries. They pressurised the government to impose import duties on cotton textiles so that
Manchester goods could sell in Britain without facing any competition from outside. At the same time
industrialists persuaded the East India Company to sell British manufactures in Indian markets as
well. Exports of British cotton goods increased dramatically in the early nineteenth century. At the
end of the eighteenth century there had been virtually no import of cotton piece-goods into India.
But by 1850 cotton piece-goods constituted over 31 per cent of the value of Indian imports; and
by the 1870s this figure was over 50 per cent. Cotton weavers in India thus faced two problems
at the same time: their export market collapsed, and the local market shrank, being glutted with
Manchester imports. Produced by machines at lower costs, the imported cotton goods were so cheap
that weavers could not easily compete with them. By the 1850s, reports from most weaving regions
of India narrated stories of decline and desolation. By the 1860s, weavers faced a new problem. They
could not get sufficient supply of raw cotton of good quality. When the American Civil War broke out
and cotton supplies from the US were cut off, Britain turned to India. As raw cotton exports from
India increased, the price of raw cotton shot up. Weavers in India were starved of supplies and forced
to buy raw cotton at exorbitant prices. In this, situation weaving could not pay.
17.1. Which of the following cities of England was better known as a finishing centre for textiles?
(a) London (b) Manchester
(c) Cambridge (d) Birmingham
17.2. Koshtis were
(a) farmers (b) landless labourers
(c) community of weavers (d) None of these
17.3. Which of the following problems was not faced by Indian cotton weavers?
(a) They did not have fine quality cotton.
(b) There were frequent strikes in Indian Industries.
(c) Export market collapsed.
(d) Local market shrank.

17.4. Which of the following was a new problem faced by Indian cotton weavers by the 1860s?
(a) Export market collapsed.
(b) Local market shrank.
(c) Imported cotton goods were cheap.
(d) Insufficient supply of raw cotton of good quality
18. Describe any three major problems faced by Indian cotton weavers in nineteenth century.
[CBSE 2018]
19. How did the British establish a monopoly in cotton and silk trade? OR [HOTS]
How did the East India Company procure regular supplies of cotton and silk textiles from Indian
weavers? [NCERT]
20. Why were there frequent clashes between Gomasthas and weavers in the villages? Explain five
reasons. OR [CBSE 12, 2014]
Why did the relations between Gomasthas and weavers disturb later on?
21. How did the American civil war affect the Indian weavers by the 1860s?
22. What steps were taken by the East India Company to control the market of cotton and silk goods? What
was its impact? [CBSE 2012]
23. “The typical worker in the mid-19th century was not a machine operator but the traditional craftsperson
and labourer.” Support the statement with examples. [CBSE Sample Paper 2011-12]
24. “Indian trade had played a crucial role in the late 19th century world economy.” Analyse the statement.
[CBSE 2019]
25. Explain the ways through which British manufactures attempted to take over the Indian market.
[CBSE 2020]
Answers
1. (i) (d), (ii) (c), (iii) (a), (iv) (d)
2. (i) India, (ii) brokers
3. (a)
4. Coarser cotton.
5. Bales of fine textile were carried on camel back via the north-west frontier, through mountain passes
and across deserts. Armenian and Persian merchants took the goods from Punjab to Afghanistan,
Eastern Persia and Central Asia.
6. Old ports – Surat and Hoogly.
New ports – Bombay and Calcutta.
7. A paid servant appointed by the Company–
(i) To supervise weavers (ii) To collect supplies (iii) To examine the quality of cloth
8. (i) Surat on the Gujarat coast connected India to the Gulf and Red Sea ports.
(ii) Masulipatnam on the Coromondal coast.
(iii) Hoogly in Bengal had trade links with South-East Asian ports.
9. (i) Indian merchants and bankers were involved in the network of export trade by financing production,
carrying goods and supplying exporters.
(ii) They gave advances to the weavers to get woven cloth and carried the supply to the ports.
(iii) They also negotiated the price by the big shippers and export merchants.
10. (i) European leading companies gained power by acquiring trade concessions from local rulers.
(ii) The local trade from the old ports of Surat and Hoogly declined.
(iii) The local bankers slowly became bankrupt.
(iv) By the 1740s the value of trade dropped from ` 16 million to ` 3 million.
11. (i) Once the order was placed, the weavers were given loans to purchase the raw material for their
production.
(ii) Those who took loans had to handover the woven clothes only to the Gomastha, appointed by the
Company.
(iii) Weavers could not sell their products to any other trader.
12. When the demand of fine textile expanded, the weavers took the advances and hope to earn more. Along
with weaving, many poor weavers cultivate a small plot of land to fulfil their family needs. But now
weaving required more time and the labour of the entire family. So all family members were engaged
in different stages of the weaving process but earning was very less.
13. (i) In Carnatic and Bengal many weavers left their homes and migrated to other villages.
(ii) They set up looms in other villages where they had friends or relatives.
(iii) Some weavers revolted against the Company and its officials.
(iv) Many weavers began refusing loans, closing down their workshops and started working as
agricultural labours.
14. (i) By the 1860s, weavers faced a new problem. They could not get sufficient supply of raw cotton of
good quality.
(ii) When the American Civil War broke out and cotton supplies from the US were cut off, Britain
turned to India.
(iii) As raw cotton exports from India increased, the price of raw cotton shot up. Weavers in India were
starved of supplies and forced to buy raw cotton at exorbitant prices. In this situation weavers
couldn’t pay. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
15. (i) The British cotton manufacture began to expand.
(ii) British manufacturers pressurized the Government to restrict cotton imports.
(iii) Manufacturers began to search the overseas markets for selling their cloth.
(iv) Indian textiles faced stiff competition in other international market.
(v) There was a decline in the share of the textile.
(vi) Tariffs were imposed on cloth imports into Britain. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
16. (i) A vibrant sea trade operated through the main pre-colonial ports.
(ii) Surat on the Gujarat coast connected India with the Gulf and the Red Sea ports.
(iii) Masulipatnam on the Coromandal Coast and Hooghly in Bengal had trade links with the southeast
Asian ports. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
17. 17.1 (a) 17.2 (c) 17.3 (b) 17.4 (d)
18. Indian cotton weavers faced the following problems in nineteenth century:
(i) Their export market collapsed and the local market shrank, being glutted with Manchester imports.
Produced by machines at lower costs, the imported cotton goods were so cheap that weavers could
not easily compete with them.
(ii) By the 1860s, they could not get the sufficient supply of raw cotton of good quality. When the
American Civil War broke out and cotton supplies from the US were cut off, Britain turned to India.
As raw cotton export from India increased, the price of raw cotton shot up. Weavers in India were
starved of supplies and forced to buy raw cotton at exorbitant prices. In this situation weaving could
not pay.
(iii) By the end of the nineteenth century, weavers and other craftsmen faced yet another problem.
Factories in India began to production, flooding the market with machine goods.
19. On getting the political power, the East India Company established a monopoly right to trade and
developed a system of management and control that would eliminate competition, control costs, and
ensure regular supplies of cotton and silk goods. The Company took several measures in this connection:
(i) To eliminate the traders and brokers connected with the cloth trade, the Company established
a direct control over the weavers. It appointed paid servants called the gomasthas to supervise
weavers, collect supplies, and examine the quality of cloth.
(ii) It prevented the Company weavers from dealing with other buyers. The Company introduced the
system of advances. Once an order was placed, the weavers were given loans to purchase the raw
material for their production. Those who took loans, had no choice but to hand over the cloth to the
gomastha. This prevented the weavers from going to any other trader. They were bound to weave
only for the Company.
(iii) The weavers lost the space to bargain for prices and sell to different buyers. The price they received
from the Company was low, and the loans they had accepted tied them to the Company.
All the above facts made it easy for the East India Company to procure regular supplies of cotton
and silk textiles from Indian weavers.
20. (i) Earlier the gomasthas lived within the weaving villages and had a close relationship with the
weavers. They helped the weavers in times of crisis.

(ii) The new gomasthas were outsider, unfamiliar and arrogant.
(iii) They marched into the villages with Sepoys and Peons.
(iv) They often punished the weavers for delay in supply.
(v) The weavers could not bargain or demand for higher price because they were tied with the system
of advance.
(vi) The price the weavers received was very low, so some weavers left their jobs and migrated to
neighbouring villages.
(vii) Some weavers opposed the Company and its officials and revolted against them.
(viii) Many weavers closed down their workshops and started working as agricultural labours.
21. When the American civil war broke out.
(i) Cotton supplies from US were cut off and Britain turned to India to get raw cotton.
(ii) As the demand for raw cotton increased, which led to the increase in the price of raw cotton.
(iii) Indian weavers had to pay high price to get raw cotton, which affected the cost of weaving.
(iv) By the end of the 19th century, factories in India developed and the market was full of machine-
made goods. So Indian crafts people and weavers failed to compete with them.
22. (i) The East India Company tried to eliminate the existing traders and appointed ‘Gomasthas’ as
supervisors.
(ii) The system of advances was introduced to have a direct control over the weavers.
Impact:
(i) Weavers devoted entire time to weaving.
(ii) They have forced to accept the prices fixed by the company.
(iii) There were reports of clashes of weavers with gomasthas. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
23. (i) Technological changes occurred slowly.
(ii) Machines broke down and repairs were costly.
(iii) Machines were not as effective as inventors and manufacturers claimed them to be.
(iv) There was no buyers for machines.
(v) Technology was slow to be accepted by the industrialists.
(vi) Demand in market was often for goods with intricate designs and specific shapes.
(vii) Aristocrats and bourgeoisie preferred things produced by hands.
(viii) These were better finished and carefully designed. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
24. Indian trade played a crucial role in the late 19th century world economy. British manufacturers
flooded the Indian market. Foodgrain and raw material exports from India to British and the rest of
the world increased. But the value of British exports to India was much higher than much higher than
the value of British imports from India. Thus, Britain had a trade surplus with India.
Britain used this surplus to balance its trade deficits with other countries that is, with countries from
which Britain was importing more than it was selling to. By helping Britain balance its deficits, India
played a crucial role in the late-19th century world economy. Britain’s trade surplus in India also
helped pay the so-called ‘home charges’ that included private remittances home by British officials and
traders, interest payments on India’s external debt and pensions of British officials in India.
25. Through the following ways British manufactures attempted to take over the Indian market—
(i) They securing a variety of concessions from local courts, then the monopoly rights to trade. This
resulted is decline of old ports of Surat and Hoogly and exports from these ports fell down and the
local bankers slowly went bankrupt.
(ii) Bombey and Calcutta grew as new ports and trade through these new ports came to be controlled
by British or some other European companies.
(iii) The British developed a system of management and control that would eliminate competition, control
costs, and ensure regular supplies of cotton and silk goods.
(iv) Manchester imported the cotton textiles at lower costs, conseqently the imported cotton goods
were so cheap that local merchants could not easily complete with then.
(v) The factories established by British strated the production, flooding the market with machine-
goods at cheap price.
4. Factories Come Up
• The first cotton mill was setup in Bombay in 1854 and it went to production two years later. By 1862 four
other mills where setup.
• The first jute mill was setup in 1855 in Bengal and another one seven years later in 1862.
• In north India, the Elgin Mill was started in Kanpur in the 1860s and a year lates the first cotton mill of
Ahmedabad was setup. By 1874, the first spinning and weaving mill of Madras began production.
The Early Entrepreneurs
• Indian traders worked with British traders. Some Indian businessmen were provided finance procured
supplies and shipping consignments.
• Early entrepreneurs of India were Dwarkanath Tagore, Dinshaw Petit, Jamshedjee Tata, Seth Hukumchand
and GD Birla, traded with China and set companies in India.
• Some commercial group of traders carried goods from one place to another, did banking, transferred funds
between cities and financed the traders.
• Till the First World War the European managing agencies controlled a large sector of Indian industries.
Where Did the Workers Come from?
• In most of the industrial regions the workers came from nearby districts.
• In Bombay cotton mills, they came from Ratnagiri.
• From United Provinces, they went to work in Bombay and Calcutta.
• Industrialists employed a paid servant, Jobber, who arrange the labour for mills.
• Jobber got people from his village, ensured them jobs, helped them to settle in cities and provided money in
crisis.
• Slowly and slowly they became powerful and started demanding money for jobs.
Exercise 3.4

(i) The first cotton mill in Bombay came up in which year?
(a) 1854 (b) 1857 (c) 1761 (d) 1793
(ii) In which of the following years the first jute mill came up in Bengal?
(a) 1755 (b) 1855 (c) 1947 (d) 1950
(iii) In 1912, J.N. Tata set up the first iron and steel works in India at _____________ .
(a) Kanpur (b) Allahabad (c) Jamshedpur (d) Lucknow

(i) Seth Hukumchand (a) Bird Heiglers & Co.
(ii) J.N. Tata (b) chambers of commerce
(iii) European Managing Agency (c) to get new recruits
(iv) European merchant-industrialists (d) Marwari businessman
(v) jobber (e) first iron and steel works
3. When did the first spinning and weaving mill begin production?

4. How did Indian industrialists establish their empire in Bombay?

5. How did commercial groups operate within India?

6. Where did the workers come from to work in cotton mills?

7. How did Indian industrialists accumulate huge wealth?
8. How did European agencies control Indian industries?
9. How did the workers get job in the industrial cities?
10. Who was a jobber? Mention any four functions of a jobber? [CBSE 2011, 15]

11. Why was a jobber employed? How did a jobber misuse his position and power? Explain. [CBSE 2013]
12. “Series of changes affect the pattern of Industrialisation in India by the early twentieth century.”
Analyse the statement. [Delhi 2019]
13. Describe the role of early entrepreneurs of India in the development of Industries. [AI 2019]
Answers
1. (i) (a), (ii) (b), (iii) (c)
2. (i)–(d), (ii)–(e), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(b), (v)–(c)
3. Madras in 1874.
4. In Bombay, Parsis like Dinshaw Petit and J.N. Tata built huge industrial empires in India. They
created their wealth from export to China and from raw cotton shipments to England.
5. (i) They carried goods from one place to another, (ii) Banking money, (iii) Transferring funds between
cities, (iv) Financing traders.
6. In Bombay cotton industries workers came from the neighbouring district of Ratnagiri. The mills of
Kanpur got most of their workers from the district of Kanpur.
7. (i) They accumulated wealth through other trade network.
(ii) Some merchants from Madras traded with Burma.
(iii) Some others had links with the Middle East and East Africa.
8. (i) These agencies mobilised capital, set up joint-stock companies and managed them.
(ii) In most instances, Indian financiers provided the capital while European agencies made all
investment and business decisions.
(iii) The European merchants, industrialists had their own chambers of commerce, which did not allow
Indian businessmen to join them.
9. The number of mills and demand for the workers increased but
(i) Getting jobs was always difficult.
(ii) The number of workers were always more than the jobs.
(iii) Entry into mills was also restricted.
(iv) Poor villagers were employed through jobber.
10. (i) The jobber was an old and trusted worker, employed by the industrialist.
(ii) He got people from the villages, ensured them jobs.
(iii) He helped the workers to settle in the cities.
(iv) He provided them money in the times of crisis. He was a person with some power and authority.
Functions
(i) The jobber got people from his village.
(ii) He ensured them jobs.
(iii) He helped the workers to settle in the cities.
(iv) He provided money in times of crisis.
11. Jobber was employed to get new recruits for the factories or industrialists.
The jobber misused his position and power in the following ways:
(i) Initially jobber cured people from the village ensuring them jobs. He also helped them settle in the
city and lent them money in the times of crisis.
(ii) Gradually, jobbers got position and power.
(iii) They started demanding money and gifts for all the favours.
(iv) They also started to control the lives of the workers.
(v) Jobbers got people from his own village and restricted entries of others in the mills.
12. Series of changes affected the pattern of industrialisation in India by the earth twentieth century. Some
of these changes were: In the early twentieth century the growth of nationalism resulted in Indians
moving twoards Swadeshi and boycotting foreign cloth. Industrialists pressurised the government to
safeguard their interests. The number of industries in India was increased after the two world wars.
During the wars, the mills and factories in Britain were busy producing leather gods, bags, uniforms
etc. for the wars. Imports into India increased. Now, Indian industrialists were left to supply to the
Indian markets. New industries were established. Like USA and Japan Britain could not compete with
the emerging economics after the two world wars. Indian exports to Britain also fell with the collapse of
the British economy. Now the newly established industries in India had to observe for newer domestic
and industrial markets and consolidate their position.
13. The history of many business groups goes back to trade with China. From the late eighteenth century,
the British in India began exporting opium to China and took tea from China to England. Many Indians
became junior players in this trade, providing finance, procuring supplies, and shipping consignments.
Having earned through trade, some of these businessmen had visions of developing industrial
enterprises in India. In Bengal, Dwarkanath Tagore made his fortune in the China trade before he
turned to industrial investment, setting up six joint-stock companies in the 1830s and 1840s. Tagore’s
enterprises sank along with those of others in the wider business crises of the 1840s, but later in the
nineteenth century many of the China traders became successful industrialists. In Bombay, Parsis
like Dinshaw Petit and Jamsetjee Nusserwanjee Tata who built huge industrial empires in India,
accumulated their initial wealth partly from exports to China, and partly from raw cotton shipments to
England. Seth Hukumchand, a Marwari businessman who set up the first Indian jute mill in Calcutta
in 1917, also traded with China. So did the father as well as grandfather of the famous industrialist
G.D. Birla.
5. The Peculiarities of Industrial Growth

• European managing agencies, invested in mining indigo and jute for export trade.
• Early Indian cotton mills produced coarse cotton yarn rather than fabric. The yarn produced in Indian
spinning mills was used by handloom weavers in India or exported to China.
• Industrialist groups organised themselves to protect their collective interest, pressurising the government
to increase tariff protections and great concessions.
• During the First World War, the Manchester imports into India declined and Indian mills were called upon
to supply war needs.
• Over the war year the industrial production increased and after the war, Manchester could never recapture
its old positions.
• British economy declined and local industries of colonies captured the market.
Small Scale Industries Predominate
• Large industries grew after the war but small scale industries continue to prevail in rural areas. Most of
them were located in Bengal and Bombay.
• Handicraft production expanded due to new technology adopted by the handicraft people.
• Weavers used looms with fly shuttle to speed up production and reduce labour demand.
• Fly shuttle was used in the regions of Madras, Mysore, Cochin, Bengal and Travancore to improve their
productivity and compete with the mill sector.
• The demand for the finer variety was always stable by the rich people because famines did not affect the
sale of Banarasi or Baluchori saris because mills could not imitate specialised weavers.
• Saris with woven borders, lungis and handkerchiefs could not be displaced by mill production.
• Weavers and other craftspeople who continued to expand production through the twentieth century, did not
necessarily proper. They lived hard lives and worked long hours. Their life and labour was integral to the
process of industrialisation.
Exercise 3.5
(i) Which of the following statements is correct about the European Managing Agencies?
(a) They established tea and coffee plantations.
(b) They acquired land at cheap rates from the colonial government.
(c) They invested in mining, indigo and jute.
(ii) Indian factories were called upon to supply war needs such as
(a) jute bags (b) cloth for army uniforms
(c) tents and leather boots (d) All of these
(i) Cotton piece goods production in India declined between 1900 and 1912.

(ii) With British mills busy with war production to meet the needs of the army, Manchester imports
into India declined.
(iii) New factories were set up during the First World War and old ones ran multiple shifts.
3. In which industries were European managing agencies interested?

4. Which products were produced by Indian factories during the First World War?

5. When did the handloom production expand?

6. What do you mean by fly shuttle? How did fly shuttle help the weavers? Name the regions where
weavers used fly shuttle.
7. Why were the British worried about imports from other countries?
8. Why did industrialists in India begin shifting from yarn to cloth production?
9. How did the Swadeshi Movement responsible for the growth of Indian production? [HOTS]
10. Why could Manchester not occupy or recapture its old position in the Indian market after the First
World War?
11. How can you say that famines did not effect the weavers of finer varieties in Mysore and Madras?
12. How did small scale industries survive in India despite of industrialisation? [HOTS]
13. Why do historians agree that the typical workers in 19th century were not a machine operator but the
traditional craftspersons? [CBSE 2011]
14. “The First World War created the favourable conditions for the development of industries in India.”
Support the statement with suitable examples. [CBSE 2014]
15. How did the Indian industries developed in the 19th and 20th centuries? Explain [CBSE 2012]
Answers
1. (i) (d), (ii) (d)
2. (i) False, (ii) True, (iii) True
3. They established tea and coffee plantations, acquiring land at cheap rates from the colonial government
and they invested in mining, indigo and jute.
4. (a) Jute bags (b) Cloth for army uniform
(c) Tents and leather boots (d) Horse and Mule Saddles
5. In the 20th century, almost doubling between 1900 and 1940.
6. A mechanical device used for weaving. It helps weaver to operate large looms and weave wide pieces of
cloth.
(a) Fly shuttle increased productivity for weavers.
(b) Speeded up production.
(c) Reduced labour demand.
Weavers used fly shuttle in Madras, Mysore, Cochin, Bengal and Travancore.
7. As cotton industries developed in England, industrial groups began worrying about imports from other
countries.
(i) They pressurised the government to impose import duties on cotton textile so that man-crafted
goods could sell in Britain, without facing any competition from outside.
(ii) Industrialists persuaded the East India Company to sell British manufactured in Indian market
as well.
(iii) Export of British cotton goods increased in the early 19th century.
8. (i) When Indian businessmen began setting up industries. They avoided competing with Manchester
goods in the Indian market.
(ii) Since yarn was not imported by British in India, early cotton mills in India started producing coarse
cotton yarn rather than fabric.
(iii) The yarn produced in Indian spinning mills was used by handloom weavers in India or exported to
China.
(iv) In 1906 the export of Indian yarn to China declined so industrialists in India began shifting from
yarn to cloth production.
9. During the Swadeshi Movement, nationalists mobilised the people to boycott foreign cloth and
pressurised the Indians to use the goods made in India.
(i) Industrial groups organised themselves to protect their collective interests.
(ii) They pressurised the government to increase tariff protections and grant other concessions to
support the Indian industries.
(iii) So, industrialists in India began shifting from yarn to cloth production.
(iv) As a result, cotton piece goods production in India doubled between 1900 and 1912.
10. (i) Because Manchester was unable to modernise and compete with US, Germany and
Japan.
(ii) Export of cotton cloth from Britain fell dramatically.
(iii) Within the colonies, local industrialists consolidate their position and capturing the home market.
11. (i) Among weavers some produced coarse cloth while others wove finer varieties demanded by the
well-to-do families.
(ii) The rich could buy these even when the poor starved.
(iii) Famines did not affect the sale of Banarasi or Baluchari saris, because mills could not copy their
specialised saris.
(iv) The beautiful designs of handwoven cloth could not be easily copied by the mills.
(v) Saris with woven borders, lungis and handkerchiefs of Madras could not be easily replaced by mill
production.
12. Large industries formed only a small segment of the economy. Over the rest of the country small-scale
production continued to predominate.
(i) Only a small proportion of the total industrial labour force worked in registered factories the rest
worked in small workshops and house had units.
(ii) Handicrafts people adopted new technology if that helped them to improve production without
pushing up costs. So weavers began to use loons with a fly shuttle.
(iii) Even famines did not affect the scale of Banarasi or Baluchori Saris.
(iv) Mills could not imitate specialised weavers so the saris with woven benders or the famous Lungis
and handkerchiefs of Madras could not be easily displaced by mill production.
13. The workers were traditional craft-persons because –
(i) The large portion of the textile was produced within domestic units, not within factories.
(ii) In Britain, 500 varieties of hammers and 45 kinds of axes were produced. These required human
skill not mechanical technology.
(iii) The rich people, aristocrats preferred things produced by hand, which symbolised refinement and
class.
(iv) Handmade products were better finished, individually produced and carefully designed.
(v) So even the most powerful new technology that enhanced the productivity of labour manifold was
slow to be accepted by industrialists.
14. (i) The First World War created a dramatically new situation. Till then industrial production had
been slow.
(ii) British mills were busy with war production to meet the needs of the army. Manchester imports
into India declined.
(iii) Indian mills now had a vast home market for supply.
(iv) As the war prolonged, Indian factories were called upon to supply war needs, jute bags, cloth for
army uniforms, tents, leather boots, horse and mule saddlers and many other items.
(v) Many workers were employed as new factories were set up and old ones ran in multiple shifts.
(vi) Over the war years, industrial production boomed Manchester was unable to capture its old
position in the Indian market after the war. Cotton production collapsed and export of cotton cloth
from Britain fell dramatically. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
15. (i) The early industrialists avoided a direct competition with the British factories.
(ii) The cotton mills started to produce coarse cotton yarn and this was exported to China.
(iii) As Swadeshi Movement gathered momentum industrialist pressurised government to increase
tariff protection.

(iv) Exports to China declined and domestic markets were taken over by China.
(v) During the First World War, the British Government called upon the Indian mills to produce goods
such as jute bags boots, etc. for the British Army.

(vi) As the war prolonged, England could not capture the Indian markets.
6. Market for Goods

• The British manufacturers wanted to sell their products in the Indian market.
• They persuaded people to buy their products by using various methods like:
(a) Advertisements (b) Bold labels
(c) Images of gods and goddesses (d) Images of emperors, nawabs or royal figures
(e) Printing calenders
Exercise 3.6

(i) Which of the following images was most commonly used to popularise baby products?
(a) Baby Ganesha (b) Baby Balram
(c) Baby Rama (d) Baby Krishna
(ii) Which of the following Indian gods and goddesses were shown in imported cloth labels?
(a) Kartika (b) Lakshmi
(c) Saraswati (d) All of these
(iii) Which of the following figures were used to create respect for the product?
(a) Historic figures (b) Numeric figures
(c) Cultural figures (d) All of these

(i) ________________ try to shape the minds of people and create new needs.
(ii) The label was needed to make the place of ________________ and the name of the company familiar
to the buyer.
(i) Manchester labels (a) 1934
(ii) Maharaja Ranjit Singh (b) advertisements
(iii) Hoardings (c) imported cloth labels
(iv) Sunlight soap calendar (d) historic figures
4. Why do the figures of Nawabs and Emperors appear on the advertisement and calendars?
5. How did advertisement become a vehicle of the naturalist message of Swadeshi?
6. How did the British sell their products in Indian market? Or
Mention the methods adopted by producers in India to expand their goods in 19th century.
7. Why did manufacturers use printing calendars to popularise their products?
8. Name the images of gods and goddesses that were shown on imported cloth label. Why did these images
appear on the labels?
9. How did the advertisements play an important role in expanding the markets for products?
Or
How did advertisements shape a new consumer culture?
10. Why did the manufacturers use bold labels on the cloth bundles?
11. Give some differences between earlier and present-day advertisements. [HOTS]
12. Explain with examples the importance of advertisement in the marketing of the goods.
13. Describe the techniques which were adopted by the Manchester industrialists to sell their goods in
India. Or [CBSE 2015]
How did the Indian and British merchants and manufacturers advertise their products in India to
promote their sale? [CBSE 2012]
Answers
1. (i) (d), (ii) (d), (iii) (a)
2. (i) Advertisements (ii) manufacture
3. (i)–(c), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(b), (iv)–(a)
4. The images of royal figures seem to say that if you respect the royal figure, then respect this product.
When the product was being used by kings or produced under royal command, its quality could not be
questioned.
5. The Indian manufacturers advertised the naturalist message and persuaded the people to buy Indian
products. The goddess is shown offering cloth produced in an Ahmedabad mill and asking people to use
things made in India. They advertised the message of ‘Be Indian and Buy Indian’.
6. Various methods adopted by the produces were– (i) Advertisements, (ii) Bold Labels, (iii) Images of
Gods & Goddesses, (iv) Image of royal figures, (v) Printing calendars.
7. (i) Calendars were used even by the people who could not read.
(ii) They were hung in tea shops, in poor people’s home and middle class apartments to make the
products famous.
(iii) Those who hung the calenders had to see the advertisement day after day through the year.
8. (a) Images of Kartika, Krishna, (b) Lakshmi, (c) Saraswati, etc. were shown on imported cloth label.
Images of Indian gods and goddesses regularly appeared on the labels as it gave divine approval to the
goods being sold. These images of Lord Krishna or Saraswati intended to make the manufacture from
a foreign land appear familiar to Indian people.
9. Consumers were attracted by the advertisements:
(i) They made products appear necessary.
(ii) They tried to shape the minds of people and create new needs.
(iii) They helped in spreading awareness of the product.
10. (i) The label was needed to make the place of manufacturers and the name of the company familiar
to the buyer.
(ii) They were also to be a mark of quality.
(iii) When buyer saw a label ‘MADE IN MANCHESTER’ written in bold, they felt confident in buying
the cloth.
11. The earlier advertisements mostly used the figures but today brand is important.
(i) Earlier advertisement explored the respect for royal personages but today celebrities endorse the
products.
(ii) Nowadays there are many things which advertise the products like newspapers, hoardings,
pamphlets, televisions, cell phones, internet online shopping, etc.
Hence, the whole mechanism of advertising product has gone through complete change.
12. (i) Advertisements play a very vital role in the marketing of any product. One way in which new
consumers are created is through advertisements.
(ii) Advertisements make products appear desirable and necessary.

(iii) They try to shape the minds of the people and create new needs.
(iv) Today, we live in a world where advertisements surround us. They appear in the newspapers,
magazines, hoardings street wall, and television screens.
(v) From the very beginning of the industrial age; advertisements have played a part in expanding the
markets for products and in shaping a new consumer culture. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
13. (i) The Manchester made cloth carried a label with ‘Made in Manchester’ written in bold. This assured
the buyers of the quality of the cloth.
(ii) The British manufacturers used images of Indian Gods and Goddesses on the labels. It symbolised
the divine approval for the commodity. It also created familiarity with the Indian buyers.
(iii) Manufacturers got calenders printed with the images of Gods and the advertisement of their
products advertisements make products appear desirable and necessary. The calendars were seen
on the walls of hotels, tea shops, households, etc. These are used even by people who could not read.
(iv) Images of historical characters and heroes from the past were also displayed on calendars thus
sending the message that the product was as worthy of respect as were these respectable characters.
(v) The Indian manufacturers printed the image of Bharat Mata and a nationalist message on the
labels. They also printed ‘Made in India’ on the labels thus appealing to the nationalist sentiments.
Most of the body products carried the image of Lord Krishna to appeal to the religious sentiments.

Which of the following options best signifies this picture?
(a) He is Rabindranath Tagore.
(b) He is Dwarkanath Tagore.
(c) Dwarkanath Tagore believed that India would develop through westernisation and
industrialisation.
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans. (d)
• Industrialisation refers to setting up of first factories.
• The history of industrialisation is all about development and a story of modern age appears as a wonderful
time of technological progress.
• Before factories there was large scale industrial production, this phase is referred to as proto-industrialisation.
• The earliest factories in England came up by the 1730s which got multiplied in the late eighteenth century.
• Cotton became the symbol of the new era because its production boomed in the late nineteenth century
which ultimately led to Industrialisation.
• A series of inventions in the eighteenth century increased the efficacy of each step of the production process
(carding, twisting and spinning, and rolling) consequently Richard Arkwright created the cotton mill.
• Growing at a rapid pace, cotton was the leading sector in the first phase of industrialisation up to the 1840s
and later, Iron and Steel industry led the way.
• In Britain there was no shortage of labour. The demand for labour by many industries was seasonal.
• Abundant labours were available to work at low wages. So, the industrialists did not want to introduce
machines.
• In the early nineteenth century, though wages increased but little was done for the welfare of the workers.
The condition of working places was horrible. Workers were prone to epidemic diseases due to unhygienic
working conditions.
• Development of infrastructure increased the demand of labourers or workers.
• Hoogly in Bengal had trade links with Southeast Asian ports.
• European companies now began to control trade through these new ports. This resulted in the collapse of
several old trading houses.
• By the turn of 19th century, Indian cotton weavers faced several problems.
• The East India Company of Britain found it difficult to buy women cloth. So it established monopoly through
various steps.
• Eventually, at many places in Carnatic and Bengal, weavers left villages and settled at new places.
• There was a decline of textile exports from India by 1850-51. In England, import duties on cotton textiles
were imposed so that Manchester goods could sell in Britain without facing any competition from outside.
• The first cotton mill in Bombay came up in 1854.
• Jute mills came up in Bengal in 1855 and in 1862.
• The Elgin Mill was started in Kanpur in the 1860s. A year later the first cotton mill of Ahmedabad was set
up.
• By 1874, the first spinning and weaving mill of Madras began production.
• In Bengal, Dwarkanath Tagore set up six joint-stock companies in the 1830s and 1840s.
• In Bombay, Parsis like Dinshaw Petit and Jamsetjee Nusserwanjee Tata built huge industrial empires in
India.
• European Managing Agencies established tea and coffee plantations, acquiring land at cheap rates from the
colonial government; and they invested in mining, indigo and jute for export trade and not for sale in India.
• Till the First World War, industrial growth in India was very slow but changed the situation.
• After the war, Manchester failed to regain its old position in the Indian market. Cotton production collapsed
and exports of cotton cloth from Britain fell dramatically.
• In the 20th century due to technical changes the weavers began using looms with a fly shuttle which speeded
up production and reduced labour demand.
• When Manchester industrialists started selling cloth in India, they put labels on the cloth bundles like made
in Manchester.
• The age of industries has meant major technological changes, growth of factories, and the making of a new
industrial labour force.

1. Spinning Jenny was devised in which of the following years? 1
(a) 1857 (b) 1764
(c) 1761 (d) 1947
2. In 1912, J.N. Tata set up the first iron and steel works in India at _____________ . 1
(a) Kanpur (b) Allahabad
(c) Jamshedpur (d) Lucknow
3. Why were merchants from towns in Europe began to move countryside in seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries? 1
4. Why do the figures of Nawabs and Emperors appear on the advertisement and calendars? 1
5. How did the Swadeshi Movement responsible for the growth of Indian production? 3
6. Explain new problem faced by the weavers in 1850s. 3
7. Explain with examples the importance of advertisement in the marketing of the goods. 5
8. Industrialization gave birth to ‘Imperialism’. Justify the statement with three arguments. 5
Unit-2
Geography (Contemporary India-II)
The theoretical aspect of chapter to be assessed in the Periodic Test only. Only the Map items of
this chapter as given in the Map List will be evaluated in the Board Examination.
4 Minerals and Energy Resources
Topics Covered
1. Importance and Mode of Occurrence of Minerals
2. Metallic Minerals – Ferrous and Non-Ferrous
3. Non-metallic Minerals and Conservation of Minerals
4. Energy Resources, Conventional Sources of Energy
5. Non-Conventional Sources of Energy and Conservation of Energy Resources
Chapter Chart
Minerals
Metallic Non-Metallic
Mica, salt, potash

Ferrous e.g. iron Non-ferrous Precious e.g.
sulphur, granite,
ore, manganese, e.g. copper, lead, gold, silver,
limestone, marble,
nickel, cobalt, etc. tin, bauxite, etc. platinum, etc.
sandstone, etc.
Energy
Conventional Non-Conventional
Firewood, cattle dung cake, Solar, wind, tidal

coal, petroleum, natural gas geothermal, biogas and
and electricity atomic energy
(both hydel and thermal)
Types of Coal
Peat Coal Lignite Coal Bituminous Coal Anthracite Coal
77
1. Importance and Mode Of Occurrence of Minerals
•• Mineral refers to a homogenous, naturally-occuring substance with a definable internal structure.
•• Mineral ore is an accumulation of any mineral mixed with other elements.
•• Minerals generally occur in igneous and metamorphic rocks, it may occur in the cracks, crevices, faults or
joints. The smaller occurences are called veins and the larger are called lodes.
•• In sedimentary rocks minerals occur in beds or layers.
•• Sedimentary minerals such as gypsum, potash salt and sodium salt are formed as a result of evaporation
in arid regions.
•• The decomposition of surface rocks, and the removal of soluble constituents, leaving a residual mass of
weathered material containing ores.
•• Some minerals may occur as alluvial deposits in sands of valley floors and the base of hills, these are called
placer deposits.
•• Common salt, magnesium and bromine are largely derived from ocean waters.
•• Rat-hole mining is a coal mining done by individuals or communities in the form of long narrow tunnel.
Exercise 4.1
(i) Where are minerals usually found?
(a) On rocks (b) On earth crust
(c) On ores (d) On earth core
(ii) When mining is done by family members in the form of a long narrow tunnel it is known as
(a) narrow tunnel mining (b) rat-hole mining
(c) snake mining (d) killer mining
(iii) Minerals occur in igneous and metamorphic rocks in
(a) the veins and the lodes (b) layers
(c) alluvial deposits (d) the decomposed surface rocks
(iv) Which one of the following is the softest mineral?
(a) Talc (b) Toothpaste
(c) Salt (d) Cement
(v) Which of the following minerals are obtained from veins and lodes?
I. Zinc II. Copper
III. Coal IV. Bauxite
(a) Only (I) and (II) (b) Only (II) and (III)
(c) Only (III) and (IV) (d) All of these
2. Identify Type Question
Identify the following with the help of the following features.
• From tiny pins to big ships, all are made from them.
• Most of the means of transport are manufactured from them.
• An indispensable part of human lives.
(i) ______________ are an indispensable a part of human lives.
(ii) ______________ is formed due to evaporation.
(iii) Toothbrush and toothpaste are made of ______________ .
(iv) Geologists define ______________ as a homogenous naturally occurring substance with a definable
internal structure.
(v) Minerals are usually found in ______________ .
4. What is a mineral?
[NCERT]
5. How many minerals have been identified so far?

6. Why are there a wide range of colours, hardness, crystal forms, lustre and density found in minerals?
[Delhi 2016]
7. What properties are used by the geologists to classify the minerals?
8. What are ore, veins and lodes?
9. Where do the minerals occur in sedimentary rock? How are they formed?
10. What are placer deposits?

11. What is rat-hole mining?

12. What factors decide the properties of minerals?

13. Differentiate between the study of minerals by geographers and geologists.
[HOTS]
14. Classify the minerals with examples.

15. What are the factors which decide the extraction of minerals?

16. How are minerals formed in igneous and metamorphic rocks?
[NCERT]
17. When does mineral deposit or reserve turn into mine?

18. Explain any three different forms in which minerals generally occur.
[CBSE 2012]
19. Why are minerals important for us? Explain with examples. OR

Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives? Support the statement with examples. [CBSE 2016]
20. Discuss the different mode of occurrence of minerals with examples.

21. India is fortunate to have fairly rich and varied mineral resources. Justify the statement. [HOTS]

Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(a), (v)–(a)
2. Minerals
3. (i) Minerals, (ii) Gypsum, (iii) Petroleum, (iv) mineral, (v) Ores
4. Mineral is a homogenous, naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure.
5. Over 2000 minerals have been identified.
6. Because a particular mineral that will be formed from a certain combination of elements depends upon
the physical and chemical conditions under which the material forms.
7. Geologists use colours, hardness, crystal forms, lustre and density that a particular mineral possesses
to classify the minerals.
8. Ore is an accumulation of any mineral mixed with other elements. Veins are the small occurence of
minerals in the cracks, crevices, faults or joints in the igneous and metamorphic rocks, whereas the
larger ones are called lodes.
9. In sedimentary rocks, minerals occur in beds or layers. They have been formed as a result of deposition,
accumulation and concentration in horizontal strata.
10. Alluvial deposits of valley floors and the base of hills are called placer deposits.
11. It is a coal mining done by individuals or communities in the form of long narrow tunnel in Jowai and
Cherapunjee in Meghalaya.
12. (i) A particular mineral that will be formed from a certain combination of elements depends upon the
physical and chemical conditions under which the material forms.
(ii) This results in a wide range of colour, hardness, crystal forms, lustre and density that a particular
mineral possess.
(iii) Geologists use these properties to classify the minerals.
13. (i) Geographers study minerals as part of the earth’s crust for a better understanding of landforms.
(ii) The distribution of mineral resources and associated economic activities are of interest to
geographers.
(iv) A geologist, however, is interested in the formation of minerals, their age and physical and chemical
composition.
14. Minerals are broadly classified into three categories:
(i) Metallic minerals: It is further classified into ferrous e.g. iron ore, manganese, nickel, cobalt etc.
Non-ferrous e.g. copper, lead, tin, bauxite, etc. and precious metals e.g. gold, silver, platinum, etc.
(ii) Non-Metallic minerals: Minerals that do not contain metals are known as non-metallic, e.g. mica,
salt, potash, sulphur, limestone, sandstone, etc.
(iii) Energy minerals: Minerals from which energy resources are obtained, e.g. coal, petroleum, natural
gas.
Minerals and Energy Resources 79

15. (i) The mineral content of the ore must be in sufficient concentration to make its extraction
commercially viable.
(ii) The type of formation or structure in which they are found determines the relative ease with which
mineral ores may be mined.
(iii) This also determines the cost of extraction.
16. (i) In igneous and metamorphic rocks minerals may occur in the cracks, crevices, faults or joints. The
smaller occurrences are called veins and the larger are called lodes.
(ii) They are formed when minerals in liquid/molten and gaseous forms are forced upward through
cavities towards the earth’s surface. They cool and solidify as they rise.
(iii) Major metallic minerals like copper, zinc, tin, lead, etc. are obtained from veins and lodes in
igneous and metamorphic rocks.
17. (i) The concentration of minerals in the ore, the ease of extraction and closeness to the market play
an important role in affecting the economic viability of a reserve.
(ii) To meet the demand, a choice has to be made between a number of possible options. When this is
done a mineral deposit or reserve turns into a mine.
18. (i) Minerals occur in the form of veins and lodes (in igneous and metamorphic rocks).
(ii) In sedimentary rocks, a number of minerals occur in beds and layers.
(iii) As residual mass of weathered materials.
(iv) As alluvial deposits in ocean waters. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
19. (i) Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use, from a tiny pin to a
towering building or a ship, all are made from minerals.
(ii) The railway lines and the tarmac of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from
minerals.
(iii) Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources
derived from the earth.
(iv) Even the food that we eat contains minerals.
(v) In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration,
festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
20. Minerals generally occur in these forms.
(i) Minerals may occur in cracks, crevices, faults or joints in igneous and metamorphic rocks. The
smaller occurences are called veins and the larger are called lodes. Major metallic minerals like
tin, copper, zinc and lead, etc. are obtained from veins and lodes.
(ii) In sedimentary rocks minerals occur in beds or layers. They have been formed by deposition,
accumulation and concentration in horizontal strata. Coal and some form of iron ore, gypsum,
potash, salt and sodium salt are examples.
(iii) Another mode of formation involves the decomposition of surface rocks, and the removal of soluble
constituents, leaving a residual mass of weathered material containing ores. Bauxite is formed
this way.
(iv) Alluvial deposits in sands of valley floors and the base of hills are called ‘placer deposits’ and
generally contain minerals which are not corroded by water. Gold, silver, tin and platinum are
most important among such minerals.
(v) The Ocean waters contain vast quantities of minerals, common salt. Magnesium and bromine are
largely derived from ocean waters. The ocean beds are also rich in manganese nodules.
21. India is fortunate to have fairly rich and varied mineral resources. It can be justified in the following
points:
(i) Peninsular rocks contain most of the reserves of coal, metallic minerals, mica and many other
non-metallic minerals.
(ii) Sedimentary rocks on the western and eastern flanks of the peninsula, in Gujarat and Assam have
most of the petroleum deposits.
(iii) Rajasthan with the rock systems of the peninsula, has reserves of many non-ferrous minerals.
(iv) The vast alluvial plains of north-India are almost devoid of economic minerals.
(v) These variations exist largely because of the differences in the geological structure, processes and
time involved in the formation of minerals.
2. Metallic Minerals – Ferrous and Non-Ferrous
•• Metallic minerals which contain iron are known as ferrous minerals e.g. iron ore, manganese, nickel, cobalt,
etc.
•• Ferrous minerals account for about three-fourths of the total value of the production of metallic minerals.
•• Iron-ore is the basic mineral and the backbone of industrial development.
•• Magnetite is the finest iron ore with high content of iron, Hematite is the most important industrial iron
ore in terms of quantity used.
•• The major iron ore belts in India are: Odisha-Jharkhand belt, Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur belt, Bellari-
Chitradurga-Chikkamangaluru-Tumakuru belt, Maharashtra-Goa belt.
•• Manganese is used in the manufacturing of steel and ferro-manganese alloy, bleaching powder, insecticides
and paints.
•• Metallic minerals which does not contain iron are known as non-ferrous minerals e.g. bauxite, copper,
lead, zinc, gold, etc. These minerals play an important role in a number of metallurgical, engineering and
electrical industries.
Exercise 4.2
(i) Which of the following minerals is obtained from bauxite?
(a) Mica (b) Copper (c) Aluminium (d) Iron
(ii) Which is the basic mineral and the backbone of industrial development?
(a) Coal (b) Bauxite (c) Copper (d) Iron ore
(iii) Which metal has a very high content of iron up to 70 per cent?
(a) Magnetite ore (b) Limonite ore (c) Hematite ore (d) Siderite ore
(iv) Which of the following minerals is formed by decomposition of rocks, leaving a residual mass of
weathered materials?
(a) Bauxite (b) Mica (c) Zinc (d) Coal
(i) Ferrous minerals account for about ______________ of the total value of the production of metallic
minerals.
(a) one-fourth (b) three-fourth (c) one-fifth (d) one-third
(ii) Ferrous mineral: Iron ore, Non-ferrous mineral: Copper, __________: Platinum
(a) Non-metallic mineral (b) Energy resource
(c) Precious mineral (d) Mineral
3. Identify Type Questions
(i) Identify the minerals with the help of the following features.
• Ferrous minerals account for about three-fourths of the total value of the production of metallic
minerals.
• They provide a strong base for the development of metallurgical industries.
• India exports substantial quantities of ferrous minerals after meeting her internal demands.
(ii) Identify the belt of iron ore with the help of the following features.
• In Odisha high grade hematite ore is found.
• It is found in Badampahar mines in the Mayurbhauj and Kendujhar districts.
• In the adjoining Singbhum district of Jharkhand hematite iron ore is mined in Gua and
Noamudi.
(iii) Identify the metallic mineral with the help of the following features.
• Formed due to decomposition of wide variety or rocks rich in aluminium silicates.
• Combines the strength of metals such as iron with good conductivity and great malleability.
• Contributes about one-third of the total production of India
4. State whether the following statements are true or false.
(i) Odisha is the largest producer of manganese ores in India.
(ii) The mineral ore from which aluminium mainly obtained is copper.

5. What is the basic mineral and the backbone of industrial development?
6. What are ferrous minerals? Give two examples.
7. What is the meaning of Kudre in Kannada? How is iron ore transported from Kudremukh mines to a
port near Mangaluru?
8. What are non-ferrous minerals? Give two examples.
9. What is the importance of aluminium?
10. Name the mineral which is used to harden steel during manufacturing.
[CBSE 2016]
11. What are the different types of iron ore? Give details.
12. Explain the importance of iron ore for industrial development of the country.
13. Explain the importance of Bellari-Chitradurga-Chikkamagaluru-Tumakuru belt in Karnataka.
14. Describe any three characteristics of Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur iron ore belt in India. [CBSE 2017]
15. What are the uses of manganese?
16. Give an account of copper ore in India.
17. What are the uses of copper? Name the two leading copper producing states of India. [CBSE 2011]
18. Name the mineral ore from which aluminium is extracted. Why is it gaining importance? Give its
distribution in India. [CBSE 2012]

option.
Though, several ores contain aluminium, it is from bauxite, a clay-like substance that alumina and later
aluminium is obtained. Bauxite deposits are formed by the decomposition of a wide variety of rocks rich
in aluminium silicates. Aluminium is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals
such as iron, with extreme lightness and also with good conductivity and great malleability. India’s
bauxite deposits are mainly found in the Amarkantak plateau, Maikal hills and the plateau region of
Bilaspur-Katni. Odisha was the largest bauxite producing state in India in 2016-17. Panchpatmali
deposits in Koraput district are the most important bauxite deposits in the state.
19.1. Bauxite deposits in India are mainly found in _______ hills, and the plateau regions of Bilaspur-
Katni and ________.
(a) Mahadeo; Deccan (b) Nilgiri; Malwa
(c) Garo; Chotanagpur (d) Maikal; Amarkantak
19.2. Bauxite is most commonly found in tropical and subtropical regions. Identify which state the following
bauxite deposits belong to:
Bauxite deposits State
(a) Bilaspur 1. Odisha
(b) Koraput 2. Andhra Pradesh
(c) Katni 3. Chhattisgarh
(d) Vishakhapatnam 4. Madhya Pradesh
Choose the correct option–
(a) a –2, b –3, c –1, d –4 (b) a –4, b –1, c –2, d –3
(c) a –3, b –1, c –4, d –2 (d) a –1, b –4, c –4, d –2
19.3. Which state of India is the largest producer of bauxite?
19.4. Name the metal obtained from bauxite.
20. Describe the major iron ore belts in India in detail.

21. Give a detailed account of bauxite including its distribution and production.

Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(a)
2. (i)–(b), (ii)–(c)
3. (i) Ferrous minerals, (ii) Odisha: Jharkhand belt, (iii) Bauxite
4. (i) True, (ii) False
5. Iron ore is the basic mineral and the backbone of industrial development.
6. Metallic minerals which contains iron are known as ferrous minerals.
7. Kudre in Kannada means horse. Kudremukh mines are known to be one of the largest mines in the
world. The iron ore is transported as slurry through a pipeline to a port near Mangaluru.
8. Metallic minerals which does not contain iron are known as non-ferrous minerals e.g. bauxite, copper,
etc.
9. Aluminium is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals such as iron, with extreme
lightness and also with good conductivity and great malleability.
10. Manganese is used to harden steel during manufacturing.
11. (i) Magnetite is the finest iron ore with a very high content of iron up to 70%.
(ii) It has excellent magnetic qualities, expecially valuable in the electrical industry.
(iii) Hematite ore is the most important industrial iron ore in terms of the quantity used, but has a
slightly lower iron content than magnetite.
12. (i) Iron ore is the basic mineral and the backbone of industrial development.
(ii) India is endowed with fairly abundant resources of iron ore.
(iii) India is rich in good quality iron ores like magnetite and hematite.
13. (i) Bellari-Chitradurga-Chikkamagaluru- Tumakuru belt in Karnataka has large reserves of iron ore.
(ii) The Kudremukh mines located in the Western Ghats of Karnataka are a 100% export unit.
Kudremukh deposits are known to be one is trasported as slurry through a pipeline to a port near
Mangaluru.
14. Characteristics of Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur iron ore belt in India:
(i) The region lies in Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra.
(ii) Very high grade hematite ores are found in the famous Bailadila ranges of hills in the Bastar
district.
(iii) The range of hills comprises of 14 deposits of super high grade hematite iron ore.
(iv) It has the best physical properties needed for steel making.
(v) Iron ore from these mines is exported to Japan and South Korea via Vishakhapatnam port.
15. (i) Manganese is mainly used in the manufacturing of steel and ferro-manganese alloy.
(ii) Nearly 10 kg of manganese is required to manufacture one tonne of steel.
(iii) It is also used in manufacturing bleaching powder, insecticides and paints.
16. (i) India is critically deficient in the reserve and production of copper.
(ii) Being malleable, ductile and a good conductor, copper is mainly used in electrical cables, electronics
and chemical industries.
(iii) The Balaghat mines in Madhya Pradesh, Khetri mines in Rajasthan and Singhbhum district of
Jharkhand are leading producers of copper.
17. Uses of copper:
(i) In manufacturing electrical cables.
(ii) In electronic industries.
(iii) In chemical industries.
The two leading copper producing states of India are Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan.
18. (i) Bauxite.
(ii) Aluminium is gaining importance because of its extreme lightness, good conductivity and great
malleability. It combines the strength of metals such as iron.
(iii) It is mainly found in Amarkantak Plateau, Maikal Hills and the plateau region of Bilaspur-Katni.
Koraput district in Odisha has large deposits. Odisha is the largest bauxite producing state.
Others are Gujarat, Maharashtra and Jharkhand. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
19. 19.1 (d) 19.2 (c) 19.3 Odisha 19.4 Aluminium

20. The major iron ore belts in India are:
(i) Odisha-Jharkhand belt: High grade hematite ore is found in Badampahar mines in the
Mayurbhanj and Kendujhar districts in Odisha. In Singhbhum district of Jharkhand hematite
iron ore is mined in Gua and Noamundi.
(ii) Durg-Bastar-Chandrapur belt: It lies in Chhattisgarh and Maharashtra. Very high grade
hematites are found in the famous Bailadila range of hills in the Bastar district of Chhattisgarh.
Iron ore from these mines is exported to Japan and South Korea via Vishakhapatnam port.
(iii) Ballari-Chitradurga-Chikkamagaluru-Tumakuru belt: It lies in Karnataka and has large
reserves of iron ore. Kudremukh mines located in the western Ghats of Karnataka are a 100% export
unit. Kudremukh deposits are known to be one of the largest in the world. The ore is transported as
slurry through a pipeline to a port near Mangaluru.
(iv) Maharashtra-Goa belt: It includes the state of Goa and Ratnagiri district of Maharashtra. The
ores are not of very high quality. Yet they are efficiently exploited and exported through port.
21. (i) Several ores contain aluminium, it is from bauxite, a clay like substance that alumina and later
aluminium is obtained.
(ii) Bauxite deposits are formed by the decomposition of a wide variety of rocks rich in aluminium
silicates.
(iii) Aluminium is an important metal because it combines the strength of metals such as iron, with
extreme lightness and also with good conductivity and great malleability.
(iv) India’s bauxite deposits are mainly found in the Amarkantak plateau, Maikal hills and the plateau
region of Bilaspur-Katni.
(v) Odisha was the largest bauxite producing state in India with 34.97% of the country’s total
production in 2009-10.
3. Non-Metallic Minerals and Conservation of Minerals

•• Mica is mineral made up of a series of plates or leaves. It can be clear, black, green, red yellow or brown.
Due to its excellent di-electric strength, low power loss factor, insulating properties and resistance to high
voltage, mica is one of the most indispensable minerals used in electric and electronic industries.
•• Mica deposits are found in the northern edge of the Chota Nagpur plateau. Koderma Gaya-Hazaribagh belt
of Jharkhand is the leading producer.
•• Limestone is a basic raw material for the cement industry and essential for smelting iron in the blast
furnace. It is found in association with rocks composed of calcium carbonates or calcium and magnesium
carbonates.
•• A concerted effort has to be made in order to use our mineral resources in a planned and sustainable
manner. Improved technologies need to be constantly evolved to allow use of low grade ores at low costs.
Recycling of metals, using scrap metals and other substitutes are steps in conserving our mineral resources
for the future.
Exercise 4.3
(i) Which of the following is the basic raw material for the cement industry and essential for smelting
iron ore in the blast furnace?
(a) Gypsum (b) Limestone (c) Potash salt (d) Sodium salt
(ii) Koderma in Jharkhand is the leading producer of which one of the following minerals?
(a) Iron ore (b) Copper (c) Mica (d) None of these
(iii) In which rocks is limestone found?
(a) Metamorphic (b) Igneous (c) Sedimentary (d) None of these
(i) Limestone is found in association with ______________ composed of calcium carbonates or calcium
and magnesium carbonates.
(ii) Namrup : Thermal power plant, Narora: Nuclear power plant,____________: Wind power plant
(a) Tamil Nadu (b) Rawat Bhata
(c) Kakrapara (d) Ramagundam
3. Identify Type Questions
(i) Identify the non-metallic mineral with the help of the following features.
• A most indispensable mineral used in electric and electronic industry
• Made up of a series of plates or leaves
• It can be clear, black, green, red, yellow or brown.
(ii) Identify the plateau with the help of the following features.
• A storehouse of minerals
• Has very high grade hematite iron ore
• Most of the mica deposits are found in its northern edge.

4. What is mica?

5. What are the uses of mica? Which is the leading mica producing state of India?

6. In which rocks is limestone found?

7. What is the use of limestone?

8. Limestone is the basic raw material for the which industry?

9. What are the main characteristics and importance of mica?
10. Give an account of distribution and production of mica in India.

11. Give an account of limestone.

12. What are the constant threats to miners?

13. Why is mining called a killer industry?

14. Why is mica considered the most important mineral in electric and electronic industries? Give three

reasons. [CBSE 2016]
15. What are the impacts of mining on the health of the miners and the environment?
OR
How is mining activity hazardous? Explain. OR [CBSE 2016]
How is the mining activity injurious to the health of the miners and environment? Explain.
OR [CBSE 2015]
Discuss the hazards of mining on the life of miners and on the environment.
16. Why do we need to conserve mineral resources? OR [NCERT] [HOTS]
Why is conservation of minerals important? How can we conserve minerals? [CBSE 2014]
OR
“Conservation of minerals is the need of the hour.” Support the statement with five facts.
OR [CBSE 2015]
What efforts are required to use mineral resources in a planned and sustainable manner? Explain in
three points. OR [CBSE 2012]
Why is necessary to conserve mineral resources? Explain any four ways to conserve mineral resources.
OR [CBSE 2017]
What steps should be taken to conserve mineral resources?
Answers
1. (i)–(b), (ii)–(c), (iii)–(c)
2. (i) rocks, (ii)–(a)
3. (i) Mica, (ii) Chota Nagpur plateau
4. Mica is a mineral made of a series of plates or leaves.
5. Due to its excellent di-electric strength, low power loss factor, insulating properties and resistance to
high voltage, mica is one of the most indispensable minerals used in electric and electronic industries.
Jharkhand is the leading mica producer.

6. Limestone is found in sedimentary rocks.
7. Limestone is the basic raw material for the cement industry and essential for smelting iron ore in the
blast furnace.
8. Cement industry.
9. (i) Mica is a minerals made up of a series of plates or leaves. It splits easily into thin sheets. These
sheets can be layered into a mica sheet of a few centimeters width.
(ii) Mica can be clear, black, green, yellow or brown.
(iii) Due to its excellent di-electric strength, low power loss factor, insulating properties and resistance
to high voltage, mica is one of the most indispensable minerals used in electric and electronic
industry.
10. (i) Mica deposits are found in the northern edge of the Chhota Nagpur plateau. Koderma-Gaya-

Hazaribagh belt of Jharkhand is the leading producer.
(ii) In Rajasthan, the major mica producing area is around Ajmer.
(iii) Nellore mica belt of Andhra Pradesh is also an important mica producer in the country.
11. (i) Limestone is found in association with rocks composed of calcium carbonates or calcium and

magnesium carbonates.
(ii) It is found in sedimentary rocks of most geological formation.
(iii) Limestone is the basic raw material for the cement industry and essential for smelting iron ore
in the blast furnace.
12. (i) The dust and noxious fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary disease.

(ii) The risk of collapsing mine roofs are a constant threat to miners.
(iii) The risk of inundation and fires in coalmines area are constant threat to miners.
13. (i) The dust and noxious fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to pulmonary disease.

(ii) The risk of collapsing mine roofs, inundation and fires in coalmines are constant threat to miners.
(iii) The water sources in the region get contaminated due to mining. Dumping of waste and slurry
leads to degradation of land, soil and increases stream and river pollution.
14. (i) Mica is excellent di-electric in strength and has low powerless factor.

(ii) It has insulating properties and resistance to high voltage.
(iii) It is most indispensable mineral used in electric and electronic industries.
15. (i) The dust and noxious fumes inhaled by miners make them vulnerable to plumonary disease.

(ii) The risk of collapsing mine roofs, inundation and fires in coalmines are a constant threat to
miners.
(iii) The water sources in the region get contaminated due to mining.
(iv) Dumping of waste and slurry leads to degradation of land and soil resources.
(v) Dumping of waste in water sources leads to increase in stream and river pollution.
16. Needs for conservation of mineral resources are as follows:

(i) The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the
earth’s crust.
(ii) We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and
concentrated.
(iii) The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are
infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption.
(iv) Mineral resources are finite and non renewable.
(v) Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater
depths along with decrease in quality.
Conservation of minerals:
(i) A concentrated effort has to be made in order to use our mineral resources in a planned and
sustainable manner.
(ii) Improved technologies need to be constantly evolved to allow use of low grade ores at low costs.
(iii) Recyling of metals is also essential.
(iv) Using scrap metals and other substitutes are steps in conserving our mineral resources for the
future.
4. Energy Resources, Conventional Sources of Energy
•• Energy is required to cook, to provide light and heat, to propel vehicles and to drive machinery in industries.
•• Energy can be generated from fuel minerals like coal, petroleum, natural gas, uranium to produce electricity.
•• Energy resources can be classified as conventional and non-conventional sources.
•• Firewood, cattle dung cake, coal, petroleum, natural gas and electricity are conventional source of energy.
•• Wind, tidal, geothermal, biogas and atomic energy, are non-conventional sources of energy.
•• Coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India. It is formed due to compression of plant material
over millions of years.
•• Coal is found in a variety of forms. Decaying plants in swamps produce peat.
•• Conventional sources of energy include firewood, cattle dung cake, coal, petroleum, natural gas and electricity.
•• Lignite is a low grade brown coal, which is soft with high moisture content.
•• Coal that has been buried deep and subjected to increased temperatures is bituminous coal.
•• Anthracite is the highest quality hard coal.
•• Petroleum is the major energy source in India after coal.
•• Petroleum refineries act as a nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
•• Natural gas is an important clean energy resource. It is used as a resource of energy and industrial raw
material in the petrochemical industry.
•• Electricity is generated mainly in two ways-hydro electricity, and thermal power.
•• Hydro electricity is generated by fast flowing water, which drives hydro turbines to generate hydroelectricity.
•• Thermal electricity is generated by using coal, petroleum and natural gas.
•• There are over 310 thermal power plants in India.
•• The electricity which is generated by burning fuel such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines
to produce thermal power.
•• Electricity which is generated by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity.
Exercise 4.4
(i) Low quality brown coal is known as
(a) lignite (b) peat (c) anthracite (d) bituminous
(ii) Thermal electricity is generated by using
(a) Coal (b) petroleum (c) natural gas (d) All of these
(iii) Natural gas is found in association with or without
(a) Coal (b) Iron (c) petroleum (d) None of these
(iv) Jharia is famous for
(a) Iron mines (b) Coal mines (c) Nickel (d) Copper mines
(v) Which one is not a conventional source of energy?
(a) Coal (b) Biogas (c) Firewood (d) Petroleum
(vi) The full form of CNG is
(a) Compound Natural Gas (b) Complex Natural Gas
(c) Compound New Gas (d) Compressed Natural Gas
(vii) Which one of the following fuels is considered environment-friendly?
(a) Coal (b) Petroleum (c) Natural gas (d) Firewood
2. What are the uses of energy resources?

3. How can energy be generated?

4. Give examples of conventional sources of energy.

5. Name the highest quality and lowest quality of coal.

6. Why are heavy industries and thermal power stations located on or near the coalfields?

7. What are the uses of petroleum or mineral oil?


8. For which industries petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry”?
9. Which energy resource is gaining wide popularity in the country?
10. How is hydro-electricity generated?

11. Name some multi-purpose projects which are producing hydroelectric power?

12. How are thermal electricity generated?

13. What is the importance of HVJ gas pipeline?

14. Classify the energy resources and give their description.

15. What are the importance of firewood and cattle dung for rural India? Why it is discouraged?

16. What are the main characteristics of bituminous coal?

17. Describe the distribution of coal in India.
[NCERT]
18. Where are the petroleum reserves found in India?

19. Give an account of distribution and production of petroleum in India.

20. How are electricity generated?

21. Describe any three importance of coal as a source of energy.
[CBSE 2012]
22. Why is it essential to use renewable sources of energy?
[CBSE 2012]
23. “Natural gas is considered an environment-friendly fuel.” Explain the statement in two points.

[CBSE 2014]

option.
In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel. It provides a substantial part of the nation’s
energy needs. It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic
needs. India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements. As you are
already aware that coal is formed due the compression of plant material over millions of years. Coal,
therefore, is found in a variety of forms depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and
time of burial. Decaying plants in swamps produce peat which has a low carbon and high moisture
contents and low heating capacity. Lignite is a low grade brown coal, which is soft with high moisture
content. The principal lignite reserves are in Neyveli in Tamil Nadu and are used for generation of
electricity. Coal that has been buried deep and subjected to increased temperatures is bituminous coal.
It is the most popular coal in commercial use. Metallurgical coal is high grade bituminous coal which
has a special value for smelting iron in blast furnaces. Anthracite is the highest quality hard coal.
24.1. The best quality of coal is _________ with __________ is a low grade brown coal.
(a) Metallurgical; Anthracite (b) Lignite; Anthracite
(c) Anthracite; Lignite (d) Peat; Lemonite
24.2. Coal provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs. Identify which state the following
coal mines belong to:
Coal mines States
(a) Raniganj 1. Odisha
(b) Bokaro 2. West Bengal
(c) Talcher 3. Tamil Nadu
(d) Neyveli 4. Jharkhand
Choose the correct option–

(a) a–2, b–1, c–4, d–3 (b) a–2, b–4, c–1, d–3
(c) a–3, b–4, c–3, d–2 (d) a–4, b–3, c–2, d–1
24.3. Name two conventional sources of energy.
24.4. Which kind of coal is mostly used for commercial purpose?
25. Which is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India? How is it formed? Describe its main

characteristics and uses. OR
Which is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India? Assess the importance of its different
forms.
26. Highlight the importance of petroleum. Explain the occurrence of petroleum in India.
[Delhi 2016]
27. Why is the natural gas considered the fuel for the present century? What are its uses? Give an account

of distribution and production of natural gas in India.
28. Bring out the differences between thermal power and hydel power projects.

Answers
1. (i)–(a), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(c), (iv)–(b), (v)–(b), (vi)–(d), (vii)–(c)
2. Energy is needed to cook, to provide light and heat, to propel vehicles and to drive machinery in
industries.
3. Energy can be generated from fuel minerals like coal, petroleum, natural gas, uranium and from
electricity.
4. Firewood, cattle dung cake, coal, petroleum, natural gas and electricity.
5. Anthracite is the highest quality of coal. Peat is the lowest quality of coal.
6. Coal is a bulky material, which loses weight on use as it is reduced to ash. Hence, heavy industries and
thermal power stations are located on or near the coalfields.
7. Petroleum or mineral oil provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials
for a number of manufacturing industries.
8. Petroleum refineries act as nodal industry for synthetic textile industry, fertilizer and numerous
chemical industry.
9. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) for vehicles to replace liquid fuels is gaining wide popularity in the
country.
10. Hydro electricity is generated by fast flowing water which drives hydro turbines to generate electricity.

11. Multi-purpose projects like the Bhakra Nangal, Damodar Valley Corporation, the Kopili Hydel project,

etc. are producing hydro electric power.
12. Thermal electricity is generated by burning fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive

turbines to produce thermal power.
13. (i) The 1700 km long Hazira-Vijaipur-Jagdishpur cross country gas pipeline links Mumbai High and

Bassien with fertilizer, power and industrial complexes in western and northern India.
(ii) This artery has provided an impetus to India’s gas production.
(iii) The power and fertilizers industry are the key uses of natural gas.
14. Energy resources can be classified as conventional and non-conventional sources.

(i) Conventional sources include firewood, cattle dung cake, coal, petroleum, natural gas and
electricity.
(ii) Non-Conventional sources include solar, wind, tidal, geo-thermal, biogas and atomic energy.
15. (i) Firewood and cattle dung cake are most common in rural India.

(ii) Around 70 per cent energy requirement in rural household are met by firewood and cattle dung
cake.
(iii) Their use are becoming difficult due to decreasing forest area, using dung cake too is being
discouraged because it consumes most valuable manure which could be used in agriculture.
16. (i) Bituminous coal has been buried deep and subjected to increased temperatures.

(ii) It is the most popular coal in commercial use.
(iii) It is a high grade metallurgical coal which has special value for smelting iron in blast furnaces.
17. (i) In India coal occurs in rock series of two main geological ages:

(a) Gondwana a little over 200 million years in age and
(b) Tertiary deposits which are only about 55 million years old.

(ii) The major reserves of Gondwana coal are metallurgical coal. They are located in Damodar valley,
Jharia, Raniganj, Bokaro are important coal fields. The Godavari, Mahanadi, Son and Wardha
valleys also contain coal deposits.
(iii) Tertiary coals occur in the north eastern states of Meghalaya, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh and
Nagaland.
18. (i) Most of the petroleum occurences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock
formations of the tertiary age.
(ii) It occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold. The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone
or sand stone. It is prevented by intervening non-porous layers.
(iii) Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks.
19. (i) About 63 per cent of India’s petroleum production is from Mumbai High, which is an offshore oil
field located in Arabian sea.
(ii) 18% of petroleum is produced from Gujarat. Ankaleshwar, Hazira and Kalol are important oil
fields of Gujarat.
(iii) Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. It produces 16 percent of total production. Digboi,
Naharkatiya and Moran-Hugrijan are the important oil fields in the state.
20. Electricity is generated mainly in two ways.
(i) Hydro-electricity is generated by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate electricity.
(ii) Thermal electricity is generated by burning fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive
turbines to produce thermal power.
21. Importance of coal as a source of energy in India are:
(i) Coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India.
(ii) It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
(iii) It is used for power generation.
(iv) It supplies energy to industry as well as for domestic needs. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
22. (i) Non-renewable sources are going to exhaust such as coal, petrol, natural gas, etc. They can cause
environmental pollution, therefore, we have to use renewable resources.
(ii) India has abundance of solar energy, wind, water, and biomass.
(iii) Rising prices of oil and gas and their shortage have raised uncertainties about energy resources
in the future. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
23. Natural gas is used as a source of energy as well as an industrial raw material.
(i) It can be transported easily through pipelines.
(ii) Pipelines have helped in setting up fertilizer plants and power plants on its way.
(iii) Natural gas is a clean source of energy.
(iv) It is an environment-friendly fuel because of the low carbon emission.
24. 24.1 (c) 24.2 (b) 24.3 Coal and Petroleum 24.4 Nituminous Coal
25. Coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel in India. It is formed due to the compression of plant
material over millions of years.
Coal is found in a variety of forms depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of
burial.
(i) Peat: Decaying plants in swamps produce peat. It has a low carbon and high moisture contents
and low heating capacity.
(ii) Lignite: It is a low grade brown coal, which is soft with high moisture content.
(iii) Bituminous: Coal that has been buried deep and subjected to increased temperature is known as
bituminous coal. It is most popular coal in commercial use.
(iv) Anthracite: It is the highest quality of hard coal.
Uses:
(i) It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
(ii) India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
26. Importance of Petroleum:
(i) Petroleum is the major energy source in India.
(ii) Provides fuel for heat and lighting.
(iii) Provides lubricant for machinery.
(iv) Provides raw material for a number of manufacturing industries.
(v) Petroleum refineries act as nodal industry for synthetic, textile, fertilizer and chemical industries.
Its occurrence:
(i) Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps.
(ii) In regions of folding, anticline or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
(iii) Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks.
27. Due to low carbon dioxide emissions natural gas is considered an eco-friendly fuel and the fuel for the
present century. Natural gas is used as a source of energy as well as an industrial raw material in the
petroleum industry.
Production and Distribution:
(i) Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna-Godavari basin.
(ii) Along the west coast the reserves of Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in
the Gulf of Combay.
(iii) Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
28. The differences between thermal power and hydel power projects are given below:
Thermal Power Hydel Power
(i) It is generated by using coal, petroleum and (i) It is generated by fast flowing water.
natural gas.
(ii) Thermal power stations use non-renewable (ii) Hydel power stations use renewable sources
fossil fuels for generating electricity. of energy.
(iii) They can be set up at any place. (iii) They are usually set up near the sources of
energy.
(iv) They affect environment badly because they (iv) They are eco-friendly because they do not
cause air pollution. cause any pollution.
5. Non-Conventional Sources of Energy and Conservation of Energy Resources

•• There is an urgent need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy
from waste material. These are called non-conventional sources of energy.
•• Nuclear or atomic energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
•• India has great potential of wind power. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from
Nagarcoil to Madurai.
•• Solar energy are produced by photovoltaic technology converting sunlight into electricity.
•• Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas.
•• Energy refers to the electricity which is generated by oceanic tides.
•• Geo-thermal energy refers to the electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the earth.
Exercise 4.5
(i) The principal lignite reserves are used for
(a) generation of wind power (b) generation of electricity
(c) generation of thermal power (d) None of these
(ii) Where is the largest wind farm cluster located in India?
(a) Tamil Nadu (b) Kerala
(c) Andhra Pradesh (d) Karnataka
(iii) Which of the following is fast becoming popular in rural and remote areas?
(a) Atomic energy (b) Solar energy
(c) T idal energy (d) Atomic energy
(iv) Which of the following is not non-conventional sources of energy?
(a) Solar energy (b) Wind energy (c) Hydroelectricity (d) Biogas

(i) Madhapur : Solar plant, ______________ : Geothermal energy plant, Andhra Pradesh : Wind power
plant
(a) Haryana (b) Arunachal Pradesh
(c) Himachal Pradesh (d) Goa
(ii) Ocean tides can be used to generate _______________ .
(i) Nuclear energy (a) Gulf of Khambat
(ii) Wind energy (b) Puga valley, Ladakh
(iii) Tidal energy (c) Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan
(iv) Geo-thermal energy (d) Nagarcoil, Jaisalmer
4. How is nuclear or atomic energy obtained?
5. What are used to generate nuclear energy?
6. How is solar energy produced?
7. Name the areas where the largest wind farm cluster located in Tamil Nadu.
8. How is biogas produced?
9. Which regions of India provide ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy?
10. Where are the geothermal plants located in India?

11. What are the twin planks of sustainable energy?

12. What are the needs of encouraging non-conventional sources of energy?
13. How is geo-thermal energy produced? Explain. [CBSE 2015]
14. Which are the potential sources of biogas? State any four benefits of biogas. [CBSE 2012]
15. “India has great potential of wind power.” Justify the statement.
16. Which energy is produced by ocean water? How is it generated?
17. Explain the importance of biogas plant or gobar gas plant for the rural India. OR

How can biogas solve the energy problem mainly in rural India? Give your suggestions. [AI 2015]
18. Describe any three non-conventional sources of energy.
[CBSE 2012]
19. Give a detail account of geothermal energy?

20. Why is the conservation of energy resources essential?

21. ‘Consumption of energy in all forms has been rising all over the country. There is an urgent need to

develop a sustainable path of energy development and energy saving.’ Suggest and explain any three
measures to solve this burning problem.
OR
“Energy saved is energy produced.” Assess the statement. [CBSE 2017]
22. Why is energy needed? How can we conserve energy resources? Explain.
[CBSE 2015]
Answers
1. (i)–(a), (ii)–(a), (iii)–(b), (iv)–(c)
2. (i)–(c), (ii) electricity
3. (i)–(c), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(b)
4. Nuclear energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms. When such an alteration is made, energy
is released in the form of heat which is used to generate electricity.
5. Uranium and thorium are used to generate nuclear energy.
6. Solar energy is produced by tapping solar energy through photovoltaic technology which converts
sunlight directly into electricity.
7. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai.
8. Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas. Decomposition of organic
matter yields gas.
9. In India the gulf of Khambhat, the gulf of Kuchchh in Gujarat on the western coast and Gangetic delta
in Sunderban regions of West Bengal provide ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy.
10. Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in

the Parvati valley near Manikaran in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga valley,
Ladakh.
11. Promotion of energy conservation and increased use of renewable energy sources are the twin planks

of sustainable energy.
12. (i) The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent

on fossil fuels such as coal, petroleum and gas.
(ii) Rising prices of petroleum and natural gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainities
about the security of energy supply in future, which in turn has serious repercussions on the
growth of the national economy.
(iii) Increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems. Hence there is a pressing
need to use renewable energy sources.
13. The earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high,

high temperatures are found at shallow depths. Groundwater in such areas absorbs heat from the rocks
and becomes hot.
It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive
turbines and generate electricity. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
14. Potential sources of biogas are shrubs, farm wastes, animal, human waste, etc.

Four benefits of biogas are:
(i) Its calorific value is high.
(ii) It burns without smoke, causing no pollution.
(iii) It is the cheapest gaseous fuel.
(iv) Its plants provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of
manure. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
15. India has great potential of wind power. It can be justified in following points.

(i) The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai.
(ii) Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important
wind farms.
(iii) Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
16. Tidal energy is produced by oceanic water.

(i) Oceanic tides can be used to generate electricity by building floodgate dams across inlets.
(ii) During high tide, water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed.
(iii) After the tide falls outside the floodgate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea
via a pipe that carries it through power-generating turbine.
17. Biogas to solve energy problem basically in rural area:

(i) It is a renewable source of energy.
(ii) It is eco-friendly.
(iii) It reduces the burden on conventional sources of energy.
(iv) Biogas or gobar gas has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, cow dung cake and
firewood.
(v) These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
(vi) It improves the quality of manure and also presents the loss of trees and manure due to burning
of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.

18. Non-conventional sources of energy are:

(i) Solar Energy: India is a tropical country. It has enormous possibilities of trapping solar energy.
Photovoltaic technology converts sunlight directly into electricity. Solar energy is fastly becoming
popular in rural and remote areas.
(ii) Wind Energy: India now ranks as a ‘wind super power’ in the world. The largest wind farm
cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagercoil to Madurai. Apart from these, Andhra Pradesh,
Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshdweep have important wind farms. Nagercoil
and Jaisalmer are well-known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
(iii) Biogas: Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic
consumption in rural areas. Biogas plants using cattle dung are known as ‘Gobar Gas Plants’ in
rural India. These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality
of manure.
19. (i) Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior

of the earth.
(ii) It exists because the earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth.
(iii) Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depth. Ground
water in such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot.
(iv) It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive
turbines and generate electricity.
(v) Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located
in the Parvati valley near Manikaran in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga
valley, Ladakh.
20. (i) Energy is a basic requirement for economic development.

(ii) Every sector of the national economy – agriculture, industry transport, commercial and
domestic needs inputs of energy.
(iii) The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing
amounts of energy to remain operational.
(iv) As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country.
(v) There is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path of energy development.
21. (i) Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Hence, there is an urgent need of develop

a sustainable path of energy development. Promotion of energy development. Promotion of energy
conservation and increased use of renewable energy sources are the twin planks of sustainable
energy.
(ii) We have to adopt a cautious approach for the judicious use of our limited energy resources. As
concerned citizens we can do our bit by using public transport system instead of individual vehicles.
(iii) Switching off electricity when not in use, using power-saving devices and using non-conventional
sources of energy are other important steps for saving energy.
22. Energy is required for all activities. It is needed to cook, to provide light and heat, to propel vehicles

and to drive machinery in industries.
To conserve energy resources:
Refer to previous Ans. 21.
Map Based Questions

1. Located and label the following on an outline map of India.
[As per the CBSE Map List]

(i) Thremal power plants – Namrup, Singrauli, Ramagundam

(ii) Nuclear power plants – Narora (Delhi 2020), Kakrapara (CBSE 2000), Tarapur (2019), Kalpakkam
(Foreign 2916), (Delhi 2019), (CBSE SP 2019-20)
Narora
Namrup
Singrauli
Kakrapara
∆ Tarapur
Ramagundam
Kalpakkam ∆
REFERENCES
∆ Nuclear power plants
• Thermal power plants

1. Namrup : Thermal power plant, Narora: Nuclear power plant,____________: Wind power plant 1
(a) Tamil Nadu (b) Rawat Bhata
(c) Kakrapara (d) Ramagundam
2. Identify the metallic mineral with the help of the following features, and write its name. 1
• Formed due to decomposition of wide variety or rocks rich in aluminium silicates.
• Combines the strength of metals such as iron with good conductivity and great malleability.
• Contributes about one-third of the total production of India
3. How is solar energy produced? 1
4. Why are there a wide range of colours, hardness, crystal forms, lustre and density found in minerals? 1
5. What are the uses of copper? Name the two leading copper producing states of India. 3
6. Why is mica considered the most important mineral in electric and electronic industries? Give three
reasons. 3
7. Why is energy needed? How can we conserve energy resources? Explain. 5
8. Highlight the importance of petroleum. Explain the occurrence of petroleum in India. 5
5 Manufacturing Industries
Topics Covered
1. Importance of Manufacturing, Contribution of Industry to National Economy, Industrial Location and Classification of
Industries
2. Agro-Based Industries
3. Mineral-Based Industries
4. Industrial Pollution, Environmental Degradation and Control of Environmental Degradation
chapter Chart
• National Thermal Power Corporation

• The process of using raw material to
(NTPC) has demonstrated how con-
produce more valuable goods in large
servation of environment and natural
quantities is called manufacturing.
resources can happen simultaneously
with industrial growth.
• Manufacturing sector is the backbone

• Various ways should be adopted to
of economic development.
control environmental degradation.
• The rapid growth in industries has

• Manufacturing industries play a major also led to the increase in pollution of
role in the economic development of a land, water, air eventually resulting
country. in degradation of environment.
• Manufacturing industries help in
modernising agriculture.
Major industries include:

• Textile Industry
• Jute Industry
• Agriculture and industry go hand in hand.
• Tea, Coffee and Sugar industries
• Edible Oil Industry
• Iron and Steel Industry
• Aluminium Smelting
• Agriculture provides raw material to industries.
• Chemical
• Fertilizer
• Cement
• Automobile
• Industry helps in raising productivity
• Information Technology and
of agriculture.
Electronic Industry
• Jute Industry
• Ship building industries, etc.
• The key factor influencing all decisions

about setting up a manufacturing
• Industrial locations are influenced by
industry, including its location, is the
raw material, labour, capital power
low cost.
and market.
97
1. Importance of Manufacturing, Contribution of Industry to National Economy,
Industrial Location and Classification of Industries
•• Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is
called manufacturing.
•• Manufacturing industries fall in the secondary sector and consider as the backbone of economic development.
•• Manufacturing industries help in modernising agriculture and reduce the dependence of people on agriculture
by providing jobs.
•• Industrial development aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and
backward areas.
•• Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and brings in much needed foreign exchange.
•• Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of finished goods of higher value are
prosperous.
•• Over the last two decades, the share of manufacturing sector is much lower in comparison to some East
Asian economies.
•• With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve
productivity, economists predict that manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
•• Industrial locations are influenced by availability of raw material, labour, capital, power and market etc.
•• It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place.
•• Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centres known
as agglomeration economies.
•• Classification of industries are based on the availability of sources such as raw material, capital investment,
ownership and bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods.
•• On the basis of source of raw materials used industries are classified as—agro based: cotton, woolen, jute,
etc. and mineral based: iron and steel, cement, etc. Further these industries are divided according to their
role.
•• Those industries which supply their products as raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g., iron and
steel and copper smelting, aluminum smelting called as basic or key industries. Those industries which
produce goods for directly used by consumers e.g., sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fan, etc are
called as consumer industries.
•• On the basis of capital investment, industries are established. The maximum investment allowed to these
industries is rupees one crore.
•• On the basis of ownership, industries are classified as public sector such as BHEL, SAIL, etc. private sector
such as TISCO, Ambani group, etc., join sector such as Oil India Ltd (OIL), cooperative sector such as sugar
industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
•• On the basis of bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods, industries are classified as heavy
industries such as iron and steel and light industries those produce light goods such as electrical goods
industries.
Exercise 5.1
(i) Manufacturing comes under which of the following sectors?
(a) Quaternary (b) Primary (c) Secondary (d) Tertiary
(ii) On the basis of ownership industries are categorised as
(a) Large-scale and small-scale industries
(b) Public sector, private sector, joint and cooperative sectors
(c) Basic/key and consumer industries
(d) Agro-based and Mineral-based industries
(iii) Which of the following industries is owned both by the state and some private industrialists?
(a) Cooperative sector industries (b) Public sector industries
(c) Private sector industries (d) Joint sector industries
(iv) Which one of the following is a private sector industry? [CBSE 2020]
(a) BHEL (b) SAIL (c) TISCO (d) OIL
(i) People employed in the ___________ activities manufacture the primary materials into finished
goods.
(ii) Sugar: Consumer industry, BHEL: Public sector industry, _____________ : Joint sector industry
(a) Toothpaste (b) Coir (c) Tisco (d) Oil
3. What is manufacturing?
[NCERT]
4. Give some examples of manufacturing.

5. Which sector is considered to be the backbone of development?

6. How have the agro-based industries in India given a major boost to agriculture?

7. By which factors are industrial locations influenced?

8. What is the ideal location of an industry?

9. Why has the National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council been set up?
[AI 2015]
10. What is agglomeration economies?

11. Where was the most manufacturing units located in the pre-Independence period?

12. Name any three physical factors for the location of an industry.
[NCERT]
13. Name any three human factors for the location of an industry.
[NCERT]
14. What are basic industries? Give an example.
[NCERT]
15. What are consumer industries? Give an example. Define small scale industry.

16. Define small-scale industry. What is the limit of maximum investment allowed in a small scale industry?

17. How is Public Sector different from Private sector?
[Delhi 2020]

18. Explain any five factors affecting the location of a industry. [CBSE 2015]
19. Describe the various physical and human factors responsible for the location of industries.
[CBSE 2014]
20. Explain with examples the interdependence of agriculture and industries. [CBSE 2017]
21. What are the contribution of industry to national economy?
22. “Industrialisation and urbanisation go hand in hand.” Validate the statement. [CBSE 2016]
23. Classify industries on the basis of the source of raw materials. How are they different from each other?
[AI 2016]
24. What are cooperative sector industries? How do they work? Clarify.
25. Classify the industry on the basis of the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods.
26. Classify industries according to their main role. How are they different from each other?
27. Classify industries on the basis of capital investment. How are they different from one another? Explain

with examples. [CBSE 2016]
Manufacturing Industries 99


option.
Manufacturing industries not only help in modernising agriculture, which forms the backbone of
our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence of people on agricultural income by providing
them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors. Industrial development is a precondition for eradication
of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector
industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities
by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas. Export of manufactured goods expands trade
and commerce, and brings in much needed foreign exchange. Countries that transform their raw
materials into a wide variety of finished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity lies
in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible. Agriculture and
industry are not exclusive of each other. They move hand in hand. For instance, the agro-industries
in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
28.1. Manufacturing industries fall in _________ and agriculture in ___________ .

(a) Primary; Secondary Sector (b) Secondary; Tertiary Sector
(c) Primary; Tertiary Sector (d) Secondary; Primary Sector
28.2. Manufacturing provides job opportunities to reduce dependence on agriculture. Identify which

sector the following jobs belong to:
Jobs created or promoted by manufacturing Sector

industries
a. Garment production 1. Primary
b. Research & Development 2. Tertiary
c. Banking 3. Secondary
d. Mining 4. Quaternary
Choose the correct option.

(a) a–1, b–2, c–3, d–4 (b) a–3, b–4, c–2, d–1
(c) a–2, b–3, c–1, d–2 (d) a–4, b–2, c–1, d–3
28.3. Name an agency which markets steel for the public sector industries.
28.4. In order to attract foreign manufacturing firms what does a country need?

option.
Over the last two decades, the share of manufacturing sector has stagnated at 17 per cent of GDP
– out of a total of 27 per cent for the industry which includes 10 per cent for mining, quarrying,
electricity and gas. This is much lower in comparison to some East Asian economies, where it is
25 to 35 per cent. The trend of growth rate in manufacturing over the last decade has been around
7 per cent per annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 per cent. Since 2003,
manufacturing is once again growing at the rate of 9 to 10 per cent per annum. With appropriate
policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity,
economists predict that manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade. The National
Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objective.
29.1. If we classify the various industries based on a particular criterion then we would be able to

understand their manufacturing better. Identify the industries on the basis of sources– (1)

On the basis of sources Industries
(a) Agro-based 1. Iron and Steel
(b) Capital investment 2. Oil India Ltd.
(c) Ownership 3. Cotton
(d) Bulk and weight of raw material 4. Small Scale

(a) a–1, b–2, c–3, d–4 (b) a–3, b–4, c–2, d–1
(c) a–1, b–4, c–2, d–3 (d) a–2, b–4, c–3, d–1
29.2. Which of the following statements is correct about NMCC?

(a) It was set up as a part of its Common Minimum Programme.
(b) It was established as an autonomous organisation.
(c) Its objective to improve manufacturing productivity.
29.3. At what per cent of GDP has the share of manufacturing sector stagnated out of total 27 per cent?

29.4. In which year has the National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) been set up?

30. Analyse the role of the manufacturing sector in the economic development of India. [CBSE 2017]
OR
What is the manufacturing sector? Why is it considered the backbone of development? Interpret the
reason. OR [AI 2015]
31. “The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industry.”
Justify the statement. OR
“The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.”
Support the statement with arguments. [Delhi 2016]
32. Classify industry on the basis of ownership and classify with suitable examples.
OR
Classify the industries on the basis of ownership and give one example of each category. [CBSE 2015]
33. What is manufacturing sector? Describe four types of manufacturing sector on the basis of
ownership. [Foreign 2015]
34. Why is the economic strength of a country measured by the development of manufacturing industries?
Explain with examples. [CBSE 2018]
35. Why are maximum Jute textile mills located in the Hugli Basin? [CBSE SP 2018-19]
Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(d), (iv)–(c)
2. (i) secondary, (ii)–(d)
3. Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products

is called manufacturing.
4. Paper is manufactured from wood, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from iron ore and aluminium

from bauxite.
5. Manufacturing sector.

6. The agro-based industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.

7. Industrial locations are influenced by availability of raw materials, labour, capital, power, market,

transport and government policies.

8. Ideal location of an industry depends upon (i) Cost of obtaining raw materials at site. (ii) Cost of

production at site (iii) Cost of distribution of production (iv) Decision to locate factory at site.
9. The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with the objective of

appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve
productivity.
10. Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centres

known as agglomeration economies.
11. In the pre-Independence period, most of the manufacturing units were located in places from the point

of view of overseas trade.
12. Availability of raw material, labour, power supply.

13. Capital, market and government policy.

14. Industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods are known as basic

industries. Iron and steel, copper smelting and aluminium industry are examples of this industry.
15. Industries that produce goods which are directly used by consumers are known as consumer industries

e.g. sugar, toothpaste, paper, fans, sewing machines, etc.
16. A small-scale industry is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed in the establishment

of a unit.
At present, the maximum investment allowed in a small scale industry is rupees one crore.
17. Public sector is owned and operated by government agencies where as private sector is owned and
operated by individuals or a group of individuals.
18. The factors affecting the location of an industry: (i) Availability of raw material, (ii) Availability of cheap
labour, (iii) Availability of capital and bank facilities, (iv) Availability of power and other infrastructure,
(v) Availability of adequate and swift means of transport, (vi) Proximity to markets.
19. (i) Physical factors:
(a) Availability of raw materials: Ideal location should be near the sources of raw materials.
(b) Power Resources: Power resources like coal and electricity must be available for the industry.
(c) Climate: Water and favourable climate.
(ii) Human factors:
(a) Cheap and efficient labour (b) Capital and bank facilities
(c) Good market (d) Transport facility
20. (i) Agriculture and industries are not exclusive of each other. They move hand in hand. The agro-
based industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
(ii) Industry depends on agriculture for raw material and to sell their products such as irrigation
pumps, fertilisers, insecticides and machines and tools etc. to the farmers.
(iii) Development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted farmers in
increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
21. (i) Over the last two decades, the share of manufacturing sector has stagnated at 17 per cent.
(ii) Since 2003, manufacturing is once again growing at the rate of 9 to 10 per cent per annum.
(iii) With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to
improve productivity, manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
22. (i) After an industrial activity starts, urbanisation follows. Sometimes industries are located in or
near the cities. Industrialisation and urbanisation go hand in hand.
(ii) Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour,
consultants and financial advice. etc. to the industry.
(iii) Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers
known as agglomeration economies.

23. On the basis of source of raw materials used are as follows:

(i) Agro-based industry: Industry which obtained raw materials from agriculture are known as
agro-based Industry. Examples are—Cotton, woollen, jute, silk, textile, rubber, sugar
(ii) Mineral-based industry: Industries which obtained raw materials from minerals are known as
mineral-based industry. Examples are—Iron and steel, cement, aluminium, petro-chemicals, etc.
24. (i) Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw
materials, workers or both.
(ii) They pool their resources and share the profits or losses proportionately.
(iii) The sugar industry in Maharashtra and the coir industry in Kerala are good examples of cooperative
sector industry.
25. On the basis of the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods, industries can be classified into:
(i) Heavy industries such as iron and steel, cement, aluminium, etc.
(ii) Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries,
chemical industries, textile industries, etc.
26. According to their main role, industries are of two types:
(i) Basic or Key Industries. They supply their raw materials to manufacture other goods.
Examples: Iron and steel, copper smelting, aluminium smelting, etc.
(ii) Consumer Industries. They produce goods for direct use by consumers.
Examples: Sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, etc.
27. (i) Classification of the industries on the basis of capital investment:
(a) Small scale industry (b) Large scale industry
(ii) Difference: If the investment is more than one crore on any industry, it is considered as a large
scale industry. For example, iron and steel industry/cement industry (any other relevant example).
While the investment is less than one crore on an industry, it is considered as a small scale
industry e.g., plastic industry, toy industry. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
28. 28.1 (d) 28.2 (b) 28.3 SAIL 28.4 Infrastructure facilities
29. 29.1 (b) 29.2 (d) 29.3 17 per cent 29.4 2004
30. Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products
is called manufacturing. For example, iron and steel, aluminium, rubber, textile etc.
Manufacturing sector is considered as backbone of development because:

(i) It not only helps in modernising agriculture but also forms the backbone of our economy.

(ii) Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our
country.

(iii) Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce.
(iv) Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of finished goods of higher value
are prosperous. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
31. The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries. This

statement can be justified in the following points:

(i) Manufacturing sector is considered the backbone of development in general and economic
development in particular.

(ii) Manufacturing industry not only help in modernising agriculture, they also reduce the dependence
of people on agricultural income by providing them jobs.

(iii) Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty. It was also
aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in backward areas.

(iv) Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and brings in much needed foreign
exchange.

(v) Indian’s prosperity lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as
possible.

32. On the basis of ownership, industry can be classified into the following categories.
(i) Public sector: It is owned and operated by government agencies e.g. BHEL, SAIL, NTPC, etc.
(ii) Private sector: It is owned and operated by individuals or a group of individuals. e.g. TISCO,
Reliance, Bajaj Auto Ltd, Dabur industries, etc.
(iii) Joint Sector: Industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals
as a joint venture are in joint sector. Oil India Ltd, Maruti Udyog Ltd. are examples of this type of
industry.
(iv) Cooperative Sector: This type of industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers
of raw materials, workers or both. They pool their resources and share the profits or losses
proportionately. The sugar industries in Maharashtra and the coir industry in Kerala are good
examples of this type of industry.
33. Manufacturing sector—Refer to Ans. 30.
Four types of manufacturing sector—Refer to Ans. 32.
34. The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
Manufacturing sector is considered the backbone of development in general and economic development
in particular mainly because:
(i) Manufacturing industries not only help in modernising agriculture, which forms the backbone of
our economy, but also reduce the heavy dependence of people on agricultural income by providing
them jobs in secondary and tertiary sector.
country.
(iii) It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and
backwards areas.
exchange.
(v) Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value
are prosperous.
35. Location of Jute industries in Hugli basin:
(i) Proximity of jute producing areas.
(ii) Inexpensive water transport.
(iii) Good network of roadways, railways and waterways
(iv) Abundant water for processing raw jute
(v) Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states
(vi) Good banking, insurance and poor facilities in Kolkata.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018-19]
2. Agro-Based Industries
•• Industries which obtained their raw material from agricultural products are known as agro-based industry.
•• Cotton, jute, silk, woollen textiles, sugar and edible oil, etc. industries come under the agro-based industries.
•• Textile industry is the only industry in the country which is self-reliant and complete in the value chain i.e.,
from raw material to the highest value added products.
•• In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques.
•• The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
•• There are over 1900 cotton and human-made fibre textile mills in India.
•• The handspun khadi provides large-scale employment to weavers in their homes as a cottage industry.
•• India has the second largest installed capacity of spindles in the world, with 43.13 million spindles after
China.
•• India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second place as an exporter after
Bangladesh.

•• The first jute mill was set up near Kolkata in 1855 at Rishra.
•• India stands second as a world producer of sugar but occupies the first place in the production of gur and
khandsari.
•• About 60 per cent sugar mills are in Uttar Pradesh and Bihar.
Exercise 5.2
(i) Which of the following industries are based on agricultural raw materials?
(a) Silk or woollen textiles (b) Sugar, cotton and jute
(c) Sugar and edible oil (d) All of these
(ii) Where was the first textile mill established in India?
(a) Kolkata (b) Mumbai (c) Delhi (d) Indore
(iii) Powerlooms came into use after–
(a) 17th century (b) 18th century (c) 19th century (d) 20th century
(i) India has the ______________ largest installed capacity of spindles in the world.
(ii) ______________ is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second place as an
exporter after Bangladesh. [Delhi 2020]
Identify the industry with the help of the following features.
• The industry has close links with agriculture.
• It provides a living to farmers.
• It creates demands that support many other industries such as chemical and dyes, packaging
materials.
4. Arrange the following in correct sequence
(i) Transporting cloth to the workshops (ii) Sale in shops and showrooms
(iii) Spinning the yarn (iv) Weaving of the fabric
Options:
(a) (i) – (iv) – (iii) – (ii) (b) (iii) – (iv) – (ii) – (ii)
(c) (iv) – (i) – (ii) – (iii) (d) (iii) – (iv) – (ii) – (i)
5. What is agro-based industry?

6. How were cotton textile produced in ancient India?

7. What happened to our traditional industries during the colonial period?

8. When was the first textile mill established in India?

9. Which cottage industry provides large scale employment to weavers?

10. Name the countries to whom India exports yarn and other cotton goods.

11. What are the problems of cotton textile industry in India?

12. Where are the most of jute mills located in India? When and where was the first jute mill set up in

India?
13. What factor has opened the opportunity for jute products?

14. What is the position of India in the production of sugar, gur and khandsari in the world?

15. By what means does handspun Khadi provide large scale employment to weavers?
[CBSE 2017]
16. Suggest any one way to promote jute textile industry in India.
[CBSE 2020]

17. What is the contribution of textile industry in the Indian economy?


18. Explain any three factors which were responsible for the concentration of cotton textile industry in

Maharashtra and Gujarat in early years. [CBSE 2012]
19. What challenges are faced by the jute textile industries in India? Mention the main objectives of

National Jute Policy, 2005. OR [CBSE 2012]
Explain any two main challenges faced by the jute industry in India. Explain any three objectives of
National Jute Policy. [CBSE 2017]
20. What are the major drawbacks for the cotton textile industry in India? OR

Describe any three major problems faced by cotton textile industry in India. [CBSE 2014]
21. Give reasons for decentralisation of weaving of textile industry in India.

22. “Many of our spinners export cotton yarn while apparel manufactuers have to import fabric.” Explain

this statement with appropriate reasons. [CBSE 2014]
23. Why was the cotton textile industry concentrated in the cotton growing belt in the early years? Explain.

[AI 2015]
24. Why does the textile industry occupy a unique position in the Indian economy? [CBSE 2014]
25. Describe any five factors responsible for the concentration of jute mills along the banks of the Hugli
river. [CBSE 2012]
Evaluate the factors which are responsible for the location of jute industry in West Bengal.
Or [CBSE 2014]
26. Which industry is seasonal in nature? Why are sugar mills shifting and concentrating in the southern
and western states of India? State the major challenges of the sugar industry in India.
Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(b)
2. (i) second (ii) India
3. Cotton Textile Industry
4. (b)
5. Industry which obtained its raw material from agriculture is known as agro-based industry.
6. In ancient India, cotton textile was produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques.
7. Our traditional textile industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not
compete with the mill-made cloth from England.
8. The first textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
9. The handspun khadi provides large scale employment to weavers in their homes as a cottage industry.
10. India exports yarn to Japan and other cotton goods to USA, UK, Russia, France, East European countries,
Nepal, Singapore, Sri Lanka and African countries.
11. (i) Power supply is erratic.
(ii) Low output of labour and stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry, are other problems of
the textile industry in our country. The first jute mill was set up near Kolkata at Rishra in 1855.
12. Most of the jute mills are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river.
13. The growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened
the opportunity for jute products.
14. India stands second as a producer of sugar and occupies the first place in the production Gur and
Khandsari.
15. Our spinning mills are competitive at global level. India has largest working handlooms in comparison
with the Indo-Pacific region. The rising demand for khadi exports has provided large scale employment
to weavers.
16. To increase the demand and market for jute and jute textile as well as jute-allied products research has
been initiated so that besides the traditional jute bags, ropes, gunny bags etc new products are made e.g.,
paper, jute textile, carpet, decorative items, etc.
17. (i) Textile industry contributes 14 per cent industrial production, 35 million persons directly employed
in the industry, it earns about 24.6 per cent of foreign exchange.
(ii) It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.

(iii) It is the only industry in the country, which is self-reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from
raw material to the highest value-added products.
18. (i) In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of
Maharashtra and Gujarat.
(ii) Availability of raw cotton, ready market, transport including accessible port facilities, abundant
skilled and unskilled contributed towards its localisation.
(iii) Moist climate which is suitable for the cotton industry.
19. (i) Jute industry is facing stiff competition in the market from synthetic substitutes.
(ii) Most of the machinery in jute industry are old and hence the output of labourers is very low.
(iii) Jute industry is facing stiff competition in the international market from other competitors like
Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand.
(iv) In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objective of increasing productivity,
improving quality, ensuring good prices and enhancing the yield per hectare.
20. (i) The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is
produced in the country.
(ii) Erratic power supply, outdated machinery and low output of labour.
(iii) There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in
fragmented small units, which cater to the local market.
(iv) As a result, many of our spinners export cotton yarn while apparel/garment manufacturers have
to import fabric. This mismatch is a major drawback for the textile industry in India.
21. (i) Weaving is done by handloom, powerloom and in mills.
(ii) In India, weaving is higly decentralised to provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and
designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc.
(iii) India has worldclass production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot
use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country.
22. (i) The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is
produced in the country.
Therefore, many of our spinners export cotton yarn while apparel/garment manufacturers have to
import fabric.
(ii) If weaving sector is improved then yarn can be used in the country and garments can be exported
to earn foreign exchange for the country. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
23. Cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt in the early years because: (i)
availability of raw cotton, e.g. belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat, (ii) nearness to market, (iii) transport,
(iv) port facilities, (v) cheap labour, (vi) moist climate. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
24. (i) The textile industry contributes significantly to industrial production, i.e. about 14%.
(ii) Wide market and the availability of transport, banking and electricity facilities in almost all parts
of the country have led to the spread of textile mills in different areas of the country.
(iii) It is the only industry in India which is self-reliant and complete in the value chain, i.e. from raw
material to the highest value added products.
(iv) Textile industry is a labour intensive industry, so a large number of people are employed in
different stages of its working such as weeding, spinning, leaving, dyeing, designing, printing,
tailoring and sewing.
(v) The textile industry not only employs lot of people but also provides a huge amount to country. In
rural areas the handloom industry is doing its work while in the urban areas the textile mills and
factories work day and night.
25. Factors responsible for the location of jute mills in the Hugli basin are as follows:
(i) Proximity of the jute producing areas.
(ii) Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways
to facilitate movement of raw material to the mills.
(iii) Abundant water from Hugli river for processing raw jute.
(iv) Cheap labour from West Bengal and neighbouring states of Bihar, Odisha and Uttar Pradesh is
available.

(v) Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute
goods.
26. Sugar industry is seasonal in nature. The sugar mills shifting and concentrating in the southern and

western states of India due to:
(i) The sugarcane produced in the southern and western states has a higher sucrose content.
(ii) The moderate climatic conditions also ensures a longer crushing season.
(iii) Most of the sugar mills are run by the cooperatives which are more successful in these states.
Major Challenges:
(i) The seasonal nature of the industry.
(ii) Old machinery and inefficient methods of production.
(iii) Transport delay in reaching sugarcane to factories.
(iv) There is a need to maximise the use of biogases.
3. Mineral-Based Industries
•• Industries that use minerals and metals as raw materials are called mineral based industries.
•• The iron and steel industry is the basic industry since all other industries depend on it for their machinery.
•• Most of the public sector undertakings market their steel through Steel Authority of India Ltd.
•• Chhotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
•• Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development.
•• Aluminium smelting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.
•• It is light, resistant to corrosion, a good conductor of heat, malleable and becomes strong when it is mixed
with other metals.
•• Bauxite is the main raw material used in smelters. It is very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
•• The chemical industry in India is the third largest in Asia and twelfth place in the world in term of its size.
•• It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
•• The fertiliser industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilisers (mainly urea), phosphatic
fertilisers and ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilisers which have a combination of nitrogen
(N); phosphate (P), and potash (K).
•• Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factory, bridges, roads, airports, dams
and for other commercial establishments.
•• Cement industry needs bulky and heavy raw materials like limestone, silica and gypsum.
•• Automobiles provide vehicles for quick transport of goods, services and passengers.
•• Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) brought in new technology and aligned the automobile industry with
global developments.
•• The electronic industry produces from transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, radars,
computers and many other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
•• Bengaluru has emerged as the electronic capital of India.
•• By 2010-11 Software Technology Parks of India (SIPI) hare come up across 46 locations at different centres
of India. The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in
India.
Exercise 5.3
(i) Public sector industries mostly market their steel through
(a) BHEL (b) TISCO (c) SAIL (d) None to these
(ii) Industries i.e., light, heavy and medium depends on this industry for their machinery–
(a) Shipbuilding Industry (b) Aluminium Industry
(c) Automobile Industry (d) Iron and Steel Industry

(iii) Which of the following regions has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries?
(a) Chhotanagpur Plateau (b) Deccan Plateau
(c) Malwa Plateau (d) The Central Highland
(i) ______________ and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of the country’s development.
(ii) ______________ industry is used for manufacturing aircrafts, utensils and wires. [Delhi 2020]
(iii) Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) is an example of ______________ industry in India.
(CBSE S.P. 2020-21)
(iv) Green Revolution has helped _______________ industry to expand in different parts of India.(CBSE
S.P. 2020-21)
3. Arrange in following in correct sequence
(i) Aluminium Refinery (i) Aluminium Smelter
(iii) Bauxite Quarry (iv) Pitch from a colliery
Options:

(a) (i)–(iv)–(iii)–(ii) (b) (iii)–(i)–(iv)–(ii)

(c) (i)–(iii)–(ii)–(iv) (d) (iii)–(i)–(ii)–(iv)

Assertion (A): The iron and steel industry is the basic industry.

Reason (R): All the other industries such as heavy, medium and light, depend on it for their machinery.

Options:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
5. Identify the industry with the help of the following features.
• Manufactures aircrafts, utensils and wires
• Light and a good conductor of heat
• Second most important metallurgical industry in India

6. What do you mean by mineral based industries?
7. Which is regarded as the index of a country’s development?
8. What are mini steel plants?
9. What is an integrated steel plant?
10. What recent developments have led to a rise in the iron and steel industries in India?

11. Where is the automobile industry located in India?

12. What does the electronics industry consist of?

13. Which city has emerged as the electronic capital of India?


14. What is the importance of automobile industry in India? Examine the impact of liberalisation on it.

OR
Mention any two factors that have contributed to a healthy growth of the automobile industry in India?
Name two centres where this industry is located. [CBSE 2011]

15. Why is iron and steel industry known as the basic industry and a heavy industry as well? Explain.

16. “Chhotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.” Why?

OR
Why do we have maximum concentration of iron and steel industry in Chhotanagpur plateau region?
Give any three regions. OR
Explain the reasons for concentration of iron and steel industries in and around Chhotanagpur region.
[AI 2019]
17. Why do the iron and steel industry mostly not able to perform their potential?

18. What is the status of India and China in steel production? Explain it with an appropriate graph.

19. Explain the importance of IT and electronics industry in India?

20. “Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development.”

Examine the statement. [CBSE 2014]
21. Describe any three features of chemical industry.
[CBSE 2011]


option.
Chhotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries. It is
largely, because of the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry. These
include, low cost of iron ore, high grade raw materials in proximity, cheap labour and vast growth
potential in the home market. Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the
world yet, we are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to: (a) High costs and limited
availability of coking coal (b) Lower productivity of labour (c) Irregular supply of energy and (d) Poor
infrastructure.
22.1. Which among the following is best suited title for the passage?

(a) Concentration of Iron and Steel Industries
(b) Concentration of Cheap Labour
(c) Potential of Mineral Ore
(d) Potential of Energy Resources
22.2. On the basis of above passage identify the location of iron and steel plants from the following

options–
Plants Location
(a) Bokaro Steel Plant 1. Jharkhand
(b) Salem Steel Plant 2. Tamil Nadu
(c) Bhilai Steel Plant 3. Chhattisgarh
(d) Burnpur Steel Plant 4. West Bengal

(a) a–1, b–2, c–3, d–4 (b) a–2, b–3, c–4, d–1
(c) a–4, b–1, c–2, d–3 (d) a–4, b–2, c–1, d–3
22.3. Where are most of the iron and steel industries located because of its availability of resources?

22.4. The iron and steel industries are not able to perform their potential. Why?

23. Analyse the role of chemical industries in the Indian economy
[CBSE 2017]
24. Explain the processes of manufacturing of steel?


25. How are integrated steel plants different from mini steel plants? What problems does the industry face?

What recent developments have led to a rise in the production capacity? [NCERT]
26. Describe in brief the aluminium smelting industry in India with emphasis on:

(i) Any three uses of aluminium.
(ii) Any two locational factors for the industry
(iii) Any two states where aluminium smelting is done on a large scale.
27. Give a detail account of information technology and electronic industry in India

28. What are software technology parks? State any two points of significance of information technology

industry in India. [CBSE 2011]
Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(a)
2. (i) Production, (ii) Aluminium smelting, (iii) Information Technology, (iv) fertilizer
3. (b) 4. (a) 5. Aluminium Smelting
6. Industries that use minerals and metals as raw materials are called mineral based industries.
7. Production and consumption of steel is regarded as the index of a country’s development.
8. Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric furnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron. They produce
mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
9. An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything in one complex—from putting together raw
material to steel making, rolling and shaping.
10. Latest developments like liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investments have given boost to the iron

and steel industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.
11. The automobile industry is located around Delhi, Gurugram, Mumbai, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata,

Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bengaluru.
12. The electronics industry covers a wide range of products from transistor sets to television, telephones,

cellular telecom, telephone exchange, radars, computers and many other equipments required by the
telecommunication industry.
13. Bengaluru.

14. (i) Automobiles provide vehicles for quick transport of goods and passengers.

(ii) Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three wheelers and multi utility vehicles are
manufactured in India at various centres.
(iii) After the liberalisation, the introduction of new and contemporary models of vehicles stimulated
the demand for vehicles in the market, which led to the growth of the industry including passenger
cars, two and three wheelers.
(iv) This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years.
(v) Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry with global
developments. The two centres of automobile industry are Jamshedpur and Gurgaon.
15. (i) The iron and steel industry is the basic industry since all the other industries—heavy, medium

and light, depend on it for their machinery.
(ii) Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction material— defence,
medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
(iii) Iron and steel industry is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods
are heavy and bulky.
(iv) Iron-ore, coking coal and limestone are required in the ratio of 4 : 2 : 1, all are heavy and bulky.
(v) Some quantities of manganese are also required to harden the steel.
16. (i) It is largely because of the relative advantages this region has for the development of iron and steel

industry.
(ii) These include low cost of iron ore, high grade raw materials in proximity has encouraged the
concentration of iron and steel industries in this region.
(iii) Availability of cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market has helped in the
concentration of this industry.

17. The iron and steel industries not able to perform their potential due to—
(a) High costs and limited availability of coking coal
(b) Lower productivity of labour
(c) Irregular supply of energy
(d) Poor infrastructure
18. In the 1950s, India and China produced almost the same quantity of steel. In 2004, India was the
largest exporter of steel. Now, China has become the largest producer of steel while India is at the 2nd
position.
India
China
900 822.7
822 803.8 808.4
800 731
Production in Million Tonnes
700
600
500
400
300
200
86.5 89 95.6
100 77.3 81.3
0
2012 2013
2014 2015 2016
Year
Crude steel production in India and China
19. (i) A major impact of IT and electronic industry has been on employment generation. 30 per cent of
the people employed in this sector are women.
(ii) This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last few years because of its fast
growing BPO sector.
(iii) The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in
India.
20. (i) Steel production is the backbone of any country’s economy since it is the basic unit for the
development of the nation.
(ii) Almost every industry depends on iron and steel for its manufacturing and production.
(iii) In today’s era of globalisation, consumption of goods is increasing. Thus, it can be concluded that
growth in production of steel is regarded as the index of country’s development.
[CBSE Marking Scheme 2014]
21. Refer to Ans. 23.
22. 22.1 (a) 22.2 (a) 22.3 Chhotanagapur plateau ragion
22.4 The Iron and Steel industries are not able to perform their potential due to high cost and limited
availability of labour, lower productivity of labour, and irregular supply of energy.
23. The role of chemical industry in the Indian economy are:
(i) It is fast growing and diversifying industry and contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
(ii) It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelfth place in the world in term of its size.
(iii) It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
(iv) Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sectors.
(v) Organic chemicals include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers,
rubber, plastics, and dye stuffs.
(vi) Inorganic chemicals include sulphuric acid, fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives,
paints, etc.
(vii) This industry is its own largest consumer.

24. (i) Transport all raw materials i.e. iron ore, coking coal, limestone, manganese to the plant.
(ii) In blast furnace, iron ore is melted. Limestone is fluxing material which is added, slag is removed,
coke is burnt to heat the ore.
(iii) Molten materials poured into moulds called pigs.
(iv) Pig iron is further purified by melting and oxidising the impurities. Manganese, nickel, chromium
are added.
(v) For shaping metal, rolling, pressing, casting and forging are done.
25. Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric furnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron. They have re-
rollers that use steel ingots as well. They produce mild and alloy steel of given specification, whereas
integrated steel plant is large and handles everything in one complex—from putting together raw
material to steel making, rolling and shaping.
Iron steel industry is facing the following problems:
(a) High costs and limited availability of coking coal.
(b) Lower productivity of labour.
(c) Irregular supply of energy.
(d) Poor infrastructure.
Recent developments: Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the iron and
steel industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.
26. Aluminium smelting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.
(i) Three uses of aluminium:
● It combines the strength of metals such as iron with extreme lightness and also with good
conductivity and great malleability.
● It is used to manufacture aircraft utensils and wires.
● It has become a popular substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
(ii) Two locational factors:
● Assured source of raw material at minimum cost.
● Regular supply of electricity.
(iii) Two states where aluminium smelting is done on a large scale:
● Odisha ● West Bengal
27. (i) The electronic industry covers a wide range of products from transistor sets to television and many
other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
(ii) Bengaluru has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centres for electronic
goods are Mumbai, Pune, Delhi, Hyderabad, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow and Coimbatore.
(iii) By 2010-11, 46 software technology parks have come up across different centres of India.
(iv) A major impact of this industry has been on employment generation. 30 per cent of the people
employed in this sector are women.
(v) This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of
its fast growing BPO sector.
28. Software Technology Parks: These parks are those which provide single window service and high
data communication facility to software experts.
Significance of IT Industry:
(i) A major impact of this industry has been on employment generation. Upto 31st March, 2005, the
IT industry employed over one-million persons.
(ii) It is encouraging to know that 30 per cent of the people employed in this sector are women.
(iii) This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of
its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
(iv) The continuous growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in
India. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
4. Industrial Pollution, Environmental Degradation and Control of

Environmental Degradation
•• Industries are responsible for four types of pollution: (a) Air (b) Water (c) Land (d) Noise. The polluting
industries also include thermal power plants.
•• Air pollution is caused by the presence of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and
carbon monoxide.

•• Water pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and effluents discharged into water
bodies.
•• Thermal pollution occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into water bodies
before cooling.
•• Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment, generators, saws and electric drills
make a lot of noise and cause noise pollution.
•• Every litre of waste water discharged by industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater. Thus, the
Industrial pollution of freshwater can be reduced by minimising use of water for processing by reusing and
recycling; harvesting of rainwater; and treating hot water and affluents before releasing them into water
bodies.
•• The industrial pollution can be checked through:
(a) Overdrawing of groundwater reserve by industry should be regulated legally.
(b) Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic
precipitators, fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
(c) Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
(d) Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
(e) Noise absorbing material may be used apart from personal use of earplugs and earphones.
•• The challenge of sustainable development requires integration of economic development with environmental
concerns.
•• NTPC has ISO 14001 certification for Environment Management System. The corporation has a proactive
approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil, gas and fuels in places where
it is setting up power plants.
Exercise 5.4
(i) _____________ is caused by the presence of sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
(ii) _____________ is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes.
(iii) _____________ of water occurs when hot water from factories is drained into water sources before
cooling.
2. What is air pollution?

3. Which industries cause the air pollution?

4. What is water pollution?

5. Which industries cause the water pollution?

6. How does the thermal pollution of water occur?

7. What is NTPC?

8. How is cement industry responsible for land degradation?
[Delhi 2019]
9. How does industry pollute the environment? [NCERT]
10. What are the causes of soil pollution?

11. What are the causes of noise pollution and its impact on human being?

12. How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced? Explain in brief.

13. “Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.” Mention them.

14. How has the ever increasing number of industries in India made worse position by exerting pressure

on existing fresh water resources? Explain. [CBSE 2018]
15. Consequence of environmental degradation do not respect national or state boundaries.” Justify the

statement. [Delhi 2019]
16. How does industry cause air pollution? What are its impact on environment?
17. Discuss the steps to be taken to minimise environmental degradation by industry. [NCERT]
OR

Suggest any three steps to minimise the environmental degradation caused by the industrial
development in India. [AI 2016]
18. Explain the pro-active approach adopted by the NTPC for preserving the natural environment and

resources. [AI 2015]
19. Explain five types of industrial pollution.
[Delhi 2019]
20. “The challenge of sustainable development requires control over industrial pollution.” Substantiate the

statement with examples. [CBSE SP 2019-20]
Answers
1. (i) Air pollution, (ii) Water Pollution, (iii) Thermal pollution
2. Air pollution is caused by the presence of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide
and carbon monoxide.
3. Chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and smelting plants and burning of fossil fuels in
big and small factories.
4. Water pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and effluents discharged into
rivers and other water bodies.
5. Paper, paper pulp chemical, textile and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries, electroplating industries,
detergents, acids, salts, pesticides, fertilisers, synthetic chemicals etc.
6. Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal power plants is drained
into water bodies before cooling.
7. NTPC (National Thermal Power Corporation) is a major power providing corporation in India.
8. Cement industry is responsible for land degradation because the mineral processing like grinding to
limestone for this industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere.
9. (i) The increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that
the industries have caused, cannot be overlooked.
(ii) Industries are responsible for four types of pollution i.e. air, water, land and noise.
(iii) The polluting industries also include thermal and nuclear power plants.
10. (i) Soil and water pollution are closely related.
(ii) Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and
garbage makes the soil useless.
(iii) Rainwater percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the groundwater also
gets contaminated.
11. (i) Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress.
(ii) Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment, generators, saws and
pneumatic and electric drills make a lot of noise.
(iii) Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment,
increased heart rate and blood pressure among human beings.
12. (i) Minimising the use of water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive
stages.
(ii) Harvesting of rainwater to meet water requirements.
(iii) Treating hot water and effluents before releasing them into rivers and other water bodies.
13. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases. These are as follows:
(i) Primary treatment by mechanical means which involves screening, grinding, flocculation and
sedimentation.
(ii) Secondary treatment by biological process.
(iii) Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste
water.
14. (i) Industries apart from being heavy users of water also require power to run them.
(ii) Today large industrial houses are as common place as the industrial units of many MNCs are
exerting pressure on freshwater sources.
(iii) Industrialisation followed by the urbanisation multiplying the problems of water scarcity and
exerting pressure on water sources causing their depletion.
15. Consequence of environment degradation do not respect national or state boundaries. Increase in
pollution of land, water, air, noise resulting degradation of environmental due to rapid industralisation.

Environmental degradation affects plants and wildlife and micro-organisms. When industries release
harmful chemicals and toxic, humans suffer. Humans are killing our planet Earth and its consequences
are tremendous.
16. (i) Air pollution is caused by the presence of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur
dioxide and carbon monoxide.
(ii) Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays, mist and
smoke.
(iii) Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and smelting plants, and
burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms.
(iv) Toxic gas leaks can be very hazardous with long-term effects.
(v) Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a
whole.
17. (i) Steps to minimize the environmental degradation caused by industrial development in India are
given below:
(ii) Minimizing use of water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive
stages.
(iii) Harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
(iv) Treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds.
(v) Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic
precipitators, fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
(vi) Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
(vii) Machinery and equipments can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
(viii) Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise
absorbing material may be used apart from personal use of earplugs and earphones.
18. (i) Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
(ii) Minimising waste generation by maximising ash utilisation.
(iii) Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing the question of special
purpose vehicles for afforestation.
(iv) Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system
and liquid waste management.
(v) Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.
19. Undoubtedly, the rapid growth in industries has led to considerable economic growth but it has also led
to the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise eventually resulting in degradation of environment.
Industries are responsible for five types of pollution:
(i) Air pollution: Presence of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and
carbon monoxide in the air is very dangerous. Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories,
brick kilns, refineries and smelting plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories
that ignore pollution norms. Toxic gas leaks can be very hazardous with long-term effects. It
adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.
(ii) Water pollution: Organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affluents are discharged into
rivers. They make the river water polluted. The main industries that are responsible for it includes
paper, pulp, chemical, textile and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electroplating
industries that let out dyes, detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury
pesticides, fertilisers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water
bodies.
(iii) Thermal pollution: It occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into
rivers and ponds before cooling.
(iv) Land pollution: Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents,
packaging, salts and garbage makes the land unfertile. Rainwater takes the pollutants deep to
the ground thus contaminating the groundwater.
(v) Noise pollution: Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment, generators,
electric drills, etc. cause a lot of noise pollution. Noise pollution causes irritation and anger. It can
also cause hearing impairment, increased heart-beat and blood pressure.

20. (i) On one hand Industries lead to extensive industrial growth and expansion, other hand these are

also the cause of environmental degeneration which prompt to the different type of air, water
pollution.
(ii) There is an increasing requirement to use a further sustainable model.
(iii) Industries must produce eco-friendly products and dump wastes responsibly.
(iv) Use of latest technology can help industries to control pollution and lead towards sustainable
mode of operation.
(v) Industries use Reuse-Recycle-Refuse approach.
(vi) If necessary, dump waste in specified places, away from the land and water sources. For example,
before dumping treat well and make useful for other than drinking purpose, stop using thermal
plants in some of the locations.
Map Based Questions

1. Locate and label the following industries on an outline map of India:
Cotton Textile Industries: Mumbai, Indore, Surat, Kanpur, Coimbatore

Ans.
Indore

2. Locate and label the following industries on an outline map of India:
Iron and Steel Plants: Durgapur, Bokaro, Jamshedpur, Bhilai, Vijayanagar, Salem
Ans.
Bokaro Durgapur
Bhilai
3. Locate and label the following Software Technology Parks on an outline map of India:
(a) Noida, (b) Gandhinagar, (c) Mumbai, (d) Pune, (e) Hyderabad, (f) Bengaluru,
(g) Chennai, (h) Thiruvananthapuram [As per the CBSE Map List]

Ans.

•• Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is
called manufacturing.
•• The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
•• Manufacturing sector is considered the backbone of development in general as well as for economic
development.
•• Agriculture and industry are not exclusive of each other. They move hand in hand.
•• Manufacturing sector contributes 17 per cent of GDP.
•• The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up to improve productivity.
•• Industrial locations are influenced by availability of raw material, labour, capital, power and market, etc.
•• After an industrial activity starts, urbanisation follows. Thus, industrialisation and urbanisation go hand
in hand.

•• Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centres known
as agglomeration economies.
•• On the basis of source of raw materials industries are classified as Agro-based and mineral based. On the
basis of capital investment small scale industry is defined. On the basis of ownship, public sector, private
sector, joint sector and cooperative sector industries are established. There are also industries established
on the basis of bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods.
•• High costs and limited availability of coking coal, lower productivity of labour, irregular supply of energy
and poor infrastructure are the problems of iron and steel industry.
•• Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) have given boost to the industry with the efforts of
private entrepreneurs.
•• Trucks, buses, cars, motorcycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multiutility vehicles are manufactured in
India.
•• Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) brought in new technology and aligned the industry with global development.
•• Industries are responsible for four types of pollution: (a) air (b) water (c) land (d) noise.
•• Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and atmosphere as a whole.
•• NTPC has demonstrated how conservation of environment and natural resources can happen simultaneously
with industrial growth.

6 Lifelines of National Economy
Topics Covered
1. Means of Transport and Roadways 2. Railways, Pipelines and Waterways
3. Major Seaports and Airways 4. Communication, International Trade and Tourism as a Trade
chapter Chart
Transport and communication Transport, communication and trade

are called the lifelines of National are contemporary to each other.
economy.

Trade includes:
Transport has helped in both produc- • Tourism as a trade • Balance of trade
tion and distribution of goods. • International trade • Local trade
Land transport includes roadways,

India has trade relations with all major
railways and pipelines used to transport
solid, liquid and gaseous material over trading blocks and all geographical
long distances. regions of the world.
India has one of the largest road Trade needs some means of exchange
networks in the world. ideas and connecting with people. This
is where communication comes in.

Classification of Roads:
• Super Highways • District Roads
• National Highways • Rural Roads Mass communication includes radio,
• State Highways • Border Roads television, newspapers, books, maga-
zines and films.

The Indian Railway is the largest
Public Sector undertaking of India. Personal communication refers to
communication between two parties.
Waterways are the cheapest mode of

transport. Communication refers to exchange
of ideas, messages, emotions, either
written or oral from one place to another.
Important ports include:
• Marmagao • Kolkata • Kandla
Important airports include:
• Indira Gandhi International Airport.
Airways are the fastest, most comfortable • Chhatrapati Shivaji Airport.
mode of transport. • Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport.
121
1. Means of Transport and Roadways
•• The movement of goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations are known as
transportation. Movement of these goods and services can be over three important domains of our earth i.e.,
land, water and air. Based on these, transport can also classified into land, water and air transport.
•• Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways are six-lane highways that connect major cities and ports of the
country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
•• National Highways refer to roads that connect major cities of two or more states.
•• State Highways refer to roads connecting the state capital with different district headquarters.
•• District roads refer to roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district.
•• Rural roads refer to roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are called rural roads.
•• Border roads refer to roads which are constructed in border areas and have strategically important.
•• The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as road density.
Exercise 6.1
(i) Which two of the following extreme locations are connected by the eastwest corridor?
(a) Mumbai and Nagpur (b) Silcher and Porbandar
(c) Mumbai and Kolkata (d) Nagpur and Siligudi
(ii) The National Highway No. 1 is also known as
(a) Mahatma Gandhi Marg (b) Sher Shah Suri Marg
(c) Golden Quadrilateral (d) Jawaharlal Nehru Road
(iii) The longest highway of India is
(a) National Highway-8 (b) National Highway-7
(c) N ational Highway-44 (d) National Highway-15
2. Choose the correct pair
(i) Choose the correctly matched pair about the connectivity in India from the following options.
(a) NH-1 – Six-lane Super Highway
(b) Golden Quadrilateral – Between Delhi and Amritsar
(c) Border Roads Organisation – Established in 1985
(d) National Highway – Laid and maintained by the CPWD
(ii) Choose the correctly matched pair about the connectivity from the following options.
(a) Longest Highway – NH-44
(b) Highway between Delhi and Mumbai – NH-15
(c) National Highway that covers most of the Rajasthan – NH-1
(d) Under the Zila Parishad – State Highways
3. Identify the important highways of India with the help of the following features.
• Six-lane Super Highways
• link Delhi-Kolkata-Chennai-Mumbai
• are being implemented by the NHAI
4. What is transportation? In how many types are transportation classified?

5. Which means of transport provides door-to-door service?

6. What is the major objective to develop the Super Highways?

7. What are National Highways?

8. By which agency are the National Highways laid and maintained?


9. Which National Highway connects Delhi and Amritsar?
10. What are State Highways?

11. Name the agency that constructs and maintains the State Highways.

12. What do you know about the district roads?

13. Why are metalled roads better than unmetalled roads?

14. What is Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana?

15. What is road density?

16. What is the importance of transportation?
17. What are Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways? Mention any two objectives of this project. The North-
South and East-West corridors join which terminal cities? [CBSE 2011]
OR
Explain the characteristics and features of Super Highways in India.
18. “Today, the world has been converted into a large village.” Justify the statement.
19. What is the importance of transport, communication and trade for the country like India?
20. State any three merits of roadways. [NCERT]
21. Give the features of National Highways in India.
22. What are border roads? What is their importance? OR [NCERT)]
What is the significance of ‘Border Roads’? Explain. [CBSE 2011]
23. Describe the rural roads in India. [CBSE 2015]
24. “Dense and efficient network of transport is a pre-requisite for local and national development.” Analyse
the statement. OR [CBSE 2018]
“Efficient means of transport are pre-requisites for fast development of the country.” Support the
statement with examples. [Delhi 2020]

option.
Today, the world has been coverted into a large village with the help of efficient and fast moving
transport. Transport has been able to achieve this with the help of equally developed communication
system. Therefore, transport, communication and trade are complementary to each other. Today,
India is well-linked with the rest of the world despite its vast size, diversity and linguistic and socio-
cultural plurality. Railways, airways, waterways, newspapers, radio, television, cinema and internet,
etc. have been contributing to its socio-economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to
international levels have added to the vitality of its economy. It has enriched our life and added
substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comforts of life. The modern means of
transport and communication serve as lifelines of our nation and its modern economy. It is thus,
evident that a dense and efficient network of transport and communication is a prequisite for local,
national and global trade of today.
25.1. The world has been covered into a large village with the help of _________ and _________ moving
transport.
(a) moving; loaded (b) efficient; fast
(c) easy; convenience (d) convenience; fast
25.2. Which of the following is not the significance of means of transport as communication for socio-
economic progress?
(a) Create job opportunities
(b) Help to grow economy
(c) Reduce awareness among the people at national level
(d) Interlinking world
25.3. Why is it essential to interlink with the world?
25.4. What is pre-requisite for the fast development of a nation?
Lifelines of National Economy 123

26. Why is road transport mainly preferred in India? OR [HOTS]
Describe the growing importance of road transport. [CBSE 2020]
27. What problems does road transportation in India face? OR [HOTS]
Describe any five problems faced by road transport in India. [CBSE 2013]
28. Write a short note on various kinds of roads in India.
29. Explain the importance of means of transport as a prerequisite for the development of a country.
[AI 2019]
Answers
1. (i)–(b), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(c)
2. (i)–(d), (ii)–(a)
3. Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways.
4. The movements of goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations are known as
transportation. It can be classified into land, water and air transport.
5. Roadways.
6. The major objective of super highways is to reduce the travel time and distance between the major cities
of India.
7. Primary road systems which connect major cities of two or more states are known as national highways.
8. Central Public Works Department (CPWD)
9. Shershah Suri Marg which is called the National Highway No.1
10. These are roads connecting state capital with district headquarters of the states.
11. State Public Works Department (PWD) in state and union territories.
12. District roads connect the district headquarters with other places of the district. These roads are
constructed and maintained by the Zila Parishad.
13. Metalled roads are made of either cement, concrete or even bitumen of coal. Hence, these are durable
over unmetalled roads. It is very difficult to use unmetalled roads in rainy season.
14. Under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana, special provisions are made so that every village
in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all weather motorable road.
15. The length of road per 100 sq. km of an area is known as road density.
16. (i) The movements of goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations necessitates
the need for transport.
(ii) The pace of development of a country depends upon the production and the movements of goods
and services over space.
(iii) Movements of goods and services can be over three important domains of our earth i.e. land, water
and air. The efficient means of transport are pre-requisites for fast development.
17. (i) The Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways is a major road development project linking Delhi—
Kolkata—Chennai—Mumbai and Delhi by six lane super highways.
(ii) The two major objectives of these Super Highways projects are to:
(a) reduce the time and (b) distance between the mega cities at India.
(iii) The North-South corridors linking Srinagar (Jammu and Kashmir) and Kanniyakumari (Tamil
Nadu) and East-West corridor connecting Silchar (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat).
18. (i) With the development of science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport
expanded far and wide.
(ii) At present, the world has been converted into a large village with the help of efficient and fast
moving transport.
(iii) Transport has been able to achieve this with the help of equally developed trade and communication
system.
19. (i) With the development in transport and communication, India is well-linked with the rest of the
world despite its vast size, diversity and linguistic and socio-cultural plurality.
(ii) Roadways, railways, airways, waterways, newspapers, radio, television, cinema and internet have
been contributing to India’s socio-economic progress in many ways.

(iii) Transport, communication and trade has enriched our life and added substantially to growing
amenities and facilities for the comforts of life.
20. Refers to Ans. 26.
21. (i) National Highways link extreme parts of the country.
(ii) These are the primary road systems and are laid and maintained by the Central Public Works
Department (CPWD).
(iii) A number of major national highways run in North-South and East-West directions in the country.
22. (i) Border roads are constructed and maintained by the Border Roads Organisation–a government of
India undertaking in the bordering areas of the country.
(ii) The Border Roads Organisation developed the roads of strategic importance in the northern and
north-eastern border areas of the country.
(iii) These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficult terrain and have helped in the economic
development of these areas.
23. (i) Rural roads link rural areas and villages with towns.
(ii) These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana.
(iii) Special provisions are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the
country by an all season motorable road. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
24. Efficient means of transport are pre-requisite for national development because:
(i) The pace of development of country depends upon the production of goods and services as well as
their movement over space.
(ii) Today, the world has been converted into a large village with the help of efficient and fast moving
transport system.
(iii) The trades from local to international levels have added to the vitality of our economy with the
help of dense and efficient network of transport in the country.
(iv) It has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comforts
of life. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018]
25. 25.1 (b) 25.2 (c)
25.3 For development, advancement and globalisation.
25.4 Efficient network of transport and communication.
26. (i) Roads can traverse comparatively more dissected and undulating topography than rail lines.
(ii) Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slopes and as such can traverse mountains such as the
Himalayas.
(iii) Road transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of
goods over short distances.
(iv) Roads also provides door-to-door service, thus the cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
(v) Road transport is also used as a feeder to other model of transport and they provide a link between
railway stations, airports and seaports.
27. Road transportation in India faces a number of problems. These are as follows:
(i) Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate.
(ii) About half of the roads in our country are unmetalled and this limits their usage during the rainy
season.
(iii) The National Highways are inadequate too.
(iv) The roads are highly congested in cities.
(v) Most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow which led to traffic jam.
28. In India, roads are classified into six categories, they are as follows:
(i) Super Highways: These are six-lane roads, constructed to reduce the travel time and distance
between the mega cities of India. Golden Quadrilateral, North-South corridors and East-West
corridors are main super highways. These are constructed and maintained by NHAI.
(ii) National Highways: These are the primary roads which link extreme parts of the country. These
are constructed and maintained by the CPWD.
(iii) State Highways: These roads are linking a state capital with different district headquarters of
the state. These are constructed and maintained by the state Public Works Department (PWD) in
state and union territories.

(iv) District Roads: These roads connect the district headquarter with other places of the district.
These are constructed and maintained by the Zila Parishad.
(v) Rural Roads: These are roads which link rural areas and villages with towns. Under Pradhan
Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country
by an all weather motorable road.
(vi) Border Roads: They are constructed and maintained by the Border Roads Organisation,
a Government of India undertaking, in the bordering areas of the country. These roads are of
strategic importance in the northern and north-eastern border areas of the country.
29. Importance of means of transport as a pre-requisite for the development of a country:

(i) Different machineries and raw materials are supplied through roads, ships, motors, buses, trains,
aero planes to industries.
(ii) It shows that transport system of a country affects economic development of a country in different
manner.
(iii) Transport system helps to send raw materials, fuel and machineries to different industries at right
time and runs the industry.
(iv) It helps to raise the production of raw materials, fuels and machineries etc. by providing market to
it. It widens the size of the market.
(v) Transport system is regarded as a strong pillar to protect the people from the difficulties of war,
natural calamities and other problems. A developed transport system is necessary to send necessary
helps to the affected people during the period of natural calamities.
2. Railways, Pipelines and Waterways

•• Railways are the principle mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India.
•• The Indian Railways have a network of about 7,137 stations spread over a route length of 66,687 km with
a fleet of 11,122 locomotives, 54,506 passenger service vehicles, 6899 other coach vehicles and 2,51,256
wagons (as on March 2016).
•• The distribution pattern of the Railways network in the country has been largely influenced by physiographic,
economic and administrative factors. Today, the Railways have become more important in our national
economy than all other means of transport put together.
•• The India Railway is now reorganised into 16 zones.
•• Pipeline transport is used for transporting crude oil, petroleum products and natural gas from oil and
natural gas fields to refineries, fertilizer factories and big thermal power plants.
•• Waterways are the cheapest means of transport. They are most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
•• India has five major National Waterways.
Exercise 6.2
(i) What reduces trans-shipment losses and delays?
(a) Railways (b) Pipelines (c) Waterways (d) Roadways
(ii) Which is the cheapest mode of transport in India?
(a) Waterways (b) Roadways (c) Railways (d) Airways
(iii) Which one of the following states is not connected with the HVJ pipeline?
(a) Madhya Pradesh (b) Maharashtra
(c) Gujarat (d) Uttar Pradesh
(i) 2 51256: Wagons, 54506: Passenger service vehicles, ___________ : Locomatives
(a) 6899 (b) 11122 (c) 66687 (d) 7137
(ii) There are three major networks of _____________ transportation in the country.

Identify the mode of transportation in India with the help of the following features.
• Principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers
• Make it possible for people to conduct multifarious activities
• Have been a great integrating force for more than 150 years
4. What are the multifarious activities conducted by the railways?
5. In how many zones is Indian Railway organised?
6. When and where was the first train steamed off in India?
7. Why are the Himalayan mountainous regions unfavourable for the construction of railway lines?
8. What is a new arrival on the transportation map of India? OR [CBSE 2016]
In the past, which mode of transportation was used to transport water to cities and industries?
9. Which is the cheapest means of transport?
10. Name the rivers which are related to National Waterways No. 1 and No 2. [Delhi 2017]
11. Where and why is rail transport the most convenient means of transportation? [NCERT]
OR
Elaborate any three advantages of railways in India. [CBSE 2016]
12. Explain any four qualitative improvements made in Indian Railways. [CBSE 2011]
13. What is the importance of Konkan Railway? What problems are faced by it during construction?
14. What are the problems of Indian Railway?
15. Highlight any five features of Hazira–Vijaipur–Jagdishpur gas pipeline. [CBSE 2016]
16. Give an account of three important networks of pipeline transportation in the country.
17. Give the main characteristics of waterways. OR
Describe any three features of waterways in India. [AI 2015]
18. Name the longest National Waterway of India. Write any three points of importance of waterways.
[CBSE 2011]
19. Explain the importance and activities of Indian Railway. OR
Explain the importance of railways as the principle mode of transportation for freight and passengers
in India. [AI 2015]
20. “The distribution pattern of the railway network in the country has been largely influenced by
physiographic, economic and administrative factors.” Explain. [HOTS]
OR
Analyse the physiographic and economic factors that have influenced the distribution pattern of the
railway network in our country. OR [CBSE 2015]
Describe the physical and economic factors that influenced the distribution pattern of the Indian
Railways network. [CBSE 2020]
OR
Explain with examples the conditions responsible for uneven distribution pattern of the railway
network in India. [Foreign 2016]
21. Explain the importance and advantages of pipelines transportation in India. OR
“Pipeline transport network is a new arrival on the transportation map of India.” Explain.
[CBSE 2011]
22. What is pipeline transportation? Write two merits and demerits of the same. [CBSE 2016]
23. Give an account of National Waterways in India.
24. “Roadways still have an edge over railways in India.” Support the statement with examples.
[Delhi 2019]
Answers
1. (i)–(b), (ii)–(a), (iii)–(b)
2. (i)–(b), (ii) pipeline 3. Railways
4. Railways conduct multifarious activities like business, sightseeing, pilgrimage along with transportation

of goods over long distances.
5. The Indian Railway is organised into 16 zones.


6. The first train steamed off from Mumbai to Thane in 1853, covering a distance of 34 km.
7. Himalayan regions are unfavourable for the construction of railway lines due to high relief, sparse
population and lack of economic opportunities.
8. Pipelines.
9. Waterways are the cheapest means of transport.
10. River Ganga and River Brahmaputra.
11. Advantages of railways in India are as follows:
(i) It is both convenient and safer to travel long distances by railways.
(ii) They give employment to a large number of people.
(iii) Railways also make it possible to conduct multifarious activities like business, sightseeing,
pilgrimage along with transportation of goods over longer distances.
12. (i) Conversion of meter gauge to broad gauge.
(ii) S team engines have been replaced by diesel and electric engines. This has increased the speed and
haulage capacity.
(iii) The replacement of steam engine run by coal has improved the environment of stations and its
surroundings.
(iv) Railways routes have been extended to areas where there was no railway lines earlier.
13. (i) The development of the Konkan railway along the West Coast has facilitated the movement of
passengers and goods in this most important economic region of India.
(ii) It has also faced a number of problems such as sinking of tracks in some stretches and land slides.
14. (i) Many passengers travel without tickets.
(ii) Thefts and damaging of railway property has not yet stopped completely.
(iii) People stop the trains by pulling the chain unnecessarily and this causes heavy damage to the
railway.
15. (i) This pipeline is about 1700 km long.
(ii) Hazira–Jaipur–Jagdishpur cross country gas pipeline links Mumbai High and Bassien with the
fertilizer, power and industrial complexes in western and northern India.
(iii) This artery has provided an impetus to India’s gas production.
(iv) The power and fertilizer industries are the key users of natural gas.
(v) Use of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) for vehicles to replace liquid fuels is gaining wide popularity
in the country. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
16. There are three important networks of pipeline transportation in the country, these are as follows:
(i) From oil field in upper Assam to Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh, via Guwahati, Barauni and Prayagraj
(Allahabad). It has branches from Barauni to Haldia, via Rajbandh, Rajbandh to Maurigram and
Guwahati to Siliguri.
(ii) From Salaya in Gujarat to Jalandhar in Punjab, via Viramgam Mathura, Delhi and Sonipat. It
has branches to connect Koyali (near Vadodara, Gujarat), Chakshu and other places.
(iii) Gas pipeline from Hazira in Gujarat connects Jagadishpur in Uttar Pradesh, via Vijaipur in
Madhya Pradesh. It has branches to Kota in Rajasthan, Shahajahanpur, Babrala and other places
in Uttar Pradesh.
17. (i) They are the cheapest means of transport.
(ii) They are most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
(iii) It is a fuel-efficient and environment friendly mode of transport.
(iv) Seamen sailed far and near; spreading Indian culture and commerce.
(v) About 95% of the country’s trade volume is moved though sea.
18. The longest National Waterway of India is the Ganga river between Prayagraj (Allahabad) and Haldia.
Importance of waterways:
(i) It is most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
(ii) It is a fuel efficient and environment friendly.
(iii) More than 95% of the country’s trade volume is moved by the sea.
(iv) It is the cheapest means of transport.
(v) They are the natural routes which do not involve cost of construction.

19. (i) Railways are the principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India.
(ii) Railways also conduct multifarious activities like business, sightseeing, pilgrimage along with
transportation of goods over longer distances.
(iii) Apart from an important means of transport, the Indian Railways have been a great integrating
force for more than 150 years.
(iv) Railways in India bind the economic life of the country as well as accelerate the development of
the industry and agriculture.
(v) The Indian Railways have a network of about 7,137 stations spread over a route length of 66,687
km with a fleet of 11,122 locomotives, 54,506 passenger service vehicles, 6,899 other coach vehicles
and 2,51,256 wagons (as on March 2016).
20. The distribution pattern of the railway network in the country has been largely influenced by
physiographic, economic and administrative factors. It can be classified in the following points:
(i) The northern plains with their vast level land, high population density and rich agricultural
resources provided the most favourable condition for the growth of rail network.
(ii) In the hilly terrains of the peninsular region, railway tracks are laid through low hills, gaps or
tunnels.
(iii) The Himalayan mountainous regions are also unfavourable for the construction of railway lines
due to high relief, sparse population and lack of economic opportunities.
(iv) It is also difficult to lay railway lines on the sandy plain of Western Rajasthan, Swamps of Gujarat,
forested tracks of Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha and Jharkhand.
(v) There are several economic factors that affect the distribution of railway e.g. state funding plays a
vital role in the development of railways across the nations. The state with flexible laws supports
the growth of railways.
(vi) Along with this the places that are highly industrialised attract the development of railways. Since
the growth of both is complimentary to each other e.g. recently railways network is enhancing
along the industrial corridors. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
21. (i) Pipelines are used for transporting crude oil, petroleum products and natural gas from oil fields
to refineries, fertilizer factories and big thermal power plants.
(ii) Solids can also be transported through a pipeline by converting it into slurry.
(iii) The far inland locations of refineries like Barauni, Mathura, Panipat and gas based fertilizer
plants could be thought of only because of pipelines.
(iv) Initial cost of laying pipelines is high but subsequent running costs are minimal.
(v) Pipelines transportation rules out trans-shipment losses or delays.
22. Pipeline transport network is the new mode of transport these days. In the past, pipelines were used
to transport water to cities and industries. Now, these are used for transporting crude oil, petroleum
products and natural gas from oil and natural gas fields to refineries, fertilizer factories and big thermal
power plants. Solids can also be transported through a pipeline when converted into slurry.
Merits:
(i) Useful in transporting liquid and solid slurry from far away locations.
(ii) Subsequent running costs after laying down the network are minimal.
(iii) It rules out trans-shipment losses or delays.
Demerits:
(i) Initial cost of laying pipelines is high.
(ii) Pipelines can burst or can have leakage leading to wastage of valuable resource like water, mineral
oil, etc. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
23. (i) National Waterway No. 1 is in the Ganga river between Prayagraj (Allahabad) and Haldia (1620
km).
(ii) National Waterway No. 2 is in the Brahmaputra river between Sadiya and Dhubri (891 km).
(iii) The National Waterway No. 3 is in the West-coast canal in Kerala (Kottapuram-Kollam,
Udyogamandal and Champakkara Canals-205 km).
(iv) Specified stretches of the Godavari and Krishna rivers along with Kakinada Puducherry stretch
of canals (1078 km) is National Waterway No. 4.
(v) Specified stretches of river Brahmani along with Matai river, delta channels of Mahanadi and
Brahmani rivers and East Coast canal (588 km) is the National Waterway No. 5.
(vi) There are some other inland waterways on which substantial transportation takes place. These
are Mandavi, Zuari and Cumberjua, Sunderbans, Barak, Backwaters of Kerala and tidal stretches
of some other rivers.

24. India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 54.7 lakh km (2014-15
data). In India, roadways have preceded railways. They still have an edge over railways in view of the
ease with which they can be built and maintained.
Roadways still have an edge over railways in India due to the following reasons:
(i) Cost of construction of roads is much lower than that of railway tracks.
(ii) Roads can pass through comparatively more dissected and undulating topography.
(iii) Road transport is economical in transportation of a few persons and relatively smaller quantity
of goods over short distances.
(iv) It provides door to door services thus the cost of loading and unloading is much lower.
(v) It is used as feeder to other modes of transport. To reach any destination be it railway station, sea
port or airport, one needs to travel through roads.
Apart from an important means of transport, the Indian railways have been a great integrating
force for more than 150 years.
(vi) It is the prime mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India.
(vii) Railways also make it possible to conduct multifarious activities like business sightseeing,
pilgrimage along with transportation of goods over long distances.
(viii) Railways in India bind the country’s economic life as well as accelerate the development of the
industry and agriculture.
3. Major Seaports and Airways

•• With a long coastline of 7,516.6 km., India is dotted with 12 major ports and 200 medium and minor ports.
Kandla, Mumbai, Kolkata are major ports.
•• Kandla in Gujarat was the first port developed soon after independence to ease the load of Mumbai port.
This is a tidal port.
•• Mumbai is the biggest port in India with a spacious natural and well–sheltered harbour.
•• The Jawaharlal Nehru port was planned in Nhava Sheva with a view to decongest the Mumbai port and
serve as a hub port for this region.
•• Marmagao port of Goa is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country.
•• New Mangalore port, located in Karnataka which caters to the export of iron ore from Kudremukh mines.
•• Kochi is located at the entrance of a lagoon with a natural harbour in Kerala. It is called “The Queen of
Arabian Sea”.
•• Tuticorin port is located in Tamil Nadu. This port has a natural harbour and rich hinterland.
•• Chennai is one of the oldest artificial ports of the country. It is the second biggest port in country after
Mumbai.
•• Vishakhapatnam is the deepest landlocked and well-protected port, located in Andhra Pradesh.
•• Paradwip port located in Odisha, specialises in the export of iron-ore.
•• Kolkata is an inland riverine port. Haldia port was developed as a subsidiary port, in order to relieve
pressure on the Kolkata port.
•• The air travel is the fastest mode of transport.
•• In India, the air transport was nationalised in 1953.
•• On the operational side, Indian Airlines, private scheduled airlines and non-scheduled operators provide
domestic air services. Air India provides international air services.
Exercise 6.3
(i) Name the biggest port of India.
(a) New Mangalore port (b) Haldia port
(c) Kochchi port (d) Mumbai port
(ii) Which is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country?
(a) Tuticorin port (b) Marmagao port
(c) Haldia port (d) Kandla port
(iii) Which is the fastest confortable and prestigious mode of transport?
(a) Railways (b) Waterways (c) Airways (d) Roadways
(iv) When was the air transport nationalised?
(a) 1953 (b) 1853 (c) 1964 (d) 1950

Identify the port with the help of the following features.
• It has a naturally protected open-type harbour.
• It is the premier iron ore exporting port located in Goa.
• It accounts for about 50% of India’s iron ore export.
3. Choose the correctly matched pair about the ports of India from the following options:
(a) Kandla – Rajasthan (b) Marmagao – Kerala
(c) Paradip – Odisha (d) Tuticorin – West Bengal
(i) The deepest, landlocked and well protected sea port is _________________ .
(ii) The air travel is the ______________ mode of transport.
5. How many major and minor ports are located in India?
OR
What is the feature of Mumbai port?
6. Which port was planned to decongest the Mumbai port?
7. Which port export the iron ore concentrates from Kudremukh mines in Karnataka?
8. What are the special characteristic features of Vishakhapatnam port?
9. Which type of port is Kolkata?
10. Which port was developed as a subsidiary port of Kolkata?
11. Handling of exports and imports on a large scale is done conveniently from the Kandla port. Why?
[AI 2017]
12. Which is the oldest artificial sea port of India? [CBSE 2020]
13. Give an account of Tuticorin port of Tamil Nadu.
14. What are the special characteristic features of Kolkata port?
15. What are the importance and advantages of airways?
OR
Describe any three factors that accord prominence to airways as a mode of transportation.
[CBSE 2015]
16. “Airways is the most preferred mode of transport in the north-eastern states of India.” Give three
reasons to prove this preference. (Delhi 2017)
option.
Kandla in Kuchchh was the first port developed soon after Independence to ease the volume of trade
on the Mumbai port, in the wake of loss of Karachi port to Pakistan after the Partition. Kandla
also known as the Deendayal Port, is a tidal port. It caters to the convenient handling of exports
and imports of highly productive granary and industrial belt stretching across the union territory
of Jammu and Kashmir and states of Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan and Gujarat.
Mumbai is the biggest port with a spacious natural and well-sheltered harbour. The Jawaharlal
Nehru port was planned with a view to decongest the Mumbai port and serve as a hub port for this
region. Marmagao port (Goa) is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country. This port accounts
for about fifty per cent of India’s iron ore export. New Mangalore port, located in Karnataka caters
to the export of iron ore concentrates from Kudremukh mines. Kochchi is the extreme south-western
port, located at the entrance of a lagoon with a natural harbour. Moving along the east coast, you
would see the extreme south-eastern port of Tuticorin, in Tamil Nadu. This port has a natural harbour
and rich hinterland. Thus, it has a flourishing trade handling of a large variety of cargoes to even our
neighbouring countries like Sri Lanka, Maldives, etc. and the coastal regions of India. Chennai is
one of the oldest artificial ports of the country. It is ranked next to Mumbai in terms of the volume of
trade and cargo. Vishakhapatnam is the deepest landlocked and well-protected port. This port was,
originally, conceived as an outlet for iron ore exports. Paradwip port located in Odisha, specialises
in the export of iron ore. Kolkata is an inland riverine port. This port serves a very large and rich
hinterland of Ganga- Brahmaputra basin. Being a tidal port, it requires constant dredging of Hoogly.
Haldia port was developed as a subsidiary port, in order to relieve growing pressure on the Kolkata
port.

17.1. ____________ is the biggest port while Kandla is the tidal port in ________ .

(a) Kolkata; Vishakhapatnam (b) Mumbai; Gujarat
(c) Tuticorin; Kolkata (d) New Mangalore, Mumbai
17.2. Major ports handle about 95 per cent of India’s foreign trade. Identify which port belongs to which

state:
Ports States
a. Tuticorin 1. Kerala
b. Kochi (Kochchi) 2. Tamil Nadu
c. Paradwip 3. West Bengal
d. Haldia 4. Odisha
Choose the correct option:
(a) a–2, b–1, c–4, d–3 (b) a–4, b–1, c–2, d–3
(c) a–3, b–4, c–2, d–1 (d) a–4, b–2, c–1, d–3
17.3. Why is Chennai port called an artificial port?
17.4. Give the second name of Kandla Port.
18. Give an account of Kandla port and its importance.
OR
Explain any five characteristics of Kandla seaport. [CBSE 2011]
19. Give a short account of major ports of India.
20. Give a detail account of air transport in India. What are the limitations?
Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(c), (iv)–(a)
2. Marmagao port
3. (c) 4. (i) Vishakhapatnam, (ii) fastest
5. There are 12 major and 200 minor ports in India.
It is a spacious, natural and well-sheltered harbour.
6. Jawaharlal Nehru port was planned to decongest the Mumbai port.
7. New Mangalore.
8. Vishakhapatnam is the deepest landlocked and well-protected port.
9. Kolkata is an inland riverine port.
10. Haldia port was developed as a subsidiary port of Kolkata.

11. Kandla port is a tidal port which caters to the convenient handling of exports and imports of highly

productive granary and industrial belt stretching across the union territory of Jammu and Kashmir
and states of Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan and Gujarat.
12. Chennai is one of the oldest artificial ports of India.

13. (i) Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu is the extreme south-eastern port of India.

(ii) This port has a natural harbour and rich hinterland.
(iii) It has a flourishing trade handling of a large variety of cargoes to even our neighbouring countries
like Sri Lanka, Maldives, etc. and the coastal regions of India.
14. (i) Kolkata is an inland riverine port.

(ii) This port serves a very large and rich hinterland of the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin.
(iii) Being a tidal port, it requires constant dredging of Hoogly.
15. (i) The air travel is the fastest, most comfortable and prestigious mode of transport.

(ii) It can cover very difficult terrains like high mountains, dreary deserts, dense forests and also long
oceanic stretches with great ease.
(iii) Air travel has made access easier in the north-eastern part of the country.

(iv) Airways play a significant role during natural and man-made calamities like earthquake, floods,
famines and war by virtue of their swiftness.
16. Air transport is preferred in the north-eastern states of India because it can cover the big rivers,
dissected relief, dense forests and frequent floods and international frontiers present in these regions.
It has made access easier in the north-eastern part of the country. It is very useful especially during
natural calamities.
17. 17.1 (b) 17.2 (a)
17.3 A wall has been built to facilitate the anchor of ships as there is no zigzag coastline.
17.4 Deendayal Port
18. (i) Kandla in Kutchchh was the first port developed soon after independence to ease the volume of
trade on the Mumbai port.
(ii) It was developed in the wake of loss of Karachi port to Pakistan after the partition.
(iii) It is a tidal port.
(iv) It caters to the convenient handling of exports and imports of highly productive granary and
industrial belt.
(v) It reduced the volume of traffic on Mumbai port.
19. (i) Kandla in Kuchchh was the first port developed after independence to ease the load of the Mumbai
port. It is a tidal port.
(ii) Mumbai is the biggest port with a spacious natural and well-sheltered harbour. Jawaharlal Nehru
port was planned to decongest the Mumbai port and serve as a hub port for this region.
(iii) Marmagoa port in Goa is the premier iron ore exporting port of the country. This port accounts for
about 50 per cent of India’s iron ore export.
(iv) New Mangalore port is located in Karnataka, which caters to the export of iron ore concentrates
from Kudremukh mines.
(v) Kochi is the extreme south-western port located at the entrance of a lagoon with a natural harbour.
(vi) Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu is the extreme south-eastern port of India. It has a natural harbour and
rich hinterland.
(vii) Chennai is one of the oldest artificial ports of the country. It is next to Mumbai in terms of the
volume of trade and cargo.
(viii) Vishakhapatnam is the deepest landlocked and well-protected port. This port was originally
conceived as an outlet for iron ore exports.
(ix) Paradwip port is located in Odisha specialises in the export of iron ore.
(x) Kolkata is an inland riverine and tidal port. This port serves a very large and rich hinterland of
Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. It requires constant dredging of Hoogly.
(xi) Haldia port was developed as a subsidiary port, in order to relieve growing pressure on the Kolkata
port.
20. (i) In India, the air transport was nationalised in 1953. Indian Airlines, Alliance Air, private scheduled
airlines and non-scheduled operators provide domestic air services.
(ii) Air India provides international air services. Indian Airlines operations also extend to the
neighbouring countries of south and south-east Asia and the middle east.
(iii) Pawanhans Helicopters Ltd. provides helicopter services to ONGC (Oil and Natural Gas Corporation)
in its off-shore operations to inaccessible areas and difficult terrains like the north-eastern states
and the interior parts of Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand.
Limitations:
(i) Air travel is costlier and hence not within the reach of the common people.
(ii) Infrastructural development related to air transport are inadequate.
(iii) It is only in the north-eastern states that special provisions are made to extend the services to the
common people.
4. Communication, International Trade and Tourism as a Trade

•• The means of communication which provides entertainment and create awareness among the people on
mass scale are known as mass communication.
•• Personal communication and mass communication including television, radio, press, internet, films, etc. are
the major means of communication in the country.

•• The Indian Postal network is the largest in the world.
•• Cards and envelopes are considered first-class mail, the second class mail includes book, packets, registered
newspapers and periodicals.
•• To facilitate quick delivery of mails in big towns and cities, six mail channels have been introduced recently.
They are called Rajdhani channel, Business channel, Bulk mail channel and Periodical channel.
•• India has one of the largest telecom networks in Asia.
•• Mass communication provides entertainment and creates awareness among people about various national
programmes and policies. Doordarshan is one of the largest terrestrial networks in the world.
•• India publishes a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually. They are of different types depending
upon their periodicity.
•• The exchange of goods among people, states and countries is referred to as trade. Trade takes place in the
market.
•• Trade between two countries is called international trade, local trade is carried in cities, towns and villages,
state level trade is carried between two or more states.
•• Export and import are the components of trade. The balance of trade of a country is the difference between
its export and import.
•• When the value of export exceeds the value of imports, it is called a favourable balance of trade. If the value
of import exceeds the value of exports, it is called unfavourable balance of trade.
•• India has trade relations with all the major trading blocks and all geographical regions of the world.
•• In last few years, India has emerged as a software giant at the international level and it is earning large
amount of foreign exchange through the export of information technology.
•• Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. More than 15 million people are
directly engaged in the tourism industry.
•• Tourism promotes national integration, provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
•• Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco-tourism, adventure tourism, cultural tourism, medical
tourism and business tourism.
Exercise 6.4
(i) _____________ communication and mass communication including radio, television, press, internet,
films, etc. are known as mass communication.
(ii) The means of communication which provides entertainment and create awareness among the
people on large scale are known as _____________ communication.
(iii) _____________ trade refers to trade between two or more countries.
(iv) Trade carried in cities, towns and villages is called _____________ trade.
(v) Tourism in _____________ has grown over the last three decades.
Identify the programme launched by the Government of India with the help of the following features.
• A programme to transform India into digital empowered society
• Launched by 1 July 2015 by the Prime Minister Narendra Modi
• The menifesto concentrates on e-governance
Assertion (A): International trade is considered the economic barometer for a country.
Reason (R): Advancement of international trade of a country is an index to its economic prosperity.
Options:
(c) A is true but R is false

4. What is communication? What are the two types of communication?
5. What is the position of the Indian postal network in the world?
6. What steps has been taken by the Indian Postal department to facilitate quick delivery of mails in large
towns and cities?
7. Which authority in India certifies both Indian and foreign films?
8. What is an index of country’s economic prosperity?
9. What are the main commodities of export from India?
10. What are the main commodities of import to India?
11. For what types of tourism do foreign tourists visit India?
12. Suggest any one way to improve the postal system in India. [CBSE 2020]
13. Suggest any one way to enhance pilgrimage tourism through Indian Railways.
[CBSE 2020]
14. What is the difference between personal communication and mass communication? State any two

points of importance of mass communication. [CBSE 2011]
15. Give the description of feature films as a means of communication.

16. What is meant by trade? What is the difference between international and local trade?
[NCERT]
17. Why is international trade considered the economic barometer for a country?

18. What is trade balance? What are its two components? Explain.

19. Write a note on the changing nature of the international trade in the last fifteen years.
[NCERT]
20. Distinguish between favourable balance of trade and unfavourable balance of trade.
[HOTS]
21. Explain the ways in which tourism promotes the related industries and services of the destination

country. [CBSE 2015]
22. What is Digital India?
[HOTS]
option.
The exchange of goods among people, states and countries is referred to as trade. The market is the
place where such exchanges take place. Trade between two countries is called international trade.
It may take place through sea, air or land routes. While local trade is carried in cities, towns and
villages, state level trade is carried between two or more states. Advancement of international trade
of a country is an index to its economic prosperity. It is, therefore, considered the economic barometer
for a country. As the resources are space bound, no country can survive without international trade.
Export and import are the components of trade. The balance of trade of a country is the difference
between its export and import. When the value of export exceeds the value of imports, it is called a
favourable balance of trade. On the contrary, if the value of imports exceeds the value of exports, it is
termed as unfavourable balance of trade.
23.1. When the value of export exceeds the value of import is called–
(a) export trade (b) favourable balance of trade
(c) unfavourable balance of trade (d) import-export balance of trade
23.2. Trade or international trade can be mostly done through the ports and airports. Identify the following
ports and airports with their location.
Ports/Airports Location
(a) Deen Dayal Port 1. Delhi
(b) Raja Sansi International Airport 2. Karnataka
(c) New Mangalore Port 3. Amritsar
(d) Indira Gandhi International Airport 4. Gujarat

Choose the correct option:
(a) a–4, b–3, c–2, d–1 (b) a–1, b–4, c–2, d–3
(c) a–4, b–1, c–3, d–2 (d) a–1, b–4, c–3, d–2
23.3. What is trade called between cities, towns and village?

23.4. International trade is considered as the economic barometer for a country. Why is it called so?
24. Explain the importance of the Indian postal network as a means of communication in India.

25. What is mass communication? Highlight the different types of mass communication and its importance.
[HOTS]
26. “Advancement of international trade of a country is an index to its prosperity.” Support the statement

with suitable examples. [CBSE 2014, 2011]
27. Give an account of India’s international trade with the other countries of the world.

28. Define the term ‘Tourism’. Why is tourism known as a trade? Explain.
[Foreign 2016]
29. Explain the importance and advantages of tourism as a trade for the country like India.

OR
Describe the significance of tourism as a trade in India. [AI 2015]
30. Classify communication services into two categories. Explain main features of each.

Answers
1. (i) Personal (ii) Mass (iii) International (iv) Local (v) India
2. Digital India 3. (a)
4. Communication refers to exchange of ideas, messages, emotions either written or oral, from one place
to another. The two ways of communication are personal communication and mass communication.
5. The Indian Postal network is the largest in the world.
6. To facilitate quick delivery of mails in big towns and cities, six mail channels have been introduced
recently.
7. The Central Board of Film Certification is the authority to certify both Indian and foreign films.
8. Advancement of international trade of a country is an index to its economic prosperity. Therefore, it is
considered the economic barometer of the country.
9. Agricultural and allied products, ores and minerals, gems and jewellery and petroleum products
including coal.
10. The commodities imported to India include petroleum and petroleum products, pearls and precious

stones, chemicals, coal, coke and briquettes, machinery, fertilizers, cereals, edible oils and newsprint.
11. Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco-tourism, adventure tourism, cultural tourism,

medical tourism and business tourism.
12. One way to improve the postal system is to set up a feedback system through which the public can rate

the employees and their efficiency.
13. Apart from the transmission process, the trains are also allocated for the purpose of pilgrimage tourism.

14. Personal communication means a communication between two persons either through oral, letter or

through telephone, etc., while mass communication includes the use of radio, television, internet, press,
films, etc. for wider public audience.
The two points of importance of mass communication are (i) provides entertainment and (ii) creates
awareness among people about various national programmes and policies.
15. (i) India is the largest producer of feature films in the world.

(ii) It produces short films, video feature films and video short films.
(iii) The Central Board of Film Certification is the authority to certify both Indian and foreign films.
16. The exchange of good and services among people, states and countries is reffered to as trade.

(i) Trade between two countries is called international trade. It may take place through sea, air or
land routes.

(ii) Local trade is carried in cities, towns and villages, state level trade is carried between two or more
states.
17. (i) As the resources are space bound, no country can survive without international trade.
(ii) Export and import are the components of trade. It may take place through sea, air or land routes.
(iii) Advancement of international trade of a country is an index to its economic prosperity. It is,
therefore, considered the economic barometer for a country.
18. The balance of trade of a country is the difference between its export and import. Its two components
are–
(i) When the value of export exceeds the value of imports, it is called a favourable balance of trade.
(ii) If the value of imports exceeds the value of exports, it is termed as unfavourable balance of trade.
19. (i) International trade has undergone a sea change in the last fifteen years.
(ii) Exchange of commodities and goods have been superseded by the exchange of information and
knowledge.
(iii) India has emerged as a software giant at the international level and it is earning large foreign
exchange through the export of information technology.
20. Favourable Balance of Trade Unfavourable Balance of Trade

(i) If the value of exports is more than the (i) If the value of imports is greater than the
value of imports, it is called favourable value of exports, it is known as unfavourable
balance of trade. balance of trade
(ii) It is regarded good for the economic (ii) It is seen harmful for the domestic economy.
development.
21. The industries cheek in jowl with tourism is handicraft industry, sculpture, sea-shell, regional handloom
among others. Indian handicraft and handloom in particular hold special attraction for the Western
tourists. Hospitality in services sectors is benefitted immensely by tourism.
Also, the transportation services reap the benefits of tourism. Over 8.03 million foreign tourists visit
India every year. For example, tourism contributed ` 1,35,193 crore of foreign exchange in 2015 and
generated employment for 15 million people directly engaged in the tourism industry.
[CBSE Marking Scheme 2015]
22. (i) Digital India is a programme to transform india into digital empowered society in the field of
technology and knowledge economy.
(ii) It was launched on 1 July, 2015 by Narendra Modi, the Prime Minister of India.
(iii) The manifesto concentrates on e-governance as the government believes IT is a great enabler for
empowerment, equity and efficiency.
23. 23.1 (b) 23.2 (a) 23.3 Local trade
23.4 It is called so because advancement of international trade of a country is an index to its economic
prosperity.
24. (i) The Indian Postal network is the largest in the world. It handles parcels as well as personal written
communication.
(ii) Cards and envelopes are considered as first-class mail and are airlifted between stations covering
both land and air.
(iii) Book packets, registered newspapers and periodicals are considered as second-class mail. They are
carried by surface mail, covering land and water transport.
(iv) To facilitate quick delivery of mails in big towns and cities, six mail channels have been introduced
recently.
(v) They are called Rajdhani channel, Metro channel, Green channel, Business channel, Bulk Mail
channel and Periodical channel.
25. Mass communication is a communication of information in which masses are communicated at the same
time by one source. It provides entertainment and creates awareness among people about various national
programmes and policies. It includes radio, television, internet, newspapers, magazines, books and films.
Both radio and television are very effective means of communication in India because they are spread in
every corner of the country. People of all classes enjoy them.
Importance of different types of mass communication:

(i) All India Radio (AIR) (Akashwani): It broadcasts a variety of programmes in national, regional and
local languages for various categories of people, spread over different parts of the country.
(ii) Doordarshan: The national television channel of India is one of the largest terrestrial networks in
the world. It broadcasts a variety of programmes from entertainment, education to sports, etc. for
people of different age groups.
India publishes a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually. They are of different types
depending upon their periodicity. Newspapers are published in about 100 languages and dialects.
(iii) Internet (Net): It is a global network connecting millions of computers. Almost all countries are
linked into exchange of news, views and data.
26. (i) No country in the world is self-sufficient in all its needs. Goods produced by one country are required
by the other country and vice-versa. Hence, differences in resources, needs and development among
nations creates conditions for international trade between them.
(ii) It helps in exchange of surplus goods with those of deficit countries through foreign trade.
(iii) Foreign trade has helped India to improve its productivity of manufactured goods.
(iv) International trade contributed to India’s economic growth, raising income levels of people thus,
increasing the foreign exchange reserves.
(v) International trade helps India to import advanced technology of other countries to improve its own
production.
27. (i) India has trade relations with all the major trading blocks and all geographical regions of the world.
(ii) Among the commodities in export, the share of agriculture and allied products has been 8.64%, ores
and minerals 6.91%, gems and jewellery 17.02% in 2016-17.
(iii) The commodities imported to India include petroleum and petroleum products 22.4%, gems and
jewellery 12.8%, chemicals and related products 9.76%, base metals 5.95%, agricultural and allied
products 5.84%, machinery 8.9% in 2016-17.
(iv) Bulk imports as a group registered a growth accounting for 28.2% of total imports. This group
includes fertilizers 3.4%, cereals 14.3%, edible oils 17.4% and newsprint 40.3% in 2010-11.
(v) International trade has undergone a sea change in the last fifteen years. Exchange of commodities
and goods have been superseded by the exchange of information and knowledge.
28. The cultural, recreational and commercial visit to internal places is known as tourism.
Tourism is known as a trade because:
(i) It country earns foreign exchange through tourism.
(ii) Tourism provides support to local handicrafts.
(iii) Foreign tourists visit India for medical tourism and business tourism.
(iv) It helps in the growth of national income and integrity.
29. (i) Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Arrival of foreign tourists in
the country witnessed an increase of 4.5 per cent during the year 2015 as against the year 2014,
contributing `1,35,193 crore of foreign exchange in 2015.
(ii) Over 80.3 lakh foreign tourists visitied India in 2015. More than 150 lakh people are directly
engaged in the tourism industry.
(iii) Tourism also promotes national integration, provides support to local handicrafts and cultural
pursuits.
(iv) Tourism also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and
heritage.
(v) Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco-tourism, adventure tourism, cultural tourism,
medical tourism and business tourism.
(vi) Rajasthan, Goa, Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of South India are major destinations of
tourists in India.
30. Classification of communication services in two categories:
(i) Personal communication. (ii) Mass communicatin.
The main features of each are:
(i) Personal communication
(a) Communication between two or more persons at personal level.
(b) The Indian postal network handles parcels as well as personal written communication.
(c) Cards and envelops posts and e-mail.
(d) Telephone services like STD, ISD provide easy and comfortable network to a large number of
people.

(ii) Mass communication:
(a) It is the communication through which one can communicate with several people at the same
time.
(b) It provides the entertainment and creates awareness among people about various National
programmes and policies.
Map Based Questions

1. Locate and label the following National Highways and major cities connected with them on an outline
map of India.
NH-1, NH-2, NH-4, NH-5, NH-8, NH-27, NH-44 (Previous NH-7)
Ans.

2. Locate and label the following on an outline map of India with appropriate symbols.
(i) Major Ports: Kandla [AI 2019], Mumbai (Jawaharlal Nehru), Marmagao, New Mangalore, Kochi
[CBSE 2020], Tuticorin, Chennai, Vishakhapatnam, Paradwip [Delhi 2019], [CBSE SP 2019-20],
Haldia [CBSE 2020]
(ii) International Airports: Amritsar (Raja Sansi), Delhi (Indira Gandhi International), [CBSE
2020], Mumbai (Chhatrapati Shivaji) [CBSE SP 2019-20], Chennai (Meenam Bakkam), Kolkata
(Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose), Hyderabad (Rajiv Gandhi).
Ans.

•• Movements of goods and services from one place to another is known as transportation.
•• The movement of goods and services from their supply locations to demand locations necessitates the need
for transport.
•• The pace of development of a country depends upon the production of goods and services as well as their
movement over space.
•• Efficient means of transport are pre-requisites for fast development of a country.
•• Transport can be classified into land, water and air transport.
•• Today, the world has been converted into a large village with the help of efficient and fast moving transport.
•• Transport, communication and trade are complementary to each other.

•• Railways, airways, waterways, newspapers, radio, television, cinema and internet, etc. have been contributing
to India’s socio-economic progress in many ways.
•• India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 54.7 lakh km (2014-15).
•• In India, roadways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
•• In India, roads are classified in six categories i.e. Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways, National Highways,
State Highways, district roads, rural roads and border roads.
•• Super highways are being implemented by the National Highway Authority of India (NHAI).
•• National Highways are laid and maintained by the Central Public Works Department (CPWD)
•• National Highway-44 is the longest highway and traverses 3,745 km between Srinagar and Kanniyakumari
(Previously it was NH-7).
•• State highways links a state capital with different district headquarters. These are constructed and
maintained by State PWD.
•• District roads connect the district headquarters with other places of the district. These are constructed and
maintained by the Zila Parishad.
•• Rural roads links rural areas and villages with local towns.
•• Under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak Yojana, every village in the country is linked to a town by an
all season motorable road.
•• Border roads are constructed in bordering areas by the Border Roads Organisation (BRO), which was
established in 1960.
•• On the basis of the type of material used for their construction, roads can be classified as metalled and
unmetalled roads.
•• The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as road density.
•• Average national road density in 2011 was 142.68 km.
•• Highest road density is in Kerala (517.77 km) and lowest in Jammu and Kashmir (12.14 km).
•• Railways are the principal mode of transportation for freight and passengers in India. Apart from an
important means of transport the Indian Railways have been a great integrating force for more than 150
years.
•• The distribution pattern of the Railway network in the country has been largely influenced by physiographic,
economic and administrative factors.
•• Solids are also transported through a pipeline by converting it into slurry.
•• Initial cost of laying pipelines is high but subsequent running costs are minimal. It also rules out trans-
shipment losses or delays.
•• There are three important networks of pipeline in the country – from oilfield in upper Assam to Kanpur in
Uttar Pradesh, from Salaya in Gujarat to Jalandhar in Punjab and Gas pipeline from Hazira in Gujarat to
Jagdishpur in Uttar Pradesh.
•• Waterways are the cheapest means of transport. It is a fuel-efficient and environment friendly mode of
transport.
•• India has inland navigation waterways of 14500 km. in length. Out of these only 5685 km are navigable by
mechanised vessels.
•• India has 12 major and 200 notified minor/intermediate ports. The major ports handle about 95 per cent of
India’s foreign trade.
•• At present, the air travel is the fastest, most comfortable and prestigious mode of transport.
•• Mass communication provides entertainment and creates awareness among people about various national
programmes and policies. television, internet, newspapers, magazines, books and films.
•• All India Radio (Akashwani) broadcasts a variety of programmes in national, regional and local languages
for various categories of people of the country.
•• Doordarshan is the national television channel of India. This is one of the largest terrestrial networks in
the world.
•• India publishes a large number of newspapers and periodicals annually. Newspapers are published in about
100 languages and dialects.
•• India is the largest producer of feature films in the world. The Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC)
is the authority to certify both Indian and foreign films.
•• The exchange of goods between people, companies, states and countries is called trade.
•• Tourism is an important form of international trade. It also promotes national integration provides support
to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.

Unit-3
Political Science (Democratic Politics-II)
7 Political Parties
Topics covered
1. Why do we need Political Parties? 2. How Many Parties should we have?
3. National Parties and State Parties 4. Challenges to Political Parties
5. How can Parties be reformed?
chapter Chart
Political Parties
Meaning: Group of people Functions: Necessity:

who come together to contest • Contest elections by selecting • No one candidate will
elections and hold power in their candidates in different be able to make any
the government. ways. promises to the people
• Reflect fundamental • Members and supporters of a about any major chang-
political divisions in a party choose its candidates in es.
society. the USA. • Government will re-
• Known by which part it • Top party leaders choose main ever uncertain.
candidates for contesting • Elected representatives
stands for which policies
elections in India. will be accountable to
it supports and whose • Put forward different policies
protests it upholds. their constituency.
and programmes.
Component: Leaders, active • No one will be responsi-
• Play a decisive role in making
members and followers. laws. ble for how the country
• Form and run governments. will be run.
• Shape public opinion.
• Provide access to government
machinery and welfare scheme.
How many Parties should we have?
• One-party system ruled • Two-party system ruled in • Multi-party system

in China, where electoral the USA and the UK, where ruled in India, where the
system doesn’t permit free only the two main parties government is formed by
competition for power. have a serious chance of various parties coming
winning majority of seats together in a coalition.
• Not a good option as this is
to form government. • Allows a variety of protests
not a democratic option.
and opinions to enjoy
political representation.
142
Criteria for Political Party
National Party State/Regional Party

• Have a unique symbol which can be • Party that are present in only
used by the official candidates. one of the federal units.
• Most secure at least 6% of the total • Must secure at least 6% of
votes in the Lok Sabha elections or the total votes in an election
Assembly elections in four states. to the Legistative Assembly.
• Must win at least four seats in the • Must win at least two seats in
Lok Sabha. State Assembly.
Challenges to Political Parties How can parties be reformed?

• Lack of internal democracy within parties • The Constitution amended to
• Dynastic succession. prevent the elected representatives
• Growing role of money and muscle power in Defection.
in parties. • SC made it mandatory for every
• Don’t seem to offer a meaningful choice to candidate to file affidavit.
the voters. • EC made it necessary for political
• Decline in the ideological differences parties to hold their organisational
among parties. elections and file their income tax
• Party leaders often misuse their powers.
returns.
1. Why Do We Need Political Parties?

• Political Parties are one of the most visible institutions in a democracy. For most ordinary citizens, democracy
is equal to political parties.
• A political party in a group of people, who come together to contest election and hold power in the
government. They try to persuade people why their policies are better than others. A political party has
three components—the leaders, the active members and the followers.
• The political parties perform various functions like—00contesting elections, putting forward different
policies and programmes, making laws for the country, form and run the governments, shape public opinion,
provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes.
• Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power, by voicing different
views and criticising government for its failures or wrong policies.
• Modern democracies cannot exist without political parties. In case there are no political parties every
candidate in the election will be independent and no leader will be able to make any promise to the people
about any major policy change.
• Political parties act as a link between the government and the masses. Thus, the rise of political parties is
directly linked to the emergence of representative democracies.
Exercise 7.1
(i) Which is the most visible institution of democracy?
(a) Elections (b) Political parties
(c) Adult franchise (d) Seats reservation
(ii) Which of the following is the characteristic of a political party?
(a) Every party has a certain structure. The group of people is organised in a proper way. Every
member is aware of his role and responsibilities in the party.
Political Parties 143

(b) All the members agree on some policies and programmes for the society with a view to promote
the collective good. They seek to implement these policies by winning popular support through
elections.
(c) Political parties reflect fundamental political divisions in a society. Parties are about a part of
the society and thus involve partnership.
(iii) What does the opposition party do?
(a) They keep a close eye on the ruling party and criticise the wrong steps taken by the ruling
party.
(b) They ensure that the ruling party does not misuse its power.
(c) They highlight some issues and pressurise the government to fulfil their demands.
Assertion (A): We need political party.
Reason (R): Political parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country.
Options:
3. What do you mean by ‘Ruling Party’?

4. How do parties run the government of a country?

5. How do the parties select their candidates?

6. What is partisanship?

7. What is a political party? Write its functions.

8. How do political parties form public opinion?

9. What are the disadvantages of political parties?

10. State the various functions political parties perform in a democracy? or [NCERT]
Explain the importance of political parties in modern democracy. or
Describe any five major functions of political parties. [CBSE 2015]
11. What is the need of political parties? or
“Political parties are a necessary condition for a democracy”. Analyse the statement with examples.
OR [CBSE 2016]
Why can’t modern democracies exist without the political parties? Explain any four reasons.
or [CBSE 2011]
Imagine a situation without political parties in the country and describe it.
OR
Explain the necessity of political parties in a democracy. [AI 2019]
12. Explain two functions each of the ruling party as well of the opposition parties.
[CBSE 2012]
13. “Political parties play a major role in democracy.” Explain any five points to justify this statement.
OR [CBSE 2012]
“Political parties are rightly called the government in disguise.” Justify the statement in reference to
democratic politics by giving five arguments. [CBSE 2012]
OR
Describe any five major functions of political parties performed in a democracy. [CBSE 2018]
OR

Explain the role of political parties in a democracy. [AI 2019]
OR
Describe the role of political party in India. OR [CBSE SP 2019-20]
Describe the role of political parties in modern democracy. [Delhi 2020]
14. Describe the role of opposition party in democracy. OR [CBSE 2020]
Explain any three functions of opposition political parties. [Delhi 2019]
Answers
1. (i)–(a), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(d) 2. (a)
3. A political party that run the government is called a ruling party.
4. Parties recruit leaders, train them and make them ministers to run the government in the way they
want.
5. Parties select their candidates in different ways:
(i) In USA: The members and supporters of a party choose its candidate.
(ii) In India: Top party leaders choose candidates for contesting elections.
6. Partisanship is marked with a tendency to take a side and inability to take a balanced view on an issue.
7. A political party is a group of people who aim to attain power in the government through the elections.
In other words, it is a group of people with similar policies and programmes, who come together to
contest elections and hold power in the government.
Its functions:
(i) They formulate various policies and programmes for the society.
(ii) They work for the collective public interest.
(iii) They agree on some programmes and policies for the society with a view to promote collective good.
8. • The political parties talk about their policies in the public and try to gain support for their
policies and programmes.
• They organize demonstrations, public meetings and speeches to tell the voters about their policies.
• They sometimes launch movements for the resolution of problems faced by people.
• They raise and highlight issues and their lakhs of members and activists spread all over the
country.
9. Disadvantages or Demerits of Political Parties:
(i) Some leaders of political parties indulge in corrupt means such as rigging, unfair means, booth-
capturing to capture power.
(ii) Top leaders of political parties concentrate all powers in their hands and dominate over the others
ministers.
(iii) Some political parties divide people on caste, religion, region and language basis and create
factionalism (division).
(iv) Some political parties encourage casteism and communalism to keep their vote-bank intact.
11. “Political parties are necessary condition for a democracy” because:
(i) We cannot think modern democracies without political parties. In case there are no political parties
every candidate in the elections will be independent, no one will be able to make any promises to
the people about any major policy changes. The government may be formed, but its utility will
remain always uncertain.
(ii) Elected representatives will be accountable to their constituency for what they do in the locality.
But, no one will be responsible for how the country will run. Just look at the non-party based
elections to the Panchayats in many states.
(iii) Political parties agree on policies and programmes to promote collective good and influence people
to know why their policy is better than others. They try to implement the policies by winning
popular support through elections. They reflect fundamental division in a society.
(iv) The absence of political parties would affect a democracy badly. The interest of all the people
would not reach the Parliament, and, therefore, some sections of people would remain behind the
mainstream. They won’t get all the welfare measures.
(v) The role of opposition party in a democracy necessitates the existence of political parties.

(vi) As societies become large and complex they also need some agencies to gather different views on
various issues and to present these to the government, that’s why political parties are needed.
12. Functions of the ruling parties:
(i) They play a major role in making laws for the country.
(ii) They form the government and run the country.
(iii) They recruit leaders, train them and then make ministers to run the government.
Functions of the opposition parties:
(i) They oppose the government by voicing different views.
(ii) They criticise government for its failure and wrong policies.
(iii) They mobilise opposition to the government. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
13. In a democracy political parties performed the following major functions:
(i) In most democracies, elections are fought mainly among the candidates put up by political parties.
Parties select their candidates in different ways. In India top party leaders choose candidates for
contesting elections.
(ii) Parties put forward different policies and programmes and the voters choose from them. In a
democracy, a large number of similar opinions have to be grouped together to provide a direction in
which policies can be formulated by the governments. A government is expected to base its policies
on the line taken by the Ruling party.
(iii) Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country. Formally laws are debated and passed
in the legislature. But since most of the members belong to a party, they go by the direction of the
party leadership, irrespective of their personal opinions.
(iv) Parties form and run governments. Parties recruit leaders, train them and then make them
ministers to run the government in the way they want.
(v) Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power by voicing
different views and criticising government for its failure or wrong policies.
(vi) Parties shape public opinion. They raise and highlight issues. Parties sometimes also launch
movements for the resolution of problems faced by people. Often opinions in the society crystallise
on the lines parties take.
(vii) Parties provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes implemented by
governments. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018]
14. The role of opposition party in democracy:
(i) To criticise the government for its failures or wrong policies.
(ii) They mobilise opposition to the government.
(iii) To check the government from becoming authoritarian and restrict its powers.
(iv) To safeguard the liberty and rights of the people.
(v) They have the right to check the undue expenditure of the government.
(vi) During the question hour, the opposition parties criticise the government generally.
2. How many Parties should We Have?
• Every democratic country has large number of political parties because in a democracy any group of citizens
is free to form a political party. In India more than 750 parties are registered with the Election Commission
of India.
• Some countries have one party system like-China, where only Communist Party is allowed to rule.
• Some countries have two party system like the United States of America and the United Kingdom.
• Some countries have more than two parties called multi-party system like in India.
• When several parties in a multi-party system join hands for the purpose of contesting elections and winning
power, it is called an alliance or front. E.g., The National Democratic Alliance (NDA), The United Progressive
Alliance (UPA), the Left Front.
• India has involved a multi party system because of its social and geographical diversity.
Exercise 7.2
(i) Which one of the following countries has one-party system?
(a) India (b) UK (c) USA (d) China

(ii) Several parties compete for power and more than two parties have a reasonable chance of coming
to power either on their own strength or in alliance with others. It is called
(a) Multi-party system (b) One-party system
(c) Bi-party system (d) None of these
(i) More than __________ parties are registered with the Election Commission of India.
(a) 800 (b) 900 (c) 750 (d) 650
(ii) ________ has a Bi-party system.
(a) Pakistan (b) India (c) Britain (d) China
II. Very Short Answer Type Question (1 Mark)
3. It is a good democratic set-up to have one party system. Explain.

4. Describe any three main features of Two-Party system. [CBSE 2015]
5. What is a multi-party system? Why has India adopted a multi-party system? Explain. [CBSE 2015]
6. What do you understand by the bi-party system? Write its one merit and one demerit.
[CBSE 2012, CBSE 2018]
option.
If several parties compete for power, and more than two parties have a reasonable chance of coming
to power either on their own strength or in alliance with others, we call it a multiparty system. Thus
in India, we have a multiparty system. In this system, the government is formed by various parties
coming together in a coalition. When several parties in a multi-party system join hands for the purpose
of contesting elections and winning power, it is called an alliance or a front. For example, in India there
were three such major alliances in 2004 parliamentary elections–the National Democratic Alliance,
the United Progressive Alliance and the Left Front. The multiparty system often appears very messy
and leads to political instability. At the time, this system allows a variety of interests and opinions to
enjoy political representation.
7.1. Which of the following statements associated with the advantage of multiparty system?

(a) It provides choice to the voters.
(b) It provides no choice to the voters.
(c) Regional parties get the representation.
(d) There is a possibility of conflict.
7.2. Which of the following statements is correct about a coalition government?

(a) Many parties compete for power.
(b) The government is formed by two or more parties coming together.
(c) Two parties only form an alliance and contest election.
(d) Only one party comes in power.
7.3. Which country has adopted multi-party system?

7.4. Which coalition government is in power at centre India in present?

8. Describe the various party systems existing in different countries. OR
Discuss the classification of party system on the basis of the number of parties in the
political system.
9. What is the need of the political parties? How would its absence affect any country? [HOTS]
OR
What is the necessity of political parties in a democratic set-up? Explain any four points. [Foreign 2010]
10. What is a multi-party system? Explain merits and demerits of multi-party system. [CBSE 2012]

Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(a) 2. (i)–(c), (ii)–(c)
3. We cannot consider one party system as a good option because this is not a democratic set-up.
Any democratic system must allow at least two parties to compete in elections and provide a foes chance
for the competing parties to come to powers.
4. Main features of two-party system:
(i) Power usually changes between two parties, several other parties may exist.
(ii) In such system, people get clear choice.
(iii) The party that wins majority forms the government and the other sits in opposition.
(iv) Strong opposition is good for democracy.
(v) Prompt decisions are taken and implemented.
(vi) More development and less corruption. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
5. If several parties compete for power and more than two parties have a reasonable chance of coming to
power either on their own strength or in alliance with others, we call it a multi-party system.
India adopted a multi party system because:
(i) There is social and geographical diversity in India.
(ii) India is such a large country which is not easily absorbed by two or three parties.
(iii) The system allows a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy political representation.
6. In bi-party system, the government is formed by one party and the other plays the role of opposition.
Bi-party in some countries, power usually changes between two main parties. It is also known as two
party system.
Merit: This system allows stability of government as no coalition is there.
Demerit: In this system, only two main parties have a serious chance of winning majority seats to form
the government.
7. 7.1. (a) 7.2. (b) 7.3. India 7.4. National Democratic Alliance (NDA)
8. A political party is a group of people that aims to control the government to carry out their general
policies. Different countries have different party system like:
(i) One Party system in China
(ii) Two-Party system in USA/UK
(iii) Multi-Party system in India
One Party System: There is only one party in the political system. There is no competition in the system
and people have no choice in the elections. The people are not allowed to go against the government and
form their own new parties. For example, Communist party of China.
Two Party System: Some countries have two major parties in the system only the two main parties
have a serious chance of winning majority seats to form the government. For example, USA and UK.
Multi-Party System: Refer to Ans. 5.
9. (i) We cannot think modern democracies without political parties. In case there are no political parties
every candidate in the elections will be independent, no one will be able to make any promises to the
people about any major policy changes. The government may be formed, but its utility will remain
always uncertain.
(ii) Elected representatives will be accountable to their constituency for what they do in the locality.
But, no one will be responsible for how the country will run. Just look at the non-party based
elections to the Panchayats in many states. Although, the parties do not contest formally, it is
generally noticed that the village gets split into more than one faction, each of which puts up a
‘panel’ of its candidates. This is why we find political parties in almost all countries of the world.
(iii) Political parties agree on policies and programmes to promote collective good and influence people
to know why their policy is better than others. They try to implement the policies by winning
popular support through elections. They reflect fundamental division in a society.

(iv) The absence of political parties would affect a democracy badly. The interest of all the people
would not reach the Parliament and, therefore, some sections of people would remain behind the
mainstream. They won’t get all the welfare measures.
10. Refer to Ans. 5 (Multi-party system)
Merits :
(i) This system allows a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy political representation.
(ii) People can make a choice between several candidates.
Demerits:
(i) No one party is likely to gain power alone. Therefore, it leads to difficulty in formation of government.
(ii) Leads to political instability and often appears to be very messy. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3. National Parties and State Parties

• National Parties are countrywide parties, which have their units in various states, but all
their units follow the same policies and programmes that is decided at the national level.
A party that secures at least 6% of total votes in the Lok Sabha elections or Assembly elections in four states
and win at least 4 seats is recognised as a National Party, for example; INC, BJP, BSP, CPI-M, CPI, NCP,
AITC and NPP (As per 2019).
• State Parties are commonly referred to as regional parties. A party that secures at least 6% of the total
votes in an election to the legislative Assembly of a state and wins at least 2 seats is recognised as a State
Party, for example; Samajwadi Party, Rashtriya Janata Dal, DMK, AIADMK, etc.
Exercise 7.3
(i) The _______ is a national party.
(a) Aam Aadmi Party (b) Rashtriya Janata Dal
(c) Samajwadi Party (d) Bharatiya Janata Party
(ii) _________ recognises a party as National Party or State Party.
(a) The President of India
(b) The Prime Minister of India
(c) The Election Commission of India
(d) The Chief Election Commission
National Parties Foundation year
(i) CPI (a) 1964
(ii) INC (b) 1999
(iii) BJP (c) 1885
(iv) CPI-M (d) 1980
(v) NCP (e) 1925
3. Correct the following statement and rewrite
Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) was formed under the leadership of Mayawati. [CBSE 2020]
Assertion (A): INC is one of the oldest parties in the world.
Reason (R): Under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru, the party sought to build a modern secular
democratic republic in India.
Options:

5. What is the requirement laid down by the Election Commission for a political party to be recognized as

a ‘State Party’? [CBSE 2015]
6. What is meant by a ‘national political party’? State the conditions required to be a national political
party. [CBSE 2016]
7. Name the national political party which espouses secularism and welfare of weaker sections and
minorities. Mention any four features of that party. [CBSE 2013]
8. What is a political party? State any two points of the ideology of Bharatiya Janata Party?
[CBSE 2016]
8. Describe about the ideology and organisation of Bahujan Samaj Party. [CBSE 2016]
10. What is meant by ‘regional political party’? State the condition required to be recognised as a ‘regional

political party’. [CBSE 2016]
11. Name the ‘regional political parties’ that are predominant in Jharkhand, Maharashtra and Odisha

respectively with their symbols. [CBSE 2014]
12. “Nearly every one of the state parties wants to get an opportunity to be a part of one or the other

national level coalition.” Support the statement with arguments. [CBSE 2016
13. State the conditions as laid down by the Election Commission to recognize a ‘state party’ and ‘national

party’. [CBSE 2014]
14. What is meant by national parties? State the criteria for recognizing a party as National and State

party. [CBSE 2012]
15. Write the difference between National and state parties.

16. Write about the national parties of India in detail.

Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(c) 2. (i)–(e), (ii)–(c), (iii)–(d), (iv)–(a), (v)–(b)
3. Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) was formed under the leadership of Kanshi Ram.
4. (b)
5. A party that secures at least six percent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly of
a state and wins at least two seats is recognized as a state party. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
6. National political party have units in the various states, they follow the same policies, programmes and
strategy that is decided at the national level.
Conditions required:
(i) A party that secures at least 6% of the total votes in general elections of Lok Sabha or assembly
elections in four states.
(ii) Wins at least 4 seats in Lok Sabha. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
7. The national political party which espouses secularism and welfare of weaker sections and minorities is the
Indian National Congress. Four features of this party are listed below:
(i) Founded in 1885.
(ii) Dominated Indian politics, both at the national and state levels, for several decades after India’s
independence.
(iii) Ruling party at the centre till 1977 and then from 1980 to 1989. After 1989, its support declined.
(iv) A centrist party (neither rightist nor leftist) in its ideological orientation.
8. A political party is a group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power in the
government. They agree on some policies and programmers for the society with a view to promote the
collective good.
Ideology of BJP :
(i) Wants full territorial and political integration of Jammu and Kashmir with India.

(ii) A uniform civil code for all people living in the country irrespective of religion.
(iii) Cultural nationalism. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
9. Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) formed in 1984 under the leadership of Kanshi Ram, draws inspiration
from the ideas and teachings of Sahu Maharaj.
Features of BSP:
(i) It stands for the cause of securing the interests and welfare of the dalits and oppressed people.
(ii) It has its main base in the state of Uttar Pradesh and substantial presence in neighbouring states
like Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, Delhi and Punjab.
(iii) It formed government in Uttar Pradesh several times by taking support of different parties at
different times.
10. A regional party is a party that is present in only some states. Conditions required for a party to be
recognized as a regional political party are:
(i) A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative
Assembly of a state.
(ii) Wins at least two seats in the Legislative Assembly. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
11. Jharkhand – Jharkhand Mukti Morcha (JMM)
Maharashtra – Shiv Sena
Odisha – Biju Janata Dal (BJD) [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
12. State parties seeking national level coalition: Before general election of 2014, in three general elections,
no one national party was able to secure on its Own a majority in Lok Sabha. With the result, the
national parties were compelled to form alliances with state or regional parties. Since 1996, nearly
everyone of the state parties has got an opportunity to be a part of one or the other national level
coalition government. This has contributed to the strengthening of federalism and democracy.
13. The difference between a state and a national party can be identified as follows:
(i) In a state party, the party members aim to highlight the regional interests. On the other hand, a
national party gives due importance to national interests.
(ii) A state party can contest in elections only in a particular state, whereas a national party can
contest in elections all across the country.
(iii) Example: BJP and Congress are national parties, whereas Akali Dal and Trinamool Congress are
state level parties. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
14. Democracies that follow a federal system all over the world tend to have two kinds of political parties.
Parties that are present in only one of the federal units and parties that are present in several or all
units of the federation. Those parties which are countrywide parties are called national parties.
State and National Parties:
(i) A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative
Assembly of a state and wins at least two seats is recognized as a state party.
(ii) A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in the Lok Sabha elections or Assembly
elections in four states and wins at least four seats in the Lok Sabha is recognized as a national
party. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
15. National Party State Party
(i) These parties have influence all over the (i) The influence of a state party is limited to a
country or in several states. state or a region.
(ii) These parties take interest in national as (ii) State parties are interested in promoting
well as international issues. regional/state interest.
(iii) A party that secures at least six per cent (iii) A party that secures at least six per cent votes
of total votes in Lok Sabha elections or in an election to the Legislative Assembly of a
assembly elections in four states and win state and wins at least two seats is recognised
at least four seats in the Lok Sabha. as a state party.
(iv) These parties have been given unique (iv) Some symbols can be used in different states by
symbols by the Election Commission. the regional parties.
(v) Example– Indian National Congress, (v) Example– Haryana Lok Dal in Haryana, Shiv
Bharatiya Janata Party. Sena in Maharashtra.

16. In India, now we have eight national parties. They are
(i) Indian National Congress (INC): The Congress Party was founded in 1885. It played an important
role in Indian politics at the national and state levels after the independence. The party supports
secularism and welfare of weaker sections and minorities.
(ii) Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP): It was founded in 1980 by reviving the erstwhile Bharatiya
Jana Sangh. Wants to build a strong and modern India by drawing inspiration from India’s ancient
culture and values; and Deendayal Upadhyaya’s ideas of integral humanism and Antyodaya.
Cultural nationalism (or ‘Hindutva’) is an important element in its conception of Indian nationhood
and politics.
In 2014 Lok Sabha Elections, BJP won 282 seats and emerged as a largest party. In 2019 Lok Sabha
Elections, again BJP got victory. This time it won 303 seats and once again emerged as a largest
party. Currently leads the ruling National democratic government at the centre with Narendra
Modi as the Prime Minister since 2014.
(iii) Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP): It was formed in 1984, under the leadership of Kanshi Ram. The
party seeks to represent and secure the power for Bahujan Samaj which includes dalits, adivasis,
OBCs and religious minorities. It draws inspiration from the ideas and teachings of Sahu Maharaj,
Mahatma Phule, Periyar Ramaswami Naicker and Babasaheb Ambedkar. It stands for the cause of
securing interest and welfare of dalits and oppressed people.
(iv) Communist Party of India-Marxist (CPI-M): It was founded in 1964. The party believes in
Marxism and Leninism. It supports socialism, secularism and democracy and opposes imperialism
and communalism. It accepts democratic elections as useful means to secure the objective of socio-
economic justice in India.
(v) Communist Party of India (CPI): It was formed in 1925. The party believes in Marxism and
Leninism, secularism and democracy and is opposed to the forces of secessionism and communalism.
It accepts parliamentary democracy as the means of promoting the interest of working class, farmers
and the poor.
(vi) National Congress Party (NCP): It was formed in 1999 following a split in Congress Party. The
party supports democracy, Gandhian secularism, equity, social justice and federalism. It wants
high offices in the government to be confined to the natural born citizens.
(vii) All India Trinamool Congress (AITC): It was founded on 1 January 1998 under the leadership of
Mamata Banerjee. The flag of the party is symbolised from ‘flowers and grass’. It believes in secularism
and federalism party in the Lok Sabha.
(viii) The National People’s Party (NPP): The Party was founded by PA Sangma after his expulsion
from the NCP in July 2012. It was accorded National Party status on 7 June 2019. It is the first
political party from northeastern India to have attained this status. Its election symbol is a book.
4. Challenges to Political Parties

• Parties are the most visible face of democracy, it is natural that people blame parties for whatever is wrong
with the working of democracy.
• They need to face and overcome the following challenges in order to remain effective instruments of
democracy:
(i) Lack of internal democracy (ii) Dynastic succession
(iii) Money and Muscle Power (iv) Meaningful choice to the voters
(v) Corruption
Exercise 7.4
(i) Today democratic countries are worried about the increasing role of:
(a) rich people (b) large companies
(c) both (a) and (b) (d) politicians
(ii) Every political party in India has to register itself with the
(a) Election Commission (b) Prime Minister of India
(c) Parliament of India (d) President of India

(i) In India, people express strong dissatisfaction with the failure of political parties to perform their
functions well.
(ii) In India, ordinary members of the political party get all internal informations of the party.
(iii) It is good that political parties tend to use short-cuts to win elections.
3. What are the various challenges faced by a political party? OR [NCERT]
Mention the challenges faced by a political party in democracies all over the world.
4. “Dynastic succession is one of the most serious challenges before the political parties.” Analyse the

statement. [CBSE 2015]
5. “All over the world, people express their dissatisfaction with the failure of political parties to perform

their functions well.” Analyse the statement with arguments. [CBSE 2016]
6. Which three challenges do you feel are being faced by political parties in India? Give your opinion.

[CBSE 2016]
7. Explain any four problem areas in the working of political parties.
[CBSE 2012]
8. Why were democrats from all over the world worried about the increasing role of rich people and big

companies in democratic politics?

option.
We have seen how crucial political parties are for the working of democracy. Since parties are the
most visible face of democracy, it is natural that people blame parties for whatever is wrong with the
working of democracy. All over the world, people express strong dissatisfaction with the failure of
political parties to perform their functions well. This is the case in our country too.
The parties do not seem to offer a meaningful choice to the voters. In order to offer meaningful choice,
parties must be significantly different. In recent years there has been a decline in the ideological
differences among parties in most parts of the world. For example, the difference between the Labour
Party and the Conservative Party in Britain is very little. They agree on more fundamental aspects
but differ only in details on how policies are to be framed and implemented. In our country too, the
differences among all the major parties on the economic policies have reduced. Those who want really
different policies have no option available to them. Sometimes people cannot even elect very different
leaders either, because the same set of leaders keep shifting from one party to another.
9.1. Which of the following is one of the challenges within the political parties
(a) Lack of internal democracy
(b) Open and transparent procedures
(c) Growing role of money and muscle power
9.2. The fourth challenge is that very often parties do not seem to offer a ___________ to the voters.
(a) dynastic succession (b) meaningful choice
(c) democratic system (d) money power
9.3. In which country does the labour party exist?
9.4. How are political parties viewed in a democracy?
10. Mention the challenges faced by political parties in democracies all over the world. Explain in detail.
OR [CBSE 2012]
“Political parties need to face certain challenges in order to remain effective instrument of democracy.”
Explain the statement with examples. [CBSE 2020]

11. Why is there a lack of internal democracy within the political parties in India? Explain with examples.
[CBSE 2012]
12. How do money and muscle power play an important role in elections? Explain. [CBSE 2015]
OR
Exhibit the role of money and muscle power among political parties during elections.
[CBSE SP 2018-19]
13. Illustrate the situations which display lack of internal democracy within a political party.
[CBSE SP 2018-19]
Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(a)
2. (i)–True, (ii)–False, (iii)–False
3. The various challenges faced by a political party are:
(i) Lack of internal democracy (ii) Dynastic succession
(iii) Money and Muscle Power (iv) Meaningful choice to the voters
(v) Corruption
4. Dynastic succession is one of the most serious challenges before the political parties because:
(i) Most political parties do not practice open and transparent procedures for their functioning.
(ii) There are few ways for an ordinary worker to rise to the top in a party.
(iii) In many parties, the top positions are always controlled by members of one family.
(iv) This practice is unfair to other members of that party and is also bad for a democracy.
(v) People who do not have adequate experience or popular support come to occupy position of power.
5. People express their dissatisfaction with the failure of political parties to perform their functions well
because:
(i) Lack of internal democracy within parties.
(ii) Dynastic succession. Growing role of money and muscle power in parties.
(iii) There is not a meaningful choice to the voters. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
6. The challenges faced by political parties in India are:
(i) Lack of internal democracy. (ii) Challenge of dynastic succession
(iii) Growing role of money and muscle power.
(iv) Often parties do not seem to offer a meaningful choice to the voters.
7. (i) The first problem is lack of internal democracy within parties. Concentration of power in one or
few leaders at the top.
(ii) Favour people close to them or even their family members. In many parties, the top positions are
always controlled by members of one family.
(iii) The third problem is about growing role of money and muscle power in parties, especially during
elections.
(iv) The fourth problem is that very often parties do not seem to offer a meaningful choice to the
voters.
8. Democrats all over the world are worried about the increasing role of rich people and big companies in
democratics politics because—
(i) Rich people and companies who give funds to the parties tend to have influence on the policies
and decisions of the party.
(ii) Since parties are focussed only on winning elections therefore they tend to nominate those
candidates who have or can raise lots of money. These people manipulate the democratic elections
in their own ways.
9. 9.1 (d) 9.2 (b) 9.3 Britain
9.4 Political parties are a necessary condition for a democracy.
10. Challenges faced by political parties are:
(i) Lack of internal democracy: All over the world, there is a tendency of political parties towards
the concentration of power in one or few leaders at the top.

• Parties do not keep membership register.
• They do not regularly hold organisational meetings.
• Ordinary members of the party do not have sufficient informations as to what happens inside
the party.
• As a result, the leaders assume greater power to make decisions in the name of the party.
(ii) Dynastic Succession: Most political parties do not practice open and transparent procedures for
their functioning.
• There are very few ways for an ordinary workers to rise to the top in a party.
• In many parties, the top positions are always controlled by members of one family. This is
unfair to other members of that party.
• Some people who do not have adequate experience or popular support come to occupy good
positions of power.
(iii) Money and Muscle Power
• Since parties are focused only on winning elections, they tend to use shortcuts to win elections.
• They tend to nominate those candidates who have or can raise lots of money.
• Rich people and companies who give funds to the parties tend to have influence on the policies
and decisions of the party.
• In some cases, parties support criminals who can win elections.
• Democrats all over the world are worried about the increasing role of rich people and big
companies in democratic politics.
(iv) Meaningful Choice: In recent years, there has been a decline in the ideological differences
among parties in most parts of the world.
• Those who want really different policies have no option available to them.
• Sometimes people cannot elect very different people either because some group of leaders
keep shifting from one party to another.
(v) Corruption: It adversely affects the economy of the country. It is the big reason of inequalities in
the societies and communities. Sometimes leaders use their powers to earn illegal money in spite
of working for the country’s benefits.
11. There are various reasons for lack of internal democracy within the political parties in India:
(i) Concentration of power in one or a few leaders at the top.
(ii) Details of membership are not registered in the parties.
(iii) No organisational meetings.
(iv) No internal elections for membership within the party.
(v) Top leaders have unanimous power of decision making. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
12. Refer to Ans. 10 (Money and Muscle Power)
13. Situations which display lack of internal democracy within a political party–
(i) Parties do not keep membership registers, do not hold organisational meetings, and do not conduct
internal elections regularly.
(ii) Ordinary members of the party do not get sufficient information on what happens inside the
party.
(iii) They do not have the means or the connections needed to influence the decisions. As a result the
leaders assume greater power to make decisions in the name of the party.
(iv) Since one or few leaders exercise paramount power in the party, those who disagree with the
leadership find it difficult to continue in the party.
(v) More than loyalty to party principles and policies, personal loyalty to the leader becomes more
important.
5. How can Parties be Reformed?

• It is important to reform or strengthen the political parties. So, the Constitution was amended to prevent
defection.
• The Supreme Court has passed order to reduce the influence of money and criminals. It is compulsory for
every candidate to file an affidavit and their income tax returns.

• A law should be made to regulate the internal affairs of political parties and give about one-third seats to
women candidates.
• There should be state funding of elections. This support could be given in kind: petrol, paper, telephone etc.,
or it could be given in cash on the basis of the votes secured by the party in the last election.
• There are two other ways in which political party can be reformed. One, people can put pressure on political
parties and second, political parties can improve if those who want this join political parties.
Exercise 7.5
(i) In which of the following Schedule of the Constitution of India deals with anti-defection low?
(a) Eighth Schedule (b) Ninth Schedule
(c) Tenth Schedule (d) Eleventh Schedule
(ii) Which among the following bodies passed an order making it necessary for poltical parties to hold
their organisational elections and file their income tax returns?
(a) The Election Commission (b) The Supreme Court
(c) The President of India (d) The Central Vigilance Commission
(i) The Constitution was amended to prevent elected ______________ and ______________ from changing
political parties.
(ii) The ______________ of India passed an order making it necessary for political parties to file their
income tax returns.
(iii) The quality of ______________ depends on the degree of public participation.
3. What is an affidavit?

4. How can democratic reforms be carried out by political parties?
[Delhi 2019]
5. What is meant by ‘defection’ in democracy? Explain. [CBSE 2014]
6. What measures were adopted to prevent the practice of ‘defection.’
7. “Serious efforts were made by the legal organisations to reform political parties in India.” Support the
8. What is the role of an ordinary citizen in reforming the political parties? OR
“The quality of democracy depends on the degree of public participation.” Explain.
9. Mention the laws made by the Election Commission to reform the political parties in India.
10. Examine any two institutional amendments made by different institutions to reform political parties
and their leaders. OR [CBSE 2016]
Elucidate some of the recent efforts taken in our country to reform political parties and its leaders.
[CBSE 2016]
11. Suggest and explain any five measures to reform political parties. OR [CBSE 2016]
Suggest some reforms to strengthen parties so that they perform their functions well. [NCERT]
OR
Suggest any five effective measures to reform political parties. [CBSE 2012]
OR
Suggest and explain any five ways to reform political parties in India. [CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(a)

2. (i) MLAs ; MPs, (ii) Election Commission, (iii) democracy

3. A signed document submitted to an officer, where a person makes a clear statement regarding her/his

personal informations.

4. Democratic reforms be carried out by political parties through:
(i) A law should be made to regulate the internal affairs of political parties.
(ii) It should be made compulsory for political parties to maintain a register of its members.
5. (i) Defection in politics means moving of a person from one party to another party for some personal
benefit. It means changing party allegiance from the party on which a person got elected to a
different party.
(ii) It happens when a legislature, after having been elected from a particular party leaves it and joins
in other party.
(iii) The Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLAs and MPs from changing parties. Now the
law says that if any MLA and MP changes parties, he or she will lose seat in the legislature.
(iv) The new law has brought defection down and has made dissent even more difficult.
6. Measures adopted to prevent this practice:
(i) The Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLAs and MPs from changing parties. This
was done because many elected representatives were indulging in defection, in order to become
ministers or for cash rewards.
(ii) Now, the law says that if any MLA or MP changes parties, he or she will lose seat in the legislature.
(iii) The new law has brought defection down and has made dissent even more difficult. Now MLAs and
MPs have to accept whatever party leaders say.
7. Efforts made by the legal organizations to reform political parties in India:
(i) To check defection, the Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLAs and MPs from changing
parties.
(ii) The Supreme Court passed an order to reduce the influence of money and criminals, by making it
mandatory to produce an affidavit giving details of property and criminal cases pending.
(iii) The Election Commission passed an order making it necessary for political parties to hold their
organizational election and file their income tax returns. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
8. There are two ways by which people can reform the political parties:
• People can put pressure on political parties through petitions, publicity and agitations. Ordinary
citizens, pressure groups and media can also pressurise the government.
• Political parties can improve if those who are interested to join the political parties. If political
parties feel that they would lose public support by not taking up reforms they would become more
serious about reforms.
9. (i) Defection: The Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLAs and MPs from changing
parties because many elected representations change their parties in order to become Minister or
for cash rewards. Now the law says that if any MLA or MP changes parties, he or she will lose the
seat in the Legislative.
(ii) To file an Affidavit: The Supreme Court made it compulsory for every candidate, who contests
elections to file an affidavit giving details of
a) his property (b) educational qualifications
(c) criminal cases pending against him
(iii) To file income tax returns: The Election Commission passed an order making it necessary for
political parties to hold their organisational elections and file their income tax returns. This is done
to control the money and muscle power in politics.
(iv) Reserved Seats: Parties should give one-third seats to women candidates.
(v) Maintain transparency: Parties should maintain a register of its members, to follow its own
constituency, to have an independent authority. To hold open elections to the highest posts in case
of any disputes.
10. (i) The Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLA’s and MP’s from changing parties. This
was done because many elected representatives were indulging in defection in order to become
ministers or for cash rewards. Now, if any MLA or MP changes parties, he or she will lose the seat
in the legislature.
(ii) The Supreme Court passed an order to reduce the influence of money and criminals. Now, it
is mandatory for every candidate who contests elections to file an affidavit giving details of his

property and criminal cases pending against him. The new system has made a lot of information
available to the public. But there is no system to check if the information given by the candidates
is true.
(iii) The Election Commission passed an order making it necessary for political parties to hold their
organisational elections and file their income tax returns.
(iv) The parties have started doing so but sometimes it is mere formality. It is not clear if this step has
led to greater internal democracy in political parties. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
11. Effective measures to reform political parties are:
(iii) It should be made mandatory for political parties to give a minimum number of tickets; about one-
third to its women candidates.
(iv) There should be a quota for women in the decision-making bodies of the party.
(v) There should be state funding of elections.
(vi) The government should give parties money to support their election expenses in kind, for example,
petrol, paper, telephone, etc., or in cash.
(vii) Vote casting should be made compulsory in each election.
(viii) Data regarding caste and religion, OBC, SC, ST should not be utilized during election period in any
form. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
Picture Based Questions
1. Study the cartoon and answer the question.

Which of the following options best signifies this cartoon?
(a) Lack of internal democracy.
(b) Money and muscle power.
(c) Corporate America controls all major institutions of the country.
(d) Most political parties do not practice open and transparent
procedures.
2. Study the cartoon given below and answer the question.

Do you agree that this form of reforming political parties will be acceptable to them?


Answers
1. (c)

2. I do not agree that reforming political parties will be acceptable to them, because the democratic size of

India is so large that it is impossible to form a coherent group of people who advocate the same policy
as propagated by any political party. Additionally, the issues vary from place to place in the electoral
politics of India.

• Political parties are one of the most visible institutions in a democracy. They reflect fundamental political
divisions in a society.
• Parties contest elections, put forward different policies and programmes, play a decisive role in making laws
for a country, form and run government.
• Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power.
• Parties shape public opinion, access people to government machinery and welfare schemes implemented by
governments.
• Political parties are necessary in modern democracy as without it, every candidate in the election will be
independent. And no one will be able to make any promises to the people about any major policy changes.
• The rise of political parties is directly linked to the emergence of representative democracies. Parties are a
necessary condition for a democracy.
• Election Commission of India (ECI) had recognised more than 750 parties in India.
• One party system is ruled in China. The communist party is allowed to rule.
• Two-party system prevails in the USA and the UK where two main parties have a serious chance of winning
majority of seats to form government.
• India has a multi-party system where the government is formed by various parties coming together in a
coalition. It has a multi-party system because of the social and geographical diversity in such a large country
is not easily absorbed by two or even three parties.
• Every party in the country has to register with the Election Commission.
• A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly of a
state and wins at least two seats is recognised as state party.
• A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in the Lok Sabha elections or Assembly elections
in four states and wins at least four seats in the Lok Sabha is recognised as national party.
• Eight national recognised parties in our country i.e. INC, BJP, BSP, CPI-M, CPI, NCP, AITC and NPP (as
per 2019).
• They are compelled to form alliances with state parties.
• State political parties like Samajwadi Party, Rashtriya Janata Dal have national level political organisation
with units in several states. Some of these parties like Biju Janata Dal, Sikkim Democratic Front and Mizo
National Front are conscious about their state identity.
• Over the last three decades the strength of state parties has expanded. No national party is able to secure
on its own a majority in the Lok Sabha. As a result, national parties are compelled to form alliances with
state parties. But recently in the 2019 Lok Sabha election BJP won with a majority and was able to form its
own government without forming alliance with other political parties.
• Challenges to political parties are lack of internal democracy within parties, dynastic succession, growing
role of money and muscle power in parties and parties don’t seem to offer a meaningful choice to the voters.
• The Constitution was amended to prevent elected MLAs and MPs from changing parties.
• The Supreme Court has made it mandatory for every candidate who contests elections to file an affidavit
giving details of his property and criminal cases pending against him.
• Political parties can be reformed by putting pressure on them by public through petitions, publicity and
agitations and by public participation.

Case Based Questions (4 Marks)
Read the source given below and answer the questions by choosing the most appropriate option.
1. Democracies that follow a federal system all over the world tend to have two kinds of political parties:
parties that are present in only one of the federal units and parties that are present in several or all
units of the federation. This is the case in India as well. There are some countrywide parties, which are
called ‘national parties’. These parties have their units in various states. But by and large, all these units
follow the same policies, programmes and strategy that is decided at the national level. Every party in the
country has to register with the Election Commission. While the Commission treats all parties equally,
it offers some special facilities to large and established parties. These parties are given a unique symbol
only the official candidates of that party can use that election symbol. Parties that get this privilege and
some other special facilities are ‘recognised’ by the Election Commission for this purpose. That is why
these parties are called, ‘recognised political parties’. The Election Commission has laid down detailed
criteria of the proportion of votes and seats that a party must get in order to be a recognised party. A
party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly of a
State and wins at least two seats is recognised as a State party. A party that secures at least six per cent
of the total votes in Lok Sabha elections or Assembly elections in four States and wins at least four seats
in the Lok Sabha is recognised as a national party.
1.1. What do you know about Federal System?

(a) It is a system of government under which the power is divided between a central authority and its
various constituent units.
(b) The various constituent units and the central authority run their administrative independently.
(c) These units and central authority do not interfere in the affairs of one another unnecessarily.
1.2. The Party that secure at least ________ per cent the total votes in the Lok Sabha elections or Assembly
elections in four states and wins at least four seats in the Lok Sabha is recognised as a national party.
(a) four (b) six (c) five (d) seven
1.3. Who issues a Model Code of Conduct for political parties?
1.4. Who allots symbols for the political parties in India?
Ans. 1.1. (d) 1.2. (b) 1.3. The Election Commission 1.4. The Election Commission
2. Party system is not something any country can choose. It evolves over a long time, depending on the
nature of society, its social and regional divisions, its history of politics and its system of elections.
These cannot be changed very quickly. Each country develops a party system that is conditioned by its
special circumstances. For example, if India has evolved a multiparty system, it is because the social
and geographical diversity in such a large country is not easily absorbed by two or even three parties.
No system is ideal for all countries and all situations.
2.1. India has adopted a multi-party system because–
(a) This system keeps people informed about the political activities.
(b) This system allows a variety of interests and opinions to enjoy political representation.
(c) The second and geographical diversity in such a large country is not easily absorbed by two or even
three parties.
2.2. Each country develops a __________ that is considered by its special circumstances.
(a) national party (b) party system
(c) series of functions (d) political system

2.3. Why is one party system not considered a good democratic system?
2.4. Why do we need at least two parties in a democratic set up?
Ans. 2.1. (d) 2.2. (b)
2.3. Because it has no democratic option
2.4. Because it gives a fair chance to the parties to compete in election to come in power.
3. The parties do not seem to offer a meaningful choice to the voters. In order to offer meaningful choice,
parties must be significantly different. In recent years there has been a decline in the ideological differences
among parties in most parts of the world. For example, the difference between the Labour Party and the
Conservative Party in Britain is very little. They agree on more fundamental aspects but differ only in
details on how policies are to be framed and implemented. In our country too, the differences among all
the major parties on the economic policies have reduced. Those who want really different policies have
no option available to them. Some times people cannot even elect every different leaders either, because
the same set of leaders keep shifting from one party to another.
3.1. There has been a decline in the ideological difference among parties in most parts of the world. In
this context which among the following options is correct?
(a) Lack of internal democracy (b) Dynastic Succession
(c) Meaningful choice to vote (d) Corruption
3.2. The people should elect only those only those ___________ who possess the skill to fulfil the needs of
citizens.
(a) political candidates
(b) Members of Parliament
(c) Members of Legislative Assembly
(d) democratic leaders
3.3. What do help in promoting the meaningful choice to the voters in India?
3.4. Why do people express their dissatisfaction with the failure of political parties to perform their
functions well?
ns.
A 3.1. (c) 3.2. (a)
3.3 . The differences among all the major parties on the economic polices have reduced and those who
want really different policies have no option available to them. Sometimes people cannot even elect
very different leaders.
3.4. There is not a meaningful choice to the voters.

8 Outcomes of Democracy
Topics covered
1. How do we Assess Democracy's Outcomes?
2. Accountable, Responsive and Legitimate Government
3. Economic Growth and Development, and Reduction of Inequality and Poverty
4. Accommodation of Social Diversity, and Dignity and Freedom of the Citizens
chapter cHART
Accountable
How do we assess Democracy’s
Outcomes? • Make sure that people will have the right to choose
their representatives.
• Good in principle but not so good in practice. • Allow citizens to participate in the decision-
• Have formal constitutions, hold elections, making process.
have parties and guarantee citizens’ rights.
Responsive
• Can address all socio-economic and political
problems. • Responsive to the needs and expectations of the
citizens.
• Can only create conditions for achieving • Based on the ideas of deliberations and
something. negotiations.
Legitimate
• May be slow, less efficient but it is the people’s
own legitimate government.
• Government where citizens through participations,
acquire a state in the system.
Economic Growth and Development Reduction of Inequality and Poverty

Factors on which economic development
depends are: • Based on political equality.
• Country’s population size. • Small number of ultra rich enjoy a highly
disproportionate share of wealth and income.
• Global situation.
• Poor citizens have to depend on the rich and
• Cooperation from other countries. sometimes they find it difficult to meet their basic
• Economic priorities adopted by the country. needs.
• Poor constitute a large proportion of voters and no
party will like to lose its votes.
Accommodation of Social Diversity

• It is not ruled by majority opinions. Dignity and Freedom of the Citizens
• Majority needs to work with the minority • Passions for respect and freedom are the basis of
that government functions to represent the democracy.
general view. • Promotes dignity of the citizens and treats
everyone equally.
• Rule by majority do not become rule by
majority in terms of religious race or • Long struggle of women abled them to win some
respect and dignity in the society.
linguistic groups.
• Strengthened the claims of disadvantaged and
discriminated castes for equal status and oppor-
tunities.
• Transforms people from the status of a subject
into that of a citizen.
162
1. How do we Assess Democracy’s Outcomes?
• Democracy is a better form of government when compared with dictatorship or any other alternatives
because its promotes equality among citizens, improves the quality of decision making, allows room to
correct mistakes, enhances the dignity of the individual and provides a method to resolve conflicts.
• Over hundred countries of the world today claim and practice some kind of democratic politics as they have
formal constitutions, hold elections, have parties, guarantee rights of citizens.
• Democracy is just a form of government, it can only create conditions for achieving conditions for achieving
something. The citizens have to take advantage of those conditions and achieve these goals.
Exercise 8.1
(i) Democracy is better than any other form of rule because it:
(a) promotes equality among citizens
(b) enhances the dignity and freedom of the individual
(c) improves the quality of decision-making
(ii) Following form of government is found in most of the countries:
(a) Democracy (b) Absolute monarchy
(c) Dictatorship (d) Army rule
(i) Democracy is a better form of government when compared with dictatorship or other alternatives.
(ii) Democracy can only create conditions to achieve something.
Assertion (A): As compared to dictatorship democracy is better.
Reason (R): Democracy promotes equality among citizens.
Options:
4. What does democracy mean? OR
Explain the meaning of democracy. [CBSE 2017]
5. Which form of government is considered best? [CBSE 2015]
6. What is the most basic outcome of democracy?
7. Why is democratic government better than other alternatives? [CBSE 2015]
8. Examine the political outcome of democracy. [CBSE 2016]
9. State any three merits of democracy. [CBSE 2015]
10. When is democracy considered successful? Explain. [CBSE 2016]
11. “It may be reasonable to expect from a democracy a government that is attentive to the needs and
demands of the people and is largely free of corruption.” Explain this statement in three points.
[CBSE 2012]
12. Analyse any three values that make democracy better. OR [CBSE 2017]
How is democracy a better form of government when compared with dictatorship or any other alterna-
tive government? OR [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]
“Democracy is best suited to produce better results.” Examine the statement.
[CBSE 2020]
13. “A democratic government is efficient and effective.” Analyse the statement.
OR [CBSE 2014]
“The cost of time that democracy pays is perhaps worth it.” Justify.
Outcomes of Democracy 163

14. “There is overwhelming support for the idea of democracy all over the world.” Support the statement.
or [CBSE 2012]
What are the merits of a democratic government?
15. What are the expected outcomes of democracy? Explain. [CBSE 2012]
16. What are the various characteristics of democracy? or [HOTS]
Describe any five characteristics of democracy. [CBSE 2017]
17. “Democracy is seen to be good in principle but felt to be not so good in practice.” Justify the statement.
[CBSE 2013]
18. How are the democratic governments better than the other forms of governments? Compare.
OR [CBSE 2016]
“Democracy is a better form of government than any other form of government.” Analyse the statement
with arguments. OR [CBSE 2016]
Why do we feel that democracy is a better form of government than any other form? Explain.
OR [CBSE 2015]
Describe any five factors that make democracy is a better form of government than other alternatives.
[Delhi 2019]
Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(a)
2. (i)–True, (ii)–True 3. (a)
4. Democracy means “rule by the people”. It is just a form of government, can only create conditions for
achieving something.
5. Democratic form of government.
6. It produces a government that is accountable to citizens and responsive to the needs and expectations
of the citizens.
7. Democratic government enhances the dignity of the individual. It promotes equality among citizens.
8. (i) Right to the citizens to choose their leaders and keep check on them.
(ii) If required people can participate in decision making either directly or through indirectly or through
representatives.
(iii) It produces accountable, responsible and legitimate government [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
9. Merits of democracy are:
(i) Democracy assures equality in every spheres of life like political, social and economic.
(ii) It upholds basic individual liberties like freedom of speech, etc.
(iii) Due obedience to laws. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
10. Democracy is considered to be successful because:
(i) The rulers elected by the people must take all major decision and not the rich and powerful.
(ii) The election must offer a free choice and opportunity to the people.
(iii) The choice should be available to all the people based on political equality.
11. Corruption of government:
(i) Democracies often frustrate the needs of people and often ignore the demands of the majority.
(ii) The routine tales of corruption are enough to convince us that democracy is not free from this evil.
(iii) But a democratic government is people’s own government and pays heed to their demands.
(iv) People have believed that democracy will be attentive and make policies that will free the country
from corruption. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
12. Democracy is a better form of government when compared with dictatorship or any other alternative
form of government because it:
(i) Promotes equality among citizens (ii) Enhances the dignity of the individual
(iii) Improves the quality of decision making (iv) Provides a method to resolve conflicts
(v) Allows room to correct mistakes. (vi) Guarantees rights to citizens.
13. (i) A government may take decisions very fast. But it may take decisions that are not accepted by the
people and may, therefore, face problems.

(ii) In contrast, the democratic government will take more time to follow procedure before arriving at
a decision.
(iii) However, because it has followed procedure, its decisions may be more acceptable to the people and
more effective. So, the cost of time that democracy pays is perhaps worth it.
14. There is an overwhelming support for the idea of democracy all over the world because:
(i) A democratic government is people’s own government.
(ii) The evidence from South Asia shows that the support exists in countries with democratic regimes.
(iii) People wished to be ruled by representatives elected by them.
(iv) People believe that democracy is suitable for their country.
(v) Democracy has the ability to generate its own support which in itself is an outcome that cannot be
ignored. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
15. The expected outcomes of democracy are as follows:
(i) A government that is chosen and accountable to the people is called democratic government.
(ii) A government that is responsive to the needs of the people.
(iii) Economic growth and development reducing all forms of inequality and end of poverty.
(iv) Accommodating all social diversities.
(v) Ensuring the dignity and freedom of the individuals. [CBSE Marking Scheme 2012]
16. (i) Democracy gives power to people to elect their government, control it and remove it from power.
It allows people to choose their representatives through elections and ensures that all its citizens
have a say in the functioning of the government.
(ii) There is no monopoly of power by a person or a party. Different political parties compete
with each other in a democratic form of government. If the government does not fulfil its promises
or fails to live up to the expectations of the people, then it is very likely that it will not get re-elected.
(iii) Democracy ensures that the rights of its people are protected by the state and the government
functions according to the laws.
(iv) In a democratic set up, there is no distinction between people based on race, religion, caste, colour
or birth. Equal opportunities are provided to all – to be educated, to grow as good citizens and to
earn their living.
(v) Criticism and feedback are two important mechanism of democracy to control the government.
The government’s policies are scrutinised and evaluated by the people through the media and the
opposition parties.
17. Democracy is seen to be good in principles but not in practice because of the following reasons:
(i) The decision-making process in democracy is time-taking, whereby justice delayed is justice denied.
(ii) The tyranny of the majority overrides the will of the minority.
(iii) Corruption and red-tapism dominates the functioning of democracies.
(iv) An illiterate and uninformed electorate fails to give itself a legitimate and accountable government.
(v) The role of charismatic leaders and dynastic politics dominates political cultures.
18. The democratic governments are better than other forms of governments because:
(i) Democratic governments have formal Constitution, while it is not the case in other form of
governments.
(ii) They hold regular elections, while it is not the case in other form of governments.
(iii) They have political parties, whereas there is no such thing in other form of governments.
(iv) They guarantee rights to citizens, while it is not the case in the other form of governments.
(v) Such governments allow room to correct mistakes, while it is not there in the other form of
government.
(vi) Such government accommodates social diversities, while no such thing in other form of government.
2. Accountable, Responsive and Legitimate Government

• In democracy, people have right to choose their rulers and will have control over them.
• Democracy produces a government, which is accountable to the citizens and responsive to the needs and
expectations of the citizens.

• Democracy is based on the ideas of deliberations and negotiations, so some delay is bound to take place.
• Democratic government, always takes more time to follow procedures before arriving at a decision. So the
cost of time that democracy pays is worth it.
• A citizen has the right and means to examine the process of decision making it is known as transparency.
Therefore, when we find out the outcomes of democracy, it is right to expect democracy to produce a
government that follows procedures and is accountable to the people.
• Democratic government develops mechanism for citizens to take part in decision making so it is a legitimate
government, means peoples own government.
• Democracy has had greater success in setting up regular and free election and in setting up conditions
for open public debate. Here also democratic governments do not have a very good record when it come to
sharing information with citizens.
• Democracies often frustrate of needs of the people and often ignore the demands of a majority of its population.
The routine tales of corruption are enough to convince us that democracy is not free of this evil.
• Although, democratic government is people’s own government, therefore, there is an overwhelming support
for the idea of democracy all over the world.
Exercise 8.2
(i) Which of the following is a feature of dictatorship?
(a) No religious faith
(b) Faith showing supremacy and war
(c) Rule of one individual or party
(ii) Which of the following is the most basic outcome of democracy?
(a) It has a higher rate of economic growth.
(b) It creates economic equality.
(c) It reduces inequality in income.
(d) It produces a government that is accountable to the citizens and responsive to the needs and
(iii) Democratic government is a legitimate government. Which of the following is correct to justify the
statement?
(a) It accommodates social diversities.
(b) It is people’s own government elected by the people.
(c) It leads to peaceful harmonious life
(i) Democracies have had greater success in setting up regular and free ______________.
(ii) ______________ believe that democracy is suitable for their country.
(i) The basic outcome of non-democratic is it produces a government that is accountable to the citizens.
(ii) Democracy has not any ability to generate its own support.
4. Data/Table Based Question
Read the given data and find out which country has most preferable democratic country.
Bangladesh India Nepal Pakistan Sri Lanka
Democracy is preferable 69 70 62 37 71
Sometimes dictatorship 6 9 10 14 11
is better
Does not matter to me 25 21 28 49 18
(a) India (b) Pakistan (c) Bangladesh (d) Sri Lanka

5. What does transparency in a democracy mean?
[CBSE 2015]
6. What is meant by dictatorship?

7. Is non-democratic government quick and efficient in decision making?

8. What is the meaning of ‘democracy’?
9. How can a democratic government be made accountable? Explain.
OR
“Democratic governments in practice are known as accountable.” Support the statement with arguments.
[CBSE 2016]
10. How is democratic government known as responsive government? Explain with an example.
[CBSE 2014]
11. “Democratic government is legitimate government.” Support the statement with arguments.
OR [CBSE 2016]
Why is democratic government known as legitimate government? [CBSE 2014]
12. “Transparency is the most important feature of democracy.” Analyse. [CBSE 2012]
option. [CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
There are some things that democracy must provide. In a democracy, we are most concerned with
ensuring that people will have the right to choose their rulers and people will have control over the
rulers. Whenever possible and necessary, citizens should be able to participate in decision making,
that affects them all. Therefore, the most basic outcome of democracy should be that it produces a
government that is accountable to the citizens, and responsive to the needs and expectations of the
citizens. Some people think that democracy produces less effective government. It is, of course, true
that non-democratic rulers are very quick and efficient in decision making and implementation,
whereas, democracy is based on the idea of deliberation and negotiation. So, some delay is bound to
take place. But, because it has followed procedures, its decisions may be both more acceptable to the
people and more effective. Moreover, when citizens want to know if a decision was taken through
the correct procedures, they can find this out. They have the right and the means to examine the
process of decision making. This is known as transparency. This factor is often missing from a non-
democratic government. There is another aspect in which democratic government is certainly better
than its alternatives: democratic government is legitimate government. It may be slow, less efficient,
not always very responsive, or clean. But a democratic government is people’s own government.
13.1. People’s right to choose their own rulers is called as the–
(a) Right to Initiate (b) Right to Plebiscite
(c) Right to Vote (d) Right to Referendum
13.2. Which of the following options helps in promoting transparency in the governance?
(a) Right to education (b) Right to information
(c) Right against exploitation (d) Right to speech and expression
13.3. What make/s the government legitimate?
13.4. What is known as transparency in a democracy?
14. How does a democracy produce an accountable, responsive and legitimate government?
OR [NCERT] [CBSE 2012]
How is democracy accountable and responsible to the needs and expectations of the citizens? Analyse.
[CBSE 2015]
15. “Some people think that democracy produces a less effective government.” Analyse the statement.
[CBSE 2015]
16. ‘Democracy is based on the idea of deliberation and negotiation’. Examine the statement.
[CBSE SP 2019-20]

Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(d) 2. (i) elections, (ii) People
3. (i) The basic outcome of democracy is it produces a government that is accountable to the citizens.
(ii) Democracy’s ability to generate its own support.
4. (a)
5. In democracy decision making will be based on norms and procedures. A citizen has the right and the
means to examine the process of decision making. A citizen who wants to know if a decision was taken
through the correct procedure can find this out.
6. Dictatorship means “rule by a few”. A particular individual has large powers in the government
and exercises his own will while taking the decisions. The dictator has all the powers to take all the
decisions–economic, social, intellectual and moral.
7. It is true that non-democratic rulers do not have to bother about deliberations in assemblies or worry
about majestic and public opinion. So, they can be very quick and efficient in decision making and
implementations.
8. Democracy is formed by two Greek words “demos” and “kratia”. Demo means people and Kratia means
the government. It means “rule by the people”. In a democratic setup, every citizen has the right to
take part in the decision making process. Abraham Lincoln defined democracy as, “government of the
people, government by the people and government for the people”. It means that citizens of the country
choose their representatives who would form the government. The government would work for the
collective interests of the society.
9. Democratic governments in practice are accountable because:
(i) It is right to expect democracy to form a government that follows procedures and is accountable to
the people.
(ii) It is also expected that the democratic government develops mechanisms for citizens to take part
in decision making whenever they think it as fit.
(iii) The democratic government is accountable to the people. It ignores the will of the people they will
not elect their ruler in the next general election.
(iv) The procedures and decision making process should be transparent for democratic government to
be accountable to the people. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
10. A democratic government has to be responsive to the needs of its citizens:
(i) Through pressure groups, and public protests, the democratic government can check the popularity
of its decisions and mechanism of administering justice.
(ii) A government which is able to respond to grievances faster is able to avoid confrontation and
provide good governance. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
11. A democratic government is called legitimate government because:
(i) it is people’s own government.
(ii) It may be slow, less efficient and not very responsive and clean, but it is people’s government.
(iii) There is an overwhelming support for the idea of democracy all over the world. People of South
Asia like, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan and Nepal have no doubt about the suitability of
democracy for their own country.
(iv) People wish to be ruled by representatives elected by them. Democracy’s ability to generate its own
support makes it more legitimate. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
12. Transparency is the most important feature of democracy:
(i) Democracy ensures that decision-making will be based on certain norms and procedures.
(ii) So, a citizen who wants to know if a decision was taken through correct procedures can find this
out.
(iii) The citizen has the right and the means to examine the process of decision-making. This is known
as transparency. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
13. 13.1 (c) 13.2 (b)
13.3 Free and fair elections make the government legitimate.
13.4 In a democracy, a citizen who wants to know if a decision was taken through the correct procedures
can find this out. He/she has the right and means to examine the process of decision-making. This
is known as transparency.
14. Democracy is accountable and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens because:
(i) In a democracy, people have the right to choose their representatives and the people will have
control over them.

(ii) Citizens have the right to participate in decision making that affects them all. This ensures that
the working of the government is transparent.
(iii) Everybody expects the government to be attentive to the needs and expectations of the people.
(iv) It is expected that the democratic government develops mechanisms for citizens to hold the
government accountable.
(v) The opposition parties can also question and criticize the government policies. They keep a check
on the ruling party and make sure that it does not misuse the power.
15. It is true some people think that democracy produces a less effective government because:
(i) Non-democratic rulers do not have to bother about deliberation in assemblies or worry about
majorities and public opinion.
(ii) They can be very quick and efficient in decision making and implementation.
(iii) But democracy is based on the idea of deliberation and negotiation. So, some delay is bound to take
place.
(iv) Most democracies fall short of elections that provide a fair chance to everyone.
(v) Democratic governments do not have a very good record when it comes to sharing information with
citizens.
(vi) Democracies often frustrate the needs of the people and often ignore the demands of a majority of
its population. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
16. Democracy is based on the idea of deliberation and negotiation:
(i) Democracy gives importance to deliberation and public opinion.
(ii) The democratic government will take more time to follow procedures before arriving at a decision.
(iii) Its decisions may be both more acceptable to the people and more effective.
(iv) Democracy ensures that decision making will be based on norms and procedures.
(v) Transparency as Persons have the right and the means to examine the process of decision making.
(vi) It follows procedures and is accountable to the people.
(vii) The democratic government develops mechanisms for citizens to hold the government accountable.
(viii) Democratic government follows mechanisms for citizens to take part in decision making whenever
they think fit.
3. Economic Growth and Development, and Reduction of Inequality and Poverty
• Economic Development depends on several factors: country’s population, global situation, cooperations from
other countries, economic priorities adopted by the country.
• The differences in the rate of economic development between less developed countries with dictatorship and
democracies is negligible.
• We cannot say that democracy is a guarantee of economic development.
• When we find economic growth between dictatorial and democratic countries. It is better to prefer democracy
as it has several other positive outcomes.
• Democracies are based on political equality because all individuals have equal weight in electing
representatives.
• But there are growing economic inequalities because those at the bottom of the society have very little to
depend upon, and their incomes are declining. Sometimes they find it difficult to meet their basic needs of
life such as food, clothing, houses, education and health.
• The poor constitute a large proportion of the voters and no party likes to lose their votes. Yet they do not
appear keen to address the question of poverty.
• In actual life democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.
• People in several poor countries are now dependent on the rich countries even for their food supplies.
Exercise 8.3
(i) Democracies have eliminated successfully:
(a) Economic inequalities among people
(b) Conflicts among people
(c) The idea of political inequality
(d) Differences of opinion about marginalised sections are to be treated.

(ii) Which of the following statement(s) are correct?
(a) On an average, dictatorial regimes have had a better record of economic growth.

(b) Within democracies, there can be very high degree of inequalities.
(c) There is often inequality of opportunities available to the poorer sections.
(d) All the above statements.
2. Data/Table Based Question
Study the given data and answer the question.
Rates of economic growth for different countries, 1950-2000
Types of regimes and countries Growth Rate
All democratic Regimes 3.95
All dictatorial Regime 4.42
Poor countries under dictatorship 4.34
Poor countries under democracy 4.28
In compare to democratic regime, what does the table show?
3. Fill in the Blanks
(i) The difference in the rates of economic development between less developed countries with
________________ and democracies is negligible.
(ii) In actual life, ________________ do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.
(a) democracies (b) dictorial regimes
(c) poor countries (d) rich countries
(iii) In __________________ , more than half of its population lives in poverty.
(a) Pakistan (b) India
(c) Bangladesh (d) Sri Lanka
4. On which factors does economic development of a country depend?

5. Should we blame democracy for socio-economic and political problems?

6. What is meant by economic inequality?

7. What does political equality mean?

8. Give any one example of economic development in dictatorial regimes.
[CBSE 2020]
9. “The economic growth rate in dictatorship is better than that in democratic rule.” Why is it so?
10. Are democracies based on political and economic equalities? Explain. [CBSE 2012]
11. Democracy has not been successful in reducing economic inequalities. Give reasons to support your
answer. [HOTS]
12. Is it reasonable to expect democracies to reduce economic disparities? OR
Is economic growth in democracies accompanied by increased inequalities among the people?
OR
Do democracies lead to a just distribution of good and opportunities?
13. What outcomes can one reasonably expect of democracies’? [CBSE 2012]
14. How democracies have been able to reduce poverty? Elaborate. [CBSE 2012]
15. “In a democracy, political expression of social divisions is very normal and can be healthy.” Illustrate
with suitable examples. [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]

option.
Democracies are based on political equality. All individuals have equal weight in electing
representatives. Parallel to the process of bringing individuals into the political arena on an
equal footing, we find growing economic inequalities. A small number of ultra-rich enjoy a highly
disproportionate share of wealth and incomes. Not only that, their share in the total income of the
country has been increasing. Those at the bottom of the society have very little to depend upon. Their
incomes have been declining. Sometimes they find it difficult to meet their basic needs of life, such as
food, clothing, house, education and health.

16.1. Democracy is a rule of the ______________ .
(a) poor (b) majority
(c) political party (d) Parliament
16.2. Who among the following find it difficult to meet their basic needs of life?
(a) Ultra rich (b) Rich
(c) Very poor (d) None of them
16.3. What does the term ultra-rich mean?
16.4. How is democracy based on political equality?
17. Evidence shows that in practice, many democracies did not fulfil the expectations of producing economic

development in the country. Validate the statement with the help of relevant example. [CBSE 2016]
18. Democracy has failed to reduce economic inequality and poverty.” Do you agree? Give arguments in

support of your answer. [CBSE 2014]
19. “Democracies are not appearing to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.” Analyse the

Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(d)
2. The table shows that on an average dictorial regimes have had a slightly better record of economic
growth. But when we compare their record only in poor countries, there is virtually no difference.
3. (i) dictatorships, (ii)–(a), (iii)–(c)
4. (i) Population of the country.
(ii) Global situation.
(iii) Cooperation from other countries.
(iv) Economic priorities adopted by the country.
5. If some of our expectations are not met, we start blaming the idea of democracy. The first step
towards thinking carefully about the outcomes of democracy is to recognise that democracy is just
a form of government. It can create conditions for achieving something.
6. It refers to disparities in the distribution of economic assets and income.
7. It means that all individuals have equal rights in electing representatives.
8. Economic development in dictatorial regimes have slightly higher rate. For example in China the rate
of economic growth is higher.
9. The economic growth rate in dictatorship is better than that in democratic rule because:
(i) The economic growth rate in all dictatorial regimes was 4.42 per cent as compared to 3.95 per cent
all democratic regimes during the period 1995-2000.
(ii) In dictatorial regimes, the rules and regulations are rigid and compulsory. The citizens who disobey
are severely punished.
(iii) In democratic regimes, as the leaders and bureaucrats think about their profits only the government
is not much keen to remove poverty and develop the country economically.
10. Democracies are based on political equality:
(i) All citizens have equal role in electing representatives.
(ii) Parallel to the process of bringing individuals into the political arena, we find growing economic
inequalities.
(iii) Democracy does not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.
(iv) The ultra-rich enjoy a highly disproportionate share of wealth and income.
(v) At the bottom of the society, the people have very little to depend on.
(vi) It is difficult to meet their basic needs of life, such as food, clothing, house, education and health.
11. (i) The wealth and means are accumulated in the hands of a few people and their share in the total
income of the country has been increasing.

(ii) However, the people at the bottom of society find it difficult to meet even their basic needs of
life such as food, clothing, house, education and health. Not only that, their incomes have been
declining.
(iii) The deprived people are a large ratio of voters and no party will like to lose their votes. Yet
democratically elected governments do not appear to be attentive to the cause of the poor.
Thus, democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities.
12. Democracies are based on political equality. All individuals have equal rights in electing representatives,
but we find economic inequalities because–
(i) A small number of ultra-rich enjoy a highly disproportionate share of wealth and income.
(ii) Those at the bottom of the society have very little to depend upon. Their incomes have been
declining.
(iii) Sometimes they find it difficult to meet their basic needs of life such as food, clothes, houses,
education and health.
(iv) In actual life, democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities
because poor constitute a large proportion of our voters and no party will like to lose its votes.
13. The outcomes one can reasonably expect of the democracy are:
(i) In the political sphere–Right to vote, right to contest.
(ii) In the economic sphere–Minimised economic inequalities.
(iii) In the social sphere–Equal protection to women, SCs, STs and OBCs.
14. (i) Democracies do not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities. Although
majority of voters constitute the poverty ridden group, yet democratically elected government do
not appear to be as keen to address the question of poverty as you would expect them to.
(ii) Situation is much worse in some of the countries where people depend upon rich countries for food
supplies.
(iii) But even then democracy is favored because it provides the opportunity to change the rulers.
15. Political expression of social division are as follows:
(i) This allows various disadvantaged and marginal social groups to express their grievances and get
the government to attend to these.
(ii) They can voice their demand in a peaceful and constitutional manner through elections
(iii) They can fight for their recognition and also to accommodate diversity.
16. 16.1 (b) 16.2 (c) 16.3 Highly wealthy
16.4 Because democracy ensures and promote universal adult franchise.
17. (i) If we consider all democracies and all dictatorships for the fifty years between 1950 and 2000,
dictatorships have slightly higher rate of economic growth.
(ii) Economic development depends on several factors: country’s population size, global situation,
cooperation from other countries, economic priorities adopted by the country, etc.
(iii) However, the difference in the rates of economic development between less developed countries
with dictatorships and democracies is negligible.
(iv) Overall, it cannot be said that democracy is a guarantee of economic development. But we can
expect democracy not to lag behind dictatorships in this respect.
(v) With such a significant difference in the rates of economic growth between countries under
dictatorship and democracy, it is better to prefer democracy as it has several other positive
outcomes. For example: North Korea has higher rate of economic growth than India.
18. In actual life, democracies do not appear to be reducing inequalities.
(i) The poor constitute a large proportion of our voters and no party likes to lose their votes, yet
democratically elected governments have not addressed the question of poverty as one would have
expected them to.
(ii) The people in several poor countries are now dependent on the rich countries even for food supplies.
Argument in support:
(i) It enhances the dignity of the individuals.
(ii) It improves the quality of decision· making.
(iii) It provides a method to resolve conflicts. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
19. Democracy and the economic outcomes:
(i) Slow economic development and economic growth due to population.

(ii) Basic needs of life, such as food clothing, shelter are difficult to achieve.

(iii) Prevalence of economic inequalities.
(iv) Poverty is still a big issue.

(v) Allocation of resources in few hands.
(vi) Unjust distribution of goods and opportunities. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
4. Accommodation of Social Diversity, and Dignity And Freedom of the Citizens

• No society can fully or permanently resolve conflicts among different groups but we can learn to respect
these differences and evolve mechanism to negotiate the differences.
• In democracy, the majority always need to works with minority so that governments function to represent
the general views.
• Majority and minority opinions are not permanent, so democracy remains democracy only as long as every
citizen has a chance to rule as majority.
• Democracy is at the top in promoting dignity and freedom of the individual.
• Every individual wants to receive respect from fellow beings but often conflicts arise among individuals.
• In case of dignity of women, most societies across the world were male dominated societies. Long struggle
by women are able to win them some respect and dignity in the society today.
• Democracy in India has strengthened the claims of the disadvantaged and discriminated castes for equal
status and equal opportunity.
• Expectations from democracy also functions as criteria for judging any democratic country as people get
some benefits of democracy. They ask for more and want to make democracy better.
Exercise 8.4
(i) In a democratic set up, a citizen has the right and the means to examine whether the decision is
taken through the correct procedure or not. It is known as:
(a) Transparency (b) Legitimacy (c) Democracy (d) Monarchy
(ii) Name the laws which empowers the people to find out what is happening in the government.
(a) Right to Freedom (b) Right to Information Act
(c) Right to Religion (d) Right to Constitutional Remedies
(iii) Which of the following factors are necessary for the success of democracy?
(a) It provides legitimacy and accommodates government of social diversity.
(b) It provides dignity and freedom of the citizens.
(c) Transparency of democracy. It is accountable and responsible of ruling.
(i) Democracy cannot (a) several positive outcomes
(ii) Democracy has (b) much better to any other form of government
(iii) Democracy is (c) guarantee of economic development
(iv) Democracy stands (d) based on political equality
Assertion (A): Democracy is not simply rule by majority opinion. The majority always needs to work
with the minority.
Reason (R): Rule by majority does not become rule by majority community in terms of religion or race
or linguistic group, etc..
Options:

4. ‘‘Democracies accommodate various social divisions.” Explain.

5. Give any one example of social democracy.
[CBSE SP 2019-20]

6. On the basis of which values will it be a fair expectation that democracy should produce a harmonious
social life? Explain. [CBSE 2012]
7. Why do we expect a lot from a democratic government?
8. “Democracy accommodates social diversities.” Support the statement with examples.
OR [CBSE 2016]
“Democracy is the best way to accommodate social division.” Justify the statements. [AI 2009]
9. What are the two conditions to accommodate social diversities in a democracy? Mention any one
exception to this. [CBSE 2015]
10. Describe the favourable conditions generally provided to people under a democratic rule.[CBSE 2012]
11. Explain any three weaknesses of democracy. [CBSE 2012]
12. Explain the ways in which democracy can be redefined to make democracy more effective.
13. Describe the role of citizens in a democracy. [CBSE 2016]
14. Explain with examples, how the dignity and freedom of citizens are best guaranteed in a
democracy. Or [CBSE 2014]
“Democracy promotes dignity and freedom of the people”. Examine the statement. [CBSE 2020]
15. “A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of democratic project.” Justify
the statement. [CBSE 2016]
16. “Complaints are treated as testimony to the success of democracy.” Support the statement with example.
[AI 2019]


option.
Take the case of dignity of women. Most societies across the world were historically male dominated
societies. Long struggles by women have created some sensitivity today that respect to and equal
treatment of women are necessary ingredients of a democratic society. That does not mean that
women are actually always treated with respect. But once the principle is recognised, it becomes
easier for women to wage a struggle against what is now unacceptable legally and morally. In a non-
democratic set up, this unacceptability would not have legal basis because the principle of individual
freedom and dignity would not have the legal and moral force there. The same is true of caste
inequalities. Democracy in India has strengthened the claims of the disadvantaged and discriminated
castes for equal status and equal opportunity. There are instances still of caste-based inequalities
and atrocities, but these lack the moral and legal foundations. Perhaps it is the recognition that
makes ordinary citizens value their democratic rights.
17.1. In which of the following set up freedom and dignity would not have the legal and moral force?(1)
(a) Democratic (b) Non-democratic
(c) Sovereignty (d) Republic
17.2. Equal treatment of __________________ are necessary ingredients of a democratic society.
(a) all man and women (b) women
(c) political parties (d) living organism
17.3. Which two sections of society get special emphasis in India regarding equal status and equal
opportunities?
17.4. Have the disadvantaged and discriminated castes gained in strength due to democrary?

18. “Democracies often frustrate the needs of the people”. Support your answer.
19. How does democracy promote the dignity and freedom of an individual? OR
Democracy stands much superior to any other forms of government in promoting dignity and freedom
of the individual. Explain. OR
Democracy is based on dignity and freedom. Explain. [CBSE 2012]
20. How are complaints treated as testimony to the success of democracy? Explain.
[CBSE 2016]
21. “Democracy stands much superior in promoting dignity and freedom of the citizens.” Justify the
statement. OR [CBSE 2016, 2018]
“Democracy is very important for promoting dignity and freedom of the citizens.” Support the statement
with arguments. [CBSE 2017]
22. “Democracies lead to a peaceful and harmonious life among citizens.” Justify this statement.
[CBSE 2018]
23. Respect and equal treatment of women are necessary ingredients of a democratic society’. Examine the
statements. [CBSE SP 2019-20]
24. “Democracy plays an important role to accommodate social diversity.” Support the statement with
examples. OR [Delhi 2020]
What are the conditions under which democracies accommodate social diversities. [NCERT]
25. “Democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among citizens”. Support the statement with
examples. OR [Delhi 2020]
Do democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among citizens?
Answers
1. (i)–(a), (ii)–(b), (iii)–(d)
2. (i)–(c), (ii)–(a), (iii)–(d), (iv)–(b) 3. (b)
4. Democracies accommodate various social divisions. It usually develops a procedure to conduct their
competition which reduces the possibility of the tensions becoming explosive or violent.
5. Dignity of individual (gender, caste, religion) is one example of social democracy.
6. The values that are associated with democracy producing a harmonious social life are:
(i) Equality among all human beings.
(ii) Respect for individual freedom.
(iii) Democracies accommodate various social divisions.
(iv) Democracies reduce the possibility of tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(v) Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conflicts. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2017]
7. (i) A democratic government is people’s own government. People have faith in it because it provides
equal status to all and resolves conflicts among individuals in an amicable way.
(ii) People wish to be ruled by representatives elected by them.
(iii) They also believe that democracy is suitable for their country when people get some benefits. They
start expecting more which is quite natural.
8. Democracy accommodates social diversities because:
(i) Democracies develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the possibility of these
tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(ii) No society can fully and permanently resolve conflicts among different groups. But we can certainly
learn to respect these differences and can evolve a mechanism to negotiate these differences.
(iii) Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conflicts is thus a definite plus point of democratic
regimes
(iv) Example: Belgium has successfully negotiated differences among its ethnic population. This
reduces the possibility of tensions . [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
9. (i) It is necessary to understand that democracy is not simply rule by majority. The majority always
needs to work with minority so that governments function to represent the general view.
(ii) It is also necessary that rule by majority does not become rule by majority community in terms of
religion or race or linguistic group.
The exception is Sri Lanka where majoritarianism is followed. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

10. Favourable conditions generally provided to people under a democratic rule are:
(i) It promotes dignity to everyone irrespective of caste, creed and religion.
(ii) It ensures freedom of the individual.
(iii) It provides equal status and opportunity.
(iv) It provides positive reservation for women and other advantages for discriminated groups.
11. (i) Democracies take more time in decision making.
(ii) Democracies fall short of elections that provide a fair chance to everyone and subjecting every
decision to public debate.
(iii) The routine takes of corruption are enough to convince that democracies are not free of evil.
12. Ways in which democracy can be redefined to make democracy more effective:
(i) Ensures that views of minority are respected.
(ii) Eliminates caste, religion and gender based discrimination.
(iii) People enjoy extensive rights from right to vote to participate in elections.
(iv) People enjoy social and economic rights. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
13. The role of citizens in a democracy are as follows:
(i) Citizens exercise their rights and freedoms and get benefited from democratic set-up.
(ii) They must be aware of their rights and duties.
(iii) They should be aware of the issues and problems the country is facing.
(iv) They must cooperate in maintaining law and order.
(v) People must consider other’s needs and interest also. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
14. (i) Democracies throughout the world have recognized the fact that people should be treated with due
respect. The passion for respect and freedom is the basis of democracy.
(ii) Democracies recognize all individuals as equal. This equality is a big thing for the societies which
have been built for long on the basis of subordination and domination.
(iii) Most societies across the world are male-dominated but democracies have created sensitivity that
equal treatment of women are necessary ingredients of a democratic society.
(iv) Caste-based inequalities and atrocities are also not acceptable to democracies. All these combined
together enhance the dignity and freedom of the individual. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
15. A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of democratic project as
(i) it shows that people have developed awareness and the ability to expect.
(ii) people look critically at power holders. They want to make democracy better.
(iii) they come up with expressions and complaints.
(iv) they value their democratic rights. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
17. 17.1 (b) 17.2 (b)
17.3 Women, and the disadvantaged and discriminated castes and tribes.
17.4 Yes, they have gained in strength due to democracy.
18. (i) A democratic government is for the people, by the people and should be attentive to the needs of
the people.
(ii) An ordinary citizen votes for a minister, but cannot meet him if needed. There is the evil of
corruption which has made the life difficult for the citizens and does not give much advice to them
to choose their leaders.
(iii) If we see economic growth, it is lower than those in non-democratic regimes.
(iv) The native tales of corruption are enough to convince as that democracy is not free from corruption.
(v) It is an accepted fact that leaders use money to win votes and capitalists are supporting them.
(vi) Now many leaders vare involved in scams which become a daily news in the newspaper. These
leaders are mostly involved in corruption charges.
19. (i) Every individual wants respect from fellow beings. Often conflicts arise among individuals because
some feel that they are not treated with due respect.
(ii) The passions for respect and freedom are the basis of democracy.
(iii) Democracy no doubt promotes dignity of the citizens and treats everyone equally.
(iv) In case of dignity of women, long struggle of women are able to win them some respect and dignity
in the society today.

(v) In the case of caste inequalities, democracy in India has strengthened the claims of disadvantaged
and discriminated castes for equal status and equal opportunities.
(vi) A public expression of dissatisfactions with democracy shows the success of the democratic projects.
It transforms people from the status of a subject into that of a citizens.
20. To some extent complaints are treated as testimony to the success of democracy. We can prove the

statement by analysing certain facts like:
(i) Slow and inefficient government: Some people complain that democracy is a less effective
governments and it is slow in functioning. There is no doubt that non-democratic government can
be more effective because they are fast in their decision making. But it is not certain that decisions
are right or wrong.
(ii) Unsuccessful in reducing economic exploitation: There is no denying the fact that democracies
do not appear to have been successful in reducing economic inequality. But, it is only possible in
a democracy that people can raise their voice against not only economic inequalities, but also
against all types of inequalities. All these facts show that complaints are treated as testimony to
the success of democracy.
(iii) Expectations from democracy: It also function as the criteria for judging any democratic
country. The fact that people are complaining is itself a testimony to the success of democracy.
It shows that people have developed awareness and the ability to expect and to look critically at
power holders.
(iv) Testing in Democracy: As democracy passes one test, it produces another test. As people get
some benefits of democracy, they ask for more and want to make democracy even better. That is
why, when we ask people about the way democracy functions, they will always come up with more
expectations, and many complaints. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
21. “Democracy stands much superior in promoting dignity and freedom to the citizens” due to:

(i) Every individual wants to receive respect from fellow beings.
(ii) The passion for respect and freedom is the basis of any democracy.
(iii) Democracies throughout the world have recognized this. It has been achieved in various degrees in
various democracies.
(iv) Long struggles by women have got them respect and equal treatment.
(v) In many democracies, women were deprived of their right to vote for a long time which they have
achieved now.
(vi) In India l/3rd of seats have been reserved for women in local bodies.
(vii) Democracy has strengthened the claims of the disadvantaged and discriminated castes for equal
status and equal opportunity. (Any five points to be mentioned) [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018]
22. (i) It will be a fair expectation that democracy should produce a harmonious social life. Democracy

usually develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the possibility of these
tensions becoming explosive or violent.
(ii) No society can fully and permanently resolve conflicts among different groups. But we can certainly
learn to respect these differences and we can also evolve mechanism to negotiate the differences.
Democracy is best suited to produce this outcome.
(iii) Non-democratic government often turn a blind eye to or suppress internal social differences. Ability
to handle social differences, divisions and conflicts is thus a definite plus point of democratic
government.
(iv) It is necessary to understand that democracy is not simply rule by majority opinion. The majority
always needs to work with the minority so that governments function to represent the general
view.
(v) It is also necessary that rule by majority does not become rule by majority community in terms of
religion or race or linguistic group. Rule by majority means that in case of every decision or in case
of every election, different persons and groups may and can form a majority. Democracy remains
democracy only as long as every citizen has a chance of being in majority at some point of time.
23. Respect and Equal treatment of women are necessary ingredients of a democratic society:

(i) Economic independence or access to an inherited or self-generated income is considered to be the
major means of empowering women.
(ii) Equal political and civil rights as men.

(iii) Ways of autonomy and freedom.
(iv) Distributive justice to reduce inequalities in resources and power.
(v) Love, universal brotherhood, sincerity, honesty and integrity of character, firm attitude of rendering
help.
(vi) Removing social evils including violence, torture, humiliation, etc.
24. (i) No society can fully or permanently resolve conflicts among different groups. But we can certainly
learn to respect these differences and we can also evolve mechanisms to negotiate the differences.
Democracy is best suited to produce this outcome. Non-democratic regimes often turn a blind eye
to or suppress internal social differences. Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conflicts
is thus a definite plus point of democratic regimes.
(ii) Democracy continues to be democracy as long as all citizens have a chance to be part of majority
at any point of time. If someone is debarred from being part of majority on the basis of birth then
democracy is said to be concentrated in the hands of a few people.
(iii) It is necessary to understand that democracy is not simply a rule by majority opinion. The majority
always needs to work with the minority so that government can function to represent the opinion
of common people.
(iv) The rule of majority should not be ruled by majority on the basis of religion or race or linguistic
group, etc. Rule by majority means that in case of every decision or in case of very election, different
persons and groups may form a majority.
25. In most countries, the democracy produces a government that is accountable to the citizens and
responsive to needs and expectations of the citizens. Thus, it promotes equality among citizens. People
wish to be ruled by representatives elected by them as in a democratic government. It makes them
believe that it is suitable for their country as it is the legitimate government. Democracies usually
develop a procedure to conduct their competition. This reduces the possibility of ethnic tensions
becoming explosive or violent.
No society can fully and permanently resolve conflicts among different groups. But we can certainly learn
to respect there differences and we can also evolve mechanisms to negotiate the differences. Democracy
is best suited to produce this outcome. Belgium is successful example of negotiating differences among
ethnic groups. Ability to handle social differences, divisions and conflicts is a definite a plut point of
democratic regimes.
Thus, Yes, we can easy say that democracies lead to peaceful and harmonious life among citizens.
Picture Based Questions
1. Study the cartoon and answer the question.

[CBSE SP 2019-20]

Which one of the following options best signifies this cartoon?
(a) Demand for separate state from Democratic Government
(b) Democratic Government is facing territorial issues with the
bordering states
(c) Democratic Government is coping with multiple pressures through
accommodation
(d) Democratic Government accepts demands based on separate state
2. Study the cartoon and answer the question that follows:

Which of the following options best signifies this cartoon?
(a) Most of the resources are utilized by the poor countries.
(b) Most of the resources are utilized by the developing ountries.
(c) Most of the resources are utilized by the developed countries.
(d) Most of the resources are utilized by the landowners.
Ans. 1. (c) 2. (c)

• Democracy promotes equality among citizens, enhances the dignity of the individual, improves the quality
of decision-making, provides a method to resolve conflicts; and allows room to correct mistakes.
• When we talk to people around us, most of them support democracy against other alternatives, such as rule
by monarch or military or religious leaders. But not so many of them would be satisfied with the democracy
in practice.
• Democracy is just a form of government only to create conditions for achieving something. It is based on the
idea of deliberation and negotiation.
• So we face a dilemma: democracy is seen to be good in principle, but felt to be not so good in its practice. This
dilemma invites us to think hard about the outcomes of democracy.
• Over a hundred countries of the world today claim and practice some kind of democratic politics: they have
formal constitutions, they hold elections, they have parties and they guarantee rights of citizens. While
these features are common to most of them, these democracies are very much different from each other
in terms of their social situations, their economic achievements and their cultures. Clearly, what may be
achieved or not achieved under each of these democracies will be very different.
• The first step towards thinking carefully about the outcomes of democracy is to recognise that democracy is
just a form of government. It can only create conditions for achieving something. The citizens have to take
advantage of those conditions and achieve those goals.
• There are some things that democracy must provide. In a democracy, we are most concerned with ensuring
that people will have the right to choose their rulers and people will have control over the rulers. Whenever
possible and necessary, citizens should be able to participate in decision making, that affects them all.
• Therefore, the most basic outcome of democracy should be that it produces a government that is accountable
to the citizens, and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens.
• Democracy ensures that decision-making will be based on norms and procedure. So, a citizen who wants to
know that decision was taken in proper way or not can find this out. This is known as transparency.
• Transparency is missing in a non-democratic government. It is right to expect democracy to produce a
government that follows procedures and is accountable to the people.
• Democracies have had greater success in setting up regular and free elections and in setting up conditions
for open public debate. But most democracies fall short of elections that provide a fair chance to everyone
and in subjecting every decision to public debate.
• Democratic governments do not have a very good record when it comes to sharing information with citizens.
All one can say in favour of democratic regimes is that they are much better than any non-democratic regime
in these respects.
• Economic development of a country depends on several factors–country’s population size, global situations,
cooperation from other countries, economic priorities adopted, etc.
• Democracy can’t achieve higher economic development as compared to dictatorship. But it is better to prefer
democracy as it has several other positive outcomes.
• Democracies are based on political equality. All individuals have equal weight in electing representatives.
• Democracy actually does not appear to be very successful in reducing economic inequalities. Yet democratically
elected government do not appear to be as keen to address the question of poverty.
• In a democracy the majority always needs to work with a minority so that governments function to represent
the general view. Majority rule does not become rule by majority community in terms of religion or race or
linguistic group.
• The passion for respect and freedom are the basis of democracy.
• Democracy in India has strengthened the claims of the disadvantaged and discriminated castes for equal
status and equal opportunity.
• A public expression of dissatisfaction with democracy shows the success of the democratic project.
• Democracy is a better form of government when compared with dictatorship.
• More than 100 countries in the world today practise democracy.
• They have elections, have parties and guarantee rights of citizens.

Case Based Questions (4 Marks)
Read the source given below and answer the questions by choosing the most appropriate option.
1. In a democracy, we are most concerned with ensuring that people will have the right to choose their
rulers and people will have control over the rulers. Whenever possible and necessary, citizens should
be able to participate in decision making, that affects them all. Therefore, the most basic outcome of
democracy should be that it produces a government that is accountable to the citizens, and responsive
to the needs and expectations of the citizens. Some people think that democracy produces less effective
government. It is, of course, true that non-democratic rulers are very quick and efficient in decision
making and implementation, whereas, democracy is based on the idea of deliberation and negotiation.
So, some delay is bound to take place. But, because it has followed procedures, its decisions may be both
more acceptable to the people and more effective. Moreover, when citizens want to known if a decision
was taken through the correct procedures, they can find this out. They have the right and the means
to examine the process of decision making. This is known as transparency. This factor is often missing
from a non-democratic government. There is another aspect in which democratic government is certainly
better than its alternatives: democratic government is legitimate government. It may be slow, less
efficient, not always very responsive, or clean. But a democratic government is people’s own government.
1.1. People’s right to choose their own rulers is called as the–

(a) Right to Initiate (b) Right to Plebiscite
(c) Right to Vote (d) Right to Referendum
1.2. Which of the following options help in promoting transparency in the governance?
(a) Right to education (b) Right to information
(c) Right against exploitation (d) Right to speech and expression
1.3. What makes the government legitimate?
1.4. Why are decisions in a democracy are more acceptable to the people?
Ans. 1.1. (c) 1.2. (b)
1.3. Free and fair elections
1.4. Because in a democracy decisions are taken after following due processes.
2. There are some things that democracy must provide. In a democracy, we are most concerned with
ensuring that people will have th right to choose their rulers and people will have control over the rulers.
Whenever possible and necessary, citizens should be able to participate in decision making, that affects
them all. Therefore, the most basic outcome of democracy should be that it produces a government that
is accountable to the citizens, and responsive to the needs and expectations of the citizens.
2.1. Which of the following is a feature of dictatorship?
(a) No religious faith
(b) Faith showing supremacy and war
(c) Rule of one individual or party
(d) All of these
2.2. ––––––– believe that democracy is necessary for their country.
(a) Centre and State Governments (b) NGOs
(c) People (d) Political parties
2.3. Give the most basic outcome of democracy.
2.4. Democratic government is a legitimate government. Why?
Ans. 2.1. (d) 2.2. (c)
2.3. It produces a government that is accountable to the citizens and responsive to the needs and
2.4. It accommodates social diversities. It is people’s own government elected by the people and it leads
to peaceful harmonious life.

3. Over a hundred countries of the world today claim and practice some kind of democratic politics: they
have formal constitutions, they hold elections, they have parties and they guarantee rights of citizens.
While these features are common to most of them, these democracies are very much different from each
other in terms of their social situations, their economic achievements and their cultures. Clearly, what
may be achieved or not achieved under each of these democracies will be very different. But is there
something that we can expect from every democracy, just because it is democracy.
3.1. Which among the following is incorrect in context of assessing democracy?
(a) Guarantees rights of citizens. (b) Never fulfils people’s demand
(c) Dignity and freedom of citizens (d) Free and fair elections
3.2. Democracy has been failed in reducing
(a) political equalities (b) economic inequalities
(c) economic equalities (d) social inequalities
3.3. How can you say that democracy is different from one another?
3.4. What is the basic outcome of democracy?
Ans. 3.1. (b) 3.2. (c)
3.3. Democracy is different from one another in terms of economic activities, social situations and culture.
3.4. Political outcome, and social and economical outcome.

Unit-4
Economics (Understanding Economics Development-II)
9 Money and Credit
Topics covered
1. Money as a Medium of Exchange, Modern Forms of Money and Loan Activities of Banks
2. Two Different Credit Situations and Terms of Credit
3. Formal Sector Credit in India
4. Self-Help Groups for the Poor
chapter Chart
Money and Credit
Money as a Medium of Exchange Modern Forms of Money

• Holding money can easily exchange it for any • Variety of objects were used as money before the
commodity or service. introduction of coins.
• Both parties have to agree to sell and buy each • Grains and cattle are used as money and then used
other’s commodities is known as double coincidence metallic coins – gold, silver and copper.
of wants. • Modern forms of currency—paper notes and coins.
• Accepted as a medium of exchange because it is
• Eliminates the needs for double coincidence of
authorised by the government of the country.
wants by providing the crucial step.
• RBI issues currency notes on behalf of the central
• Acts as an intermediate in the exchange process, so government.
called as a medium of exchange. • Legalises the use of rupee as a medium of payment
that cannot be refused in setting transactions in India.
Loan Activities of Banks

• Indian banks hold about 15 per cent of their
deposits as cash. Deposits with Banks
• Use the major portion of the deposits to extend • People deposit money with the banks by opening a
loans for various economic activities. bank account in their name.
• Mediate between the depositors and the borrowers. • Banks accept the deposits and also pay an amount as
• Banks charge a higher interest rate on loans than interest on the deposits.
what they offer on deposits. • Demand deposits are those deposits in the bank
• The difference between what is charged from accounts that can be withdrawn on demand.
borrowers and what is paid to depositors is their • A cheque is a paper instructing the bank to pay a
specific amount from the person’s account to the person
main source of income
in whose name the cheque has been issued.
• Demand deposits share the essential features of
money.
• The modern forms of money-currency and deposits, are
closely linked to the working of the modern banking
system.
182
Two Different Credit Situations
• Credit (loan) refers to an agreement in which the
lender supplies the borrower with money, goods Terms of Credit
or services in return for the promise of future of • Collateral is an asset that the borrower owns (such
payment. as lands, building, vehicle, livestocks, deposits with
banks) and uses this a guarantee to a lender until
• Plays a vital and positive role in meeting the ongoing
the loan is repaid.
expenses of production, complete production on time.
• Common examples of collateral used for borrowing–
• Crop production involves considerable costs of seeds,
land titles deposits with banks, livestock.
fertilisers, pesticides, water, electricity, repair of
• Terms of credit comprises interest rate, collateral
equipment.
and documentation requirement, and the mode of
• In another situation credit pushes the borrower into
repayment together.
a situation from which recovery is very painful which
is commonly called debt-trap.
Formal Sector Credit in India Formal and Informal Credit:

• Loans can be grouped as formal sector and informal Who gets What?
sectors loans. • The rich households are availing cheap credit from
• RBI supervises the functioning of formal sources of formal lenders whereas the poor households have to
loans. And also monitors the banks in maintaining pay a large amount for borrowing.
cash balance. • The formal sector meets only about half of the total
• There is no organisation which supervises the credit credit needs of the rural people and remaining are
activities of lenders in the informal sector. from informal sources.
• The cost to the borrower of informal loans is much • It is necessary that banks and cooperatives increase
higher than the formal sectors. their lending particularly in the rural areas, so that
• Banks and cooperative societies need to lend more the dependence on informal sources of credit reduces.
loans to set up new industries or trade in goods. • It is also necessary to expand formal sector loans so
• Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the country’s that to everyone receives these loans.
development.
Self-Help Groups for the Poor

• New ways of providing loans to women in rural poor into Self-Help Groups (SHGs) are organised to pool (collect)
their savings. It has 15-20 members.
• Loan is sanctioned in the name of the group to create self-employment opportunities for the members.
• The group decides as regards the loans to be granted-the purpose, amount, interest to be charged, repayment
schedule, etc.
• SHGs help borrowers overcome the problem of lack of collateral. It provides a platform to discuss and acts on a
variety of social issues such as health, nutrition, domestic violence, etc.
Money and Credit 183

1. Money as a Medium of Exchange, Modern Forms of Money, and Loan Activities of Banks
• Double coincidence of wants is the essential feature of barter system in which, both the parties (seller and
buyer) have to agree to buy and sell each other’s commodities.
• Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange process and eliminates the need for double coincidence of
wants. As money acts as intermediate, it is also called medium of exchange.
• Different phases of medium of exchange are:
(i) Ancient phase: It is the time before the introduction of coins.
(ii) Medieval phase: After the barter system, in came the use of metallic coins like gold, silver and
copper coins.
(iii) Modern phase: In the modern phase, currency like– paper notes and coins are used as a medium
of exchange.
• In India, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) issues currency notes on behalf of the central government. No
other individual or organisation is allowed to issue currency.
• The money is deposited by people in the banks is other form of money. Banks accept the deposits and also
pay an amount as interest on the deposits. In this way people’s money is safe and it earns an amount as
interest.
• Depositors can withdraw their money as and when they require. Therefore, these deposits are called demand
deposits. This demand deposits offer another interesting facility. It is this facility which lends it the essential
characteristics of money that is medium of exchange.
• People now-a-days use cheque instead of cash. A cheque is a paper that instructs the bank to pay a specific
amount from the payer’s account to the person in whose name the cheque has been issued.
• The modern forms of money i.e., currency and deposits are closely linked to the working of the modern
banking system.
• Out of the total money deposited with the banks, 15% of it is kept as minimum cash balance to pay to the
depositors who might come to withdraw money from the bank on any given day.
• There is a huge demand for loans for various economic activities consequently banks use the major portion
of the deposits to extend loans.
• The banks charge high rate of interest from the borrowers and pay less rate of interest to the depositors,
and the difference is the source of income of the banks.
Exercise 9.1
(i) Currency notes in India are issued by which of the following?
(a) State Bank of India (b) Reserve Bank of India
(c) Central Bank of India (d) None of these
(ii) A ______________ is a paper that instructs the bank to pay a specific amount from the payer’s ac-
count to the person in whose name is written on it.
(a) Fixed deposit (b) Demand deposit
(c) Cheque (d) None of these
(iii) Find the incorrect option: [CBSE SP 2019-20]
(a) Demand deposit share the essential features of money
(b) With demand deposit payments can be made without cash
(c) Demand deposits are safe way of money transformation
(d) Demand deposit facility is like cheque
2. Arrange the following sentences in correct sequence
(i) Banks accept the deposits and also pay an amount as interest on the deposits.
(ii) They deposit it with the banks by opening a bank account in their name.

(iii) Workers who receive their salaries at the end of each month have extra cash at the beginning of
the month.
(iv) People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when they require.
Options:
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) (b) (ii), (iii), (iv), (i)
(c) (iii), (ii), (i), (iv) (d) (iv), (ii), (i), (iii)
3. Table/Data Based Question
Study the given table and find out the appropriate reason for the acceptance of money as a medium of
exchange:
In India currency
It includes Rupee is widely accepted
Modern forms of money notes are issued by
Paper notes and coins Reserve Bank of India Medium of Exchange
(a) It is widely accepted. (b) It is modern form of money.
(c) It includes notes and coins. (d) It is issued by RBI.
4. What is a barter system? [CBSE 2015]
5. Why is money called a medium of exchange? Who supervises the functioning of formal sources of
loan? OR [CBSE 2015]
How does money act as medium of exchange? [CBSE 2015]
6. Why are demand deposits considered as money? [NCERT]
7. Recognise the situation when both the parties in a barter economy have to agree to sell and buy each
other’s commodities. What is it called? [CBSE 2016]
8. What is meant by double coincidence of wants? [CBSE 2015]
9. How does money eliminate the need for double coincidence of wants? [CBSE 2016]
10. Why one cannot refuse a payment made in rupees in India? [CBSE 2016]
11. Why do banks maintain cash reserve? [CBSE 2016]
12. How do the deposits with banks become their source of income? [CBSE 2016]
13. Highlight the inherent problem in double coincidence of wants. [CBSE 2017]
14. How does the use of money make it easier to exchange things? Give an example. [CBSE 2017]
15. Why is money called a medium of exchange? [CBSE SP 2018-19]
16. Explain the meaning of currency? [AI 2019]
17. How does the Reserve Bank of India supervise the functioning of banks? Why is this necessary?
[CBSE 2011]
18. How does the use of money make it easier to exchange things? OR [NCERT]
How does money solve the problem of double coincidence of wants? Explain with an example.
[NCERT]
19. Discuss the different phases of medium of exchange.
20. How do banks mediate between those who are in need of money and those who have surplus money?
OR
How do banks mediate between those who have surplus money and those who need money?
[CBSE 2011]
21. How will money be easily exchanged itself for goods or services? Give example to explain.
[CBSE 2016]
22. What are the modern forms of money? Why is the ‘rupee’ widely accepted as a medium of exchange?
Explain two reasons. OR [CBSE 2013]
“The rupee is widely accepted as a medium of exchange.” Explain. [CBSE 2012]

23. How is money transferred from one bank account to another bank account? Explain with an example.
[CBSE 2016]
24. Why is money transaction system better than barter system? Explain with examples. [CBSE 2012]
25. “Focuses of currency have undergone several changes since early times.” Elucidate. [HoTs]
26. Explain any three loan activities of banks in India. [CBSE 2017]
27. How far is it correct to say that money in your pocket cannot buy the basic needs to live well? Explain.
[CBSE 2018]
28. How do demand deposit have the essential features of money? Explain. [CBSE 2020]

29. “Deposits with the banks are beneficial to the depositors as well as to the nation”. Examine the
30. Why is modern currency accepted as a medium of exchange without any use of its own? Find out the
reason. [CBSE 2015]
31. What are demand deposits? Explain any three features of it? OR [CBSE 2016]
Which type of deposits with the banks are called demand deposits? State some important features of
demand deposits. [CBSE 2012]
32. How are deposits with the bank beneficial for individual as well as for the nation? Explain with
examples. [CBSE 2015] [HOTS]
33. Why is it necessary for the banks and cooperative societies to increase their lending facilities in rural
areas? Explain. OR [CBSE 2015]
Why should the banks and cooperative societies provide more loan facilities to the rural households in
India? Give four reasons. [CBSE 2008, 12]
34. How does the use of money make exchange of things easier? Explain with examples. [CBSE 2010]
Answers
1. (i)–(b), (ii)–(c), (iii)–(d) 2. (c) 3. (a)
4. Barter system is a condition in which goods are exchanged without the use of money.
5. Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange process and eliminates the need for double coincidence
of wants. As money acts as intermediate, it is also called medium of exchange.
6. Demand deposits are considered as money because the depositors get the facility of cheque against
their demand deposits when they open an account in the bank, which is used to settle the transaction
without the use of money.
7. This is known as double coincidence of wants.
8. Both parties, the seller and the buyer have to agree to sell and buy each other commodities. Goods are
directly exchanged without the use of money.
9. If we have money in our pocket we can purchase anything at anytime as we wish.
10. One cannot refuse a payment made in rupees because it is accepted as a medium of exchange. The
currency is authorized by the government of India.
11. Banks maintain cash reserve to arrange for daily withdrawals by depositors.
12. Banks charge higher interest rate on loans than what they offer on deposits. The difference of interest
is the main source of income of banks.
13. The inherent problem in double coincidence of wants is that both parties have to agree to sell and buy
each other’s commodities. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2017]
14. A person holding money can easily exchange it for any commodity or service that he or she might want.
Example: The shoe manufacturer will first exchange shoes that he has produced for money and then
exchange the money for wheat. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2017]
15. Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange process.
16. Currency is modern forms of money that includes paper notes and coins and accepted as a medium of
exchange. It is issued by the Reserve Bank of India on behalf of the central government.

17. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) supervises the banks in the following ways:
(i) It monitors the balance kept by banks for day-to-day transactions.
(ii) It checks that the banks give loans not just to profit-making businesses and traders but also to
small borrowers.
(iii) Periodically, banks have to give details about lenders, borrowers and interest rate to RBI. It is
necessary for securing public welfare. It avoids the bank to run the business with profit motive only.
It also keeps a check on interest rate of credit facilities provided by bank. RBI makes sure that the
loans from the banks are affordable and cheap. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
18. Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange process and eliminates the need for double
coincidence of wants. Everyone prefers to receive payments in money and exchange it for whatever
they want to buy. If money is used in the exchange process, then in case of the shoe manufacturer
all he has to do is find a buyer for his shoes and then he will buy wheat with that money. This is
how the use of money makes the exchange process easier.
19. Different phases of medium of exchange:
Ancient phase: It is the time before the introduction of coins. Barter system (double coincidence of
wants) was prevalent during this time. Goods and services were exchanged with goods and services.
For example, grains and cattle were used in the exchange process.
Medieval phase: After the barter system, it came the use of metallic coins like gold, silver and copper
coins. As these were made of precious metals they had value of their own.
Modern phase: In the modern phase, currency comprising paper notes and coins are used as a medium
of exchange. These are not made of any precious metals even after being used as a medium of exchange
because the government of the country authorises the currency.
20. (i) Banks keep small proportion of their deposit as cash with themselves.
(ii) Major portion of deposit is used for extending loans.
(iii) The banks mediate between depositors and borrowers in this way.
(iv) They charge high rate of interest on loans than what they offer on deposits.
21. Money acts as a medium to exchange itself for goods and services: A person holding money can easily
exchange it for any commodity or service that he or she might want. Everyone prefers to receive
payments in money and exchange the money for things they want.
For example, a shoemaker wants to sell shoes in the market and buy wheat. The shoemaker will first
exchange shoes for money and then exchange the money for wheat. If the shoemaker had to directly
exchange shoes for wheat without the use of money, he would have to look for a wheat growing farmer
who not only wants to sell wheat but also wants to buy the shoe in exchange. Both the parties have
to agree to sell and buy each others commodities. This process is very difficult, time consuming and
unhealthy. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
22. The modern forms of money are listed below:
(i) Paper currency (ii) Coins (iii) Demand deposits (iv) Cheques
The rupee is accepted as a medium of exchange in the following ways:
(i) The currency is authorised by the government of the country.
(ii) In India, the Reserve Bank of India issues, currency notes on behalf of the central government.
(iii) The law legalises the use of rupee as a medium of payment that cannot be refused in setting
transactions in India.
(iv) No individual in India can legally refuse a payment made in rupees. Hence, the rupee is widely
accepted as a medium of exchange. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
23. Money is transferred from one bank account to another bank account: If a person has to make a payment
to his or her friend and writes a cheque for a specific amount, this means that the person instructs his
bank to pay this amount to his friend. His friend takes this cheque and deposits it in his account in the
bank. This said amount is transferred from one bank account to another bank account.

24. (i) Transaction system is better than barter system because double coincidence of wants creates
problem.
(ii) For example, shoe manufacturer wants to sell shoes in the market and wants to buy wheat. For
this, he would look for a wheat growing farmer who would exchange his wheat with the shoes.
(iii) In barter system, goods are exchanged without the use of money.
(iv) In contrast, in an economy where money is in use; money by providing the crucial intermediate step
eliminates the need for double coincidence of wants. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
25. (i) Before the introduction of coins, a variety of objects were used as money.
(ii) In the very early ages, Indians used grains and cattle as money.
(iii) Thereafter, came the use of metallic coins – gold, silver, copper coins.
(iv) Modern forms of money include currency like paper notes and coins.
(v) It is accepted as a medium of exchanges because the currency is authorized by the country’s
government.
(vi) It is not made of precious metal, it is without any use of its own.
26. (i) Banks keep only a small proportion of their deposits as cash with themselves, as a provision to pay
the depositors who might come to withdraw from the bank on any given day.
(ii) They use their major portion of the deposits to extend loans, mediate between those people who
have surplus funds (depositors) and those who are in need of those funds (the borrowers).
(iii) They charge higher rate of interest on the loans than what they offer on deposits. The difference
between what is charged from borrowers and what is paid to depositors is their main source of
income.
27. (i) Income by itself is not a completely adequate indicator.
(ii) Money cannot buy you a pollution-free environment.
(iii) Money may also not be able to protect you from infectious diseases.
Therefore, the whole community needs to take preventive steps, i.e.
(i) Collective security for the whole society.
(ii) Public facilities such as schools.
(iii) Public Distribution System in some states.
(iv) All can only be done collectively and not individually.
28. The demand deposits have the essential features of money because:
(ii) People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when they require.
(iii) People’s money is safe with the banks and it earns an amount as interest.
29. Banks play an important role in an economy of a country:
(i) They give interest on the money deposited by the people. Thus, they add to the income of the family.
Many families survive on the bank interest.
(ii) Banks mediate between those who have surplus money and those who need money.
(iii) Banks provide cheap loans to a large number of people. They promote agriculture by providing
loans to the farmers for bringing new farm implements and make better arrangements for the
irrigation of their fields.
(iv) Banks boost the industry also by providing cheap loans to industrialists.
(v) They are the backbone of the country’s trade.
(vi) They employ a large number of people and as such they solve the problem of unemployment to a
great extent.
30. Modern currency is accepted as a medium of exchange without any use of its own because:
(i) Modern currency is authorised by the government of a country.
(ii) In India, the Reserve Bank of India issues all currency notes on behalf of the Central Government.
(iii) No other individual or organisation is allowed to issue currency.

(iv) The law legalises the use of rupee as a medium of payment that cannot be refused in settling
transactions in India.
(v) No individual in India can legally refuse a payment made in rupees.
31. People save their money in banks by opening an account. The deposits in the bank accounts can be
withdrawn on demand, so these deposits are called demand deposits.
(i) Banks accept the deposits and also pay an interest rate on the deposits. In this way people’s money
is safe with the banks and it earns an interest.
(ii) The facility of cheques against demand deposits makes it possible to directly settle payments
without the use of cash. Since demand deposits are accepted widely as a means of payment, along
with currency, they constitute money in the modern economy.
(iii) It is authorised by the government of the country.
(iv) Its demand and supply can be controlled RBI.
(v) I n India, the law legalises the use of rupee as a medium of payment that cannot be refused in
settling transaction in the country. No individual can legally refuse a payment made in rupees.
32. The deposits with banks are beneficial for individual as well as for nation:
(i) Banks accept deposit and also pay an amount as interest and in this way people earn money.
(ii) People’s money is safe with banks.
(iii) It is easy for individuals to get credit who have savings and current account in the banks.
(iv) Poor people who are engaged in production need credit.
(v) Credit provided by the banks for government projects help in development of the nation.
33. (i) India is an agricultural country so the people in rural areas deserve a special attention. Hence, the
banks and cooperative societies should help the needy people in rural areas.
(ii) Mostly, the people in rural areas are illiterate and hence they can be easily cheated by the
moneylenders.
(iii) Most loans from informal lenders carry a very high interest rate and do little to increase the
income of the borrowers. Hence, it is necessary that banks and cooperatives increase their lending
particularly in rural areas, so that the dependence on informal sources of credit reduces.
(iv) Only the banks and cooperative societies can provide loans to the rural household at cheap rates
which can easily save them from the clutches of the moneylenders.
(v) Most of the people in urban areas depend upon the rural people for their food requirements, etc.
and, their welfare is most important. Hence, the banks and cooperative societies should provide
more facilities to the rural households in the matter of advancing loan.
34. (i) Money means wealth around which the whole economic activities of every country move. It acts as
an intermediate in the exchange process and therefore, called a medium of exchange.
(ii) In our day to day transactions, goods are being bought and sold with the use of money. At times we
do exchange services with money.
(iii) Use of money has made things easier to exchange as we can exchange it for any commodity we
need.
(iv) The transactions are made in money because a person holding money can easily exchange it for
any commodity or service that he or she wants.
(v) Thus, the main function of money in an economic system is to facilitate the exchange of goods and
services. Without exchange of money nobody can fulfil his all needs and requirements.
2. Two Different Credit Situations and Terms of Credit

• Credit is an agreement between the lender and the borrower in which the borrower promises to pay the
lender in the future.
• Credit plays a positive role when the borrower is able to return the loan amount on time and also made some
profit with the use of that money.

• Sometimes credit is very painful as it pushes the borrower into such a situation from where recovery is very
difficult.
• Every loan agreement specifies an interest rate which the borrower must pay to the lender along with the
repayment of the principal. In addition lenders may demand collateral (security) against loans.
• Collateral is an asset that the borrower owns (such as land, building, vehicle, livestocks, deposits with
banks) and uses this as a guarantee to a lender until the loan is repaid. Terms of credit comprises interest
rate, collateral and documentation requirement together.
Exercise 9.2
1. Choice the correct answer from the given options (MCQs)
(i) Which one of the following options describe ‘Collateral’? [CBSE SP 2020-21]
(a) Double coincidence of wants (b) Certain products for barter
(c) Trade in barter (d) Asset as guarantee for loan
(ii) Which among the following refers to an agreement that lender supplies the borrower with money,
goods or services in return for the promise of future payment?
(a) Credit (b) Debit
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) Interest
Read the following given table and find out what was the outcome of Swapna?
Salim Swapna
Why did they need credit? To meet the working capital needs. To meet the expenses of cultivation.
What was the risk? No or little unknown risk. Risk of crop failure.
What was the outcome? Supplied the orders, earned profits ?
and repaid the loans.
(a) Crop failed (b) Found herself in the debt trap
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) Repaid the loans
3. Information Based Question
Read the given information carefully, and answer the question that follows: [CBSE SP 2019-20]
Rita has taken a loan of ` 7 lakhs from the bank to purchase a car. The annual interest rate on the
loan is 14.5 per cent and the loan is to be repaid in 3 years in monthly installments. The bank retained
the papers of the new car as collateral, which will be returned to Rita only when she repays the entire
loan with interest.
Analyse the loan information given above, select the correct option.
(a) Mode of re-payment (b) Terms of credit
(c) Interest on loan (d) Deposit criteria
4. Define collateral.
5. What are the reasons why the banks might not be willing to lend to certain borrowers?
[NCERT]
6. Given that a large number of people in our country are poor, does it in any way affect their capacity to
borrow? [NCERT]
7. Why do banks ask for collateral while giving loans? [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]
IiI. Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks)
8. Analyses the role of credit in development. [NCERT]
9. What is meant by term of credit? What does it include? [CBSE 2011]
10. Why do lenders ask for collateral while lending? Give any three reasons. [NCERT] [CBSE 2014]

OR
Why do lenders ask for collateral while lending? Explain. [CBSE 2020]
11. Discuss the negative role of credit with example. OR
In situations with high risks, credit might create further problems for the borrower. Explain.
[NCERT]
12. Why is credit a crucial element in the economic development?

option.
Swapna, a small farmer, grows groundnut on her three acres of land. She takes a loan from the
moneylender to meet the expenses of cultivation, hoping that her harvest would help repay the loan.
Midway through the season the crop is hit by pests and the crop fails. Though Swapna sprays her crops
with expensive pesticides, it makes little difference. She grows over the year into a large amount. Next
year, Swapna takes a fresh loan for cultivation. It is a normal crop this year. But he earnings are not
enough to cover the old loan. She is caught in debt. She has to sell a part of the land to pay off the debt.
13.1. The passage given above relates to which of the following options?
(a) Collateral credit. (b) Credit recovery is very painful.
(c) Failure of crops. (d) Credit is somewhere beneficial.
13.2. According to the passage, Swapna faced which of the following options–
(a) Failure of the crop made loan repayment impossible.
(b) She had to sell part of the land to repay the loan.
(c) Credit left her worse off.
13.3. It refers to an agreement in which the lender supplies the borrower with money, goods or services
in return for the promise of future payment. What is it called?
13.4. What example does the passage give?
14. How do banks play an important role in the economy of India? Explain. [CBSE 2015]
OR
“Bank plays an important role in the economic development of the country.” Support the statement
with examples. [Delhi 2020]
15. Describe the vital and positive role of credit with examples. [CBSE 2016] [HOTS]
OR
What is credit? How does credit play a vital and positive role? Explain with an example. [CBSE 2015]
16. “Credit sometimes pushes the borrower into a situation from which recovery is very painful.” Support
the statement with examples. [Delhi 2020]
Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(a) 2. (c) 3. (b
4. Collateral is an asset that the borrower owns and given to the lender as a guarantee that he will repay
the loan. If the borrower is unable to repay the loan, then the lender having the right to sell it and get
the money back.
5. The banks might not be willing to lend to certain borrowers because they may not be having any
collateral which is used as a guarantee of the repayment of loan.
6. If a large number of people in our country are poor, it will affect their capacity to borrow because they
will not be having enough collateral, which decides how much amount of loan a person is eligible.

7. Banks use collateral as a guarantee until the loan is repaid.
8. (i) Credit plays an important role in the development process of a country.
(ii) If the credit is taken from the formal sources at low interest rate, then it is easy for the borrowers
to complete their work and repay the loan after making profit.
(iii) In this way there will be individual economic development and also it will lead to country’s
economic development.
9. Terms of credit are the requirements need to be satisfied for any credit arrangements. It includes
interest rate, collateral, documentation and mode of repayment. However, the terms of credit vary
depending upon the nature of lender, borrower and loan. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
10. The lenders ask for collateral while lending because collateral, means security, is an assest that the
borrower owns (such as land, building, vehicle, livestocks, deposits with banks) and uses this as a
guarantee to a lender until the loan is repaid. If the borrower fails to repay the loan, the lender has the
right to sell the assest or collateral to obtain payment.
Thus, every loan agreement specifies an interest rate which the borrower must pay to the lender along
with the repayment of the principal.
11. Negative role of credit: Sometimes credit is very painful as it pushes the borrower into such a
situation from where loan recovery is very difficult. In this situation the borrower is not able to repay
the loan and many a times caught in the situation of debt-trap. For example, a small farmer, Swapna
took loan for crop cultivation but due to some reason she faced the situation of crop failure. So she took
another loan for spraying pesticides but the production was not enough to repay the loan. So she was
caught in debt-trap.
12. Credit is a crucial element in economic development of a country because:
(i) It helps to meet the ongoing expenses of production
(ii) It helps in increasing earnings
(iii) It helps in completing production in time.
13. 13.1 (b) 13.2 (d) 13.3 Credit 13.4 Debt trap
14. Banks play an important role in developing the economy of India:
(i) They keep money of the people in its safe custody.
(ii) They give interest on the deposited money to the people.
(iii) They mediate between those who have surplus money and those who are in need of money.
(iv) They provide loan to large number of people at low interest rate.
(v) They promote agricultural and industrial sector by providing loans.
(vi) They also provide funds to different organisations. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
15. Credit refers to an agreement in which the lender supplies the borrower with money, goods or services
in return for the promise of future payment. Credit plays a vital and positive role as:
(i) Credit helps people from all walks of life in setting up their business, increase their income and
support their families.
(ii) To some people loan helps a lot in constructing their houses and get relief from monthly rent.
(iii) To others it helps a lot in raising their standards.
(iv) Example: It is festival season two months from now and the shoe manufacturer, Salim, has
received an order from a large trader in town for 3,000 pairs of shoes to be delivered in a month
time. To complete production on time, Salim has to hire a few more workers for stitching and
pasting work. He has to purchase the raw materials. To meet these expenses, Salim obtains loans
from two sources. First, he asks the leather supplier to supply leather now and promises to pay
him later. Second, he obtains loan in cash from the large trader as advance payment for 1000
pairs of shoes with a promise to deliver the whole order by the end of the month. At the end of the
month, Salim is able to deliver the order, make a good profit, and repay the money that he had
borrowed.
The credit helps him and now he is able to increase his earnings.

16. In rural areas, the main demand for credit is for crop production. Crop production involves considerable
costs on seeds, fertilisers, pesticides, water, electricity, repair of equipment, etc. There is a minimum
stretch of three to four months between the time when the farmers buy these inputs and when they
sell the crop. Farmers usually take crop loans at the beginning of the season and repay the loan after
harvest. Repayment of the loan is crucially dependent on the income from farming.
If the failure of the crop made loan repayment impossible then farmers had to sell part of the land to
repay the loan. Credit, instead of helping those farmers to improve their earnings, left them worse off
and they came into the debt-trap. In this case credit pushes the borrower into a situation from which
recovery is very painful.
In one situation credit helps to increase earnings and therefore the person is better off than before. In
another situation, because of the crop failure, credit pushes the person into debt trap. To repay the loan
farmers have to sell a portion of their land. They are now clearly much worse off than before. Whether
credit would be useful or not, therefore, depends on the risks in the situation and whether there is some
support in case of loss.
Thus, through the above situation or example, we can easily say that credit sometimes pushes the
borrower into a situation from which recovery is very painful.
3. Formal Sector Credit in India

• People take credit from different sources, which can be grouped into two–formal sector loans and informal
sector loans.
• The Reserve Bank of India supervises the functioning of formal sources of loans and monitors the banks in
actually maintaining cash balance. Periodically, banks have to submit information to the RBI on how much
they are lending, to whom, at what interest rate, etc.
• Formal sector credit sources includes banks and cooperatives. They charge less rate of interest in comparison
to that of informal sector. Thus the cost of borrowing is less.
• Informal sector credit sources includes moneylenders, friends, relatives, traders, etc. They charge high rate
of interest in comparison to that of formal sector. Thus, the cost of borrowing is high.
• Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the country’s development.
• The rich households are availing cheap credit from formal lenders whereas the poor households have to pay
a large amount for borrowing.
• Banks and cooperatives increase their lending particularly in the rural areas, so that the dependence on
informal sources of credit reduces. While formal sector loans need to expand, it is also necessary that
everyone receives these loans.
Exercise 9.3
(i) Which of the following is a formal source of credit?
(a) Commercial banks (b) Traders
(c) Borrowers (d) Moneylenders
(ii) Who supervises the functioning of formal source of loans?
(a) Reserve Bank of India (b) State Bank of India
(c) Central Bank of India (d) Informal money lenders
2. Information Based Questions
(i) Study the given information carefully and answer the question that follows: [CBSE 2020]
Krishna is working in a neighbouring field with very less wages. Expenses on sudden illnesses
or functions in the family are also met through loans. The landowner charges an interest rate of
5 per cent per month. At present she owes landowner ` 5,000.
Analyse the credit arrangement given above.
(ii) Read the information given below and select the correct option. (CBSE S.P. 2020-21)

Mohan is an agricultural labourer. There are several months in a year when he has no work
and needs credit to meet his daily expenses. He depends upon his employer, the landowner for
credit who charges an interest rate of 5 per cent per month. Mohan repays the money by working
physically for the landowner on his farmland.
Over the years his debt will –
(a) Increase – because of increasing interest and non-payment of monthly amount
(b) Remain constant – as he is working for the employer but is repaying less
(c) Reduce – as amount equivalent to his salary is being counted as monthly repayment
(d) Be totally repaid – as he is repaying the debt in the form of physical labour
Or
Most of the agricultural labourers like Mohan depend upon loans from informal sector. Which of
the following statements about this sector is correct–
(a) There are government bodies to supervise informal sector.
(b) Moneylenders ask for a reasonable rate of interest.
(c) Cost of informal loans to the borrower is quite high.
(d) Moneylenders use fair means to get their money back.
3. Prove with an argument that there is a great need to expand formal sources of credit in rural India.
[CBSE 2016]
4. Why are most of the poor households deprived from the formal sector of loans?
[CBSE 2016]
5. Why is the supervision of the functioning of formal sources of loans necessary?
[CBSE 2016]
6. Give any two examples of informal sector of credit. [CBSE 2018]
7. Explain the importance of formal sector loans in India. [Delhi 2019]
8. Explain the reason for necessity of supervision by the Reserve Bank of India of formal source of loans.
[AI 2019]
9. Formal credit meets only about half of the total credit needs of the rural people. Where does the other
half come from? [CBSE 2014]
10. Dhananjay is a government employee and belongs to a rich household, whereas Raju is a construction
worker and comes from a poor rural household. Both are in need and wish to take loan. Create a list of
arguments explaining who between the two would successfully be able to arrange money from a formal
source. Why? [CBSE 2016]
11. In what ways does the Reserve Bank of India supervise the functioning of banks? Why is this
necessary? OR [NCERT]
How does the Reserve Bank of India supervise the functioning of banks? Why is this necessary?
[CBSE 2011]
12. Should there be a supervisor, such as the Reserve Bank of India, that looks into the loan activities of
informal lenders? Why would its task be difficult?
13. Manav needs a loan to set up a small business. On what basis will Manav decide whether to borrow
from the bank or the moneylender? Discuss. [NCERT]
14. Why is cheap and affordable credit important for the country’s development? Explain any three reasons.
[CBSE 2018]
15. Describe the importance of formal sources of credit in the economic development. [Delhi 2019]
16. Describe the bad effects of informal sources of credit on borrowers. [Delhi 2019]
17. Explain any three reasons for the banks and cooperative societies to increase their lending facilities in
rural areas. [AI 2019]

18. Why do we need to expand formal sources of credit in India? Explain. [NCERT], [CBSE SP 2019-20]
19. Why do banks and cooperative socities need to lend more? Explain. [CBSE SP 2019-20]
20. “Poor households still depend on informal sources of credit.” Support the statement with examples.
[CBSE 2016]
21. “The credit activities of the informal sector should be discouraged.” Support the statement with
arguments. [CBSE 2016]
22. Explain the differences between formal and informal sources of credit.
OR [CBSE 2012] [NCERT]
Mention three points of difference between formal sector and informal sector loans. [CBSE 2016]
23. How can the formal sector loans be made beneficial for poor farmers and workers? Suggest any five
measures. OR [CBSE 2016]
Why are formal sources of credit preferred over the informal source of credit? Give three reasons.
24. Which are the two major sources of formal sectors in India? Why do we need to expand the formal
sources of credit? [CBSE 2011]
Answers
1. (i)–(c), (ii)–(a)
2. (i) The credit arrangement comes under the informal source of credit.
(ii) (a) OR (c)
3. To expand formal sources of credit in rural India, dependence on informal sources of credit has to be
reduced.
4. They are deprived from the formal sector of loans because of:
(i) Lack of collateral. (ii) They are illiterate.
(iii) They cannot fulfil the formalities of the formal sector of loans.
5. It is necessary because banks have to submit information to the RBI on how much they are lending, to
whom they are lending and what interest rate, etc.
6. Two examples of informal sector of credit are: (i) moneylenders, (ii) traders, (iii) employers, (iv) relatives,
(v) friends. (Any two points to be mentioned) [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018]
7. Importance of formal sector loans in India:
(i) They provide loans at a fixed rates and terms.
(ii) They give loans not just to profit making business and traders but also to small cultivators, small-
scale industries too small borrowers, etc.
8. The Reserve Bank of India supervises the functioning of formal sources of loans because banks are
giving loans to small cultivators, small scale industries, to small borrowers or not only to profit-making
businesses and traders.
9. (i) Compared to formal lenders, most of the informal lenders charge much higher interest rates on
loans like 3% to 5% per month, i.e., 36% a year.
(ii) Besides the high interest rate, informal lenders impose various other tough conditions. For example,
they make the farmers promise to sell the crop to him at a low price. There is no such condition in
formal sector.
(iii) Loans taken by poor people from informal lenders sometimes, lead them to debt trap because of
high interest rate.
(iv) The formal sources of credit in India still meets only about half of the total credit needs of the rural
people. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
10. Dhananjay will be able to get loan from a formal source.
Arguments :
Banks are not present everywhere in rural India. Even when they are present, getting a loan from
a bank is much more difficult than taking a loan from informal sources. Bank loans require proper
documents and collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the major reasons which prevents the poor from
getting bank loans. Informal lenders such as moneylenders, on the other hand, know the borrowers
personally and hence, are often willing to give a loan without collateral.
11. RBI sees that the banks maintain the minimum cash balance or not. It monitors that the loan is not
just given to the profit–making businesses and traders but also to the small borrower. It asks the

banks to submit information like how much they are lending, to whom they are lending and at what
rate of interest, etc.
12. Yes, there should be a supervisor, such as the Reserve Bank of India to look into the loan activities of
informal lenders so that the informal sector credit sources will not be able to charge very high rate of
interest. They will also have to maintain the records and they will not be able to use unfair means to get
their money back. It will be difficult for the RBI to supervise the loan activities of the informal sector
credit sources because mostly they do not maintain any record.
13. Manav will decide on whether to borrow from the bank or the moneylender on the basis of various
factors:
(i) He must have a collateral or asset which can guarantee his loan. If he lacks such an asset, he can’t
get a loan from the bank. In this scenario, he will have to go to a moneylender, even though the
latter charges a higher interest rate.
(ii) If Manav is not aware of the banes of borrowing from the informal sector, he might not even
consider taking a bank loan.
(iv) If there are no banks in or near his area of residence or work place, then he will borrow from a
moneylender.
14. Cheap and affordable credit is important for the country’s development because of the following reasons:
(i) This would lead to higher incomes and many people could then borrow cheaply for a variety of
needs.
(ii) With the help of cheap credit they could grow crops, do business, set up small scale industries
which will generate employment and help in country’s development.
(iii) They could set up new industries or trade in goods. It will lead to the country’s development.
15. Importance of formal sources of credit in the economic development:
(i) This would lead to higher incomes and many people could then borrow cheaply for a variety of
needs.
(ii) They could grow crops, do business, set up small scale industries, etc.
(iii) They could set up new industries or trade. All these lead to the country’s development.
16. The bad effects of informal sources of credit on borrowers:
(i) Most of the informal lenders charge a much higher interest on loans. Thus the cost to the borrower
of the informal loans is much higher.
(ii) There is no boundaries or restrictions.
(iii) Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part of earning of the borrowers is used to repay the loan
and they have less income left for themselves.
(iv) The high rate of interest of borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid is greater than the
income of the borrower and it can lead to increasing debt and debt-trap.
(v) People who might wish to start an enterprise by borrowing may not do so because of the high cost
of borrowing.
17. The three reasons for the banks and cooperative societies to increase their lending facilities in rural
areas are:
(i) India is an agricultural country so the people in rural areas deserve a special attention, hence, the
banks and cooperative society should help the needy people in rural areas.
(ii) Mostly the people in rural areas are illiterate and hence they can be easily cheated by the money
lenders.
(iii) Only the banks and cooperative societies can provide loans to the rural household at cheap rates
which can easily save them from the clutches of the money lenders.
18. Expand formal sources:
(i) To save people from the exploitation of Informal sector.
(ii) Formal charge a low interest on loans.
(iii) To save from debt trap.
(iv) It provides cheap and affordable credit.
(v) RBI also supervises the formal sector credit through various rules and regulations which ensures
that banks give loans to small cultivators, small borrowers, etc. and not just to profit making
business and traders. [Any three to be explained]
19. Banks and cooperative societies need to lend more:
(i) This would lead to higher incomes.
(ii) People could borrow cheaply for a variety of needs.

(iii)
They could grow crops and set up small-scale industries etc.
(iv)
Cheap and affordable credit is crucial for the country’s development.
(v)
To save and reduce the dependence on informal sources of credit.
(vi)
It is important that the formal credit is distributed more equally so that the poor can benefit from
the cheaper loans. [Any three points to be explained.]
20. (i) Banks are not present everywhere in rural India. Even when they are present, getting a loan from
a bank is much more difficult than taking a loan from informal sources.
(ii) Bank loans require proper document and collateral. Absence of collateral is one of the major
reasons which prevents the poor from getting bank loans.
(iii) Informal lenders such as moneylenders, on the other hand, know the borrowers personally and
hence are often willing to give a loan without collateral. The borrowers can, if necessary, approach
the moneylenders even without repaying their earlier loans.
21. The credit activities of the informal sector should be discouraged because:
(i) About 85% of loans taken by the poor households in the urban areas are from informal sources.
(ii) Informal lenders charge very high interest on their loans.
(iii) There are no boundaries and restrictions.
(iv) Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part of the earnings of the borrowers is used to repay the
loan.
(v) In certain cases, the high interest rate for borrowing call mean that the amount to be repaid is
greater than the income of the borrower.
(vi) This could lead to increasing debt and debt trap, therefore the credit activities of the informal
sector should be discouraged. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
22. Formal Sources of Credit Informal Sources of Credit

(i) The Reserve Bank of India supervises the (i) There is no organisation which super-vises
functioning of formal sources of loans. the credit activities of lenders in the informal
sector.
(ii) They provide loans at a fixed rates and (ii) Rates of interest are not fixed, and
terms. moneylenders can charge whatever interest
rate they choose.
(iii) They give loans not just to profit making (iii) They give loans to small cultivators only to
businesses and traders but also to small earn profit. These is no one to stop them from
cultivators, small-scale industries to small using unfair means to get their money back.
borrowers, etc.
(iv) Banks and cooperatives come under the (iv) The informal lenders includes money-lenders,
category of formal sources of credit. traders, employers, relatives and friends.
23. Formal sector loans can be made beneficial for poor farmers and workers in the following ways:
(i) Create awareness to farmers about formal sector loans.
(ii) Process of providing loans should be made easier.
(iii) It should be simple, fast and timely.
(iv) More number of nationalised banks/cooperative banks should be opened in rural sector.
(v) Banks and cooperatives should increase facility of providing loans so that dependence on informal
sources of credit reduces.
(vi) The benefits of loans should be extended to poor farmers and small scale industries.
(vii) While formal sector loans need to expand, it is also necessary that everyone receives these loans.
24. The two major sources of formal sources of credit are:
(i) Banks and (ii) Cooperatives.
Need to expand formal sources of credit are:
(i) To save the poor farmers and workers from the exploitation by the informal sector credit.
(ii) Informal sector charges a higher interest on loans which means that a large part of the earnings
is used to repay the loan.
(iii) Formal credit can fulfil various needs of the people through providing cheap and affordable credit.

4. Self-Help Groups for the Poor
• This is a new idea to organise rural poor, particularly women, and pool their savings. Generally, this group
has 15-20 members.
• Saving per member varies from `25 to `100 or more, depending on the economic condition of the member.
They get loan from the bank even though they have no collateral.
• Small loans are provided to the members for releasing mortgaged land, for meeting working capital needs,
for housing materials, for acquiring assets like swing machine, handlooms, cattle, etc.
• SHG helps women in making them financially self-reliant and provides platform to discuss and act on a
variety of social issues, such as health, nutrition, domestic violence, etc.
Exercise 9.4
(i) The SHGs help borrowers overcome the problem of lack of collateral.
(ii) SHGs are the building blocks of organisation of the rural poor.
2. Correct and Rewrite Questions
(i) The Self-Help Groups (SHGs) is the group which is not responsible for the repayment of the loan.
(ii) Loan is sactioned in the name of SHGs and is meant to create job opportunities for the members.
Assertion (A): Self-Help groups help to reduce the functioning of formal sector of credit.
Reason (R): Informal sector includes moneylenders, traders, etc.
Options:
4. Why are the banks willing to lend to self-help groups?
5. What are the two major objectives of a self-help groups?
6. What is the basic idea behind the SHGs for the poor? Explain in your own words. [NCERT]
7. What are the drawbacks of informal sources of credit? OR
“The credit activities of the informal sector should be discouraged.” Support the statement with
arguments. [Delhi 2016]
option.
In recent years, people have tried out some newer ways of providing loans to the poor. The idea is to
organise rural poor, in particular women, into small Self Help Groups (SHGs) and pool (collect) their
savings. A typical SHG has 15-20 members, usually belonging to one neighbourhood, who meet and
save regularly. Saving per member varies from ` 25 to ` 100 or more, depending on the ability of the
people to save. Members can take small loans from the group itself to meet their needs. The group
charges interest on these loans but this is still less than what the moneylender charges. After a year
or two, if the group is regular in savings, it becomes eligible for availing loan from the bank.
8.1. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct about Self-Help Groups?
(a) The SHGs help borrowers overcome the problem of lack of collateral.
(b) The SHGs are the building blocks of organisation of the rural poor.

(c) The SHGs is the group which is not responsible for the repayment of the loan.
(d) Both (a) and (b)
8.2. Which among the following is the basic idea behind the SHGs for poor?
(a) Help to reduce the functioning of informal sectors of credit
(b) Help to reduce the functioning of formal sectors of credit
(c) Help the men to become self-retiant
(d) Organise urban poor people particularly women
8.3. Which of the following options signifies the definition of SHGs?
(a) It is the small groups of 15 to 20 members.
(b) It is mostly active in rural areas especially women for the improvement of their economic and
social conditions.
(c) It is able to create self-employment opportunities for the members.
8.4. Which of the following is/are the reason(s) for the banks willing to provide credit to the self-help
groups without collateral?
(a) SHGs used to be regular in saving.
(b) The group decides the loan activities and any case of non-repayment of the loan is taken seriously
by the group members.
(c) This group helps the poor rural women to become economically self-reliant and women
empowerment.
9. What is the role of SHGs? What are the reasons of its growing popularity? [HOTS]
OR
What are Self-Help Groups? Describe, in brief, their functioning. [AI 2009]
10. Discuss the characteristics of self-help group.
11. ‘Self Help Groups’ help borrowers to overcome the problem of back of collateral. Examine the statement.
[CBSE 2017]
Answers
1. (i) True, (ii) True
2. (i) The Self-Help Groups (SHGs) is the group which is responsible for the repayment of the loan.
(ii) Loan is sanctioned in the name of SHGs and is meant to create self-employment opportunities for
the members.
3. (d)
4. The banks are willing to lend to the self-help group because they are regular in saving and loan matter
is taken very seriously. If any one member is not able to repay the loan then it is followed seriously by
other members.
5. The two major objectives of the self-help group are:
(i) To make the rural poor women self-reliant.
(ii) To provide platform to discuss and act on a variety of social issues.
6. Refer to Ans. 9
7. (i) Most of the informal lenders charge a much higher interest on loans. Thus the cost to the borrower
of the informal loans is much higher.
(ii) Higher cost of borrowing means a larger part of earning of the borrowers is used to repay the loan
and they have less income left for themselves.
(iii) The high rate of interest of borrowing can mean that the amount to be repaid is greater than the
income of the borrower and it can lead to increasing debt and debt-trap.
(iv) People who might wish to start an enterprise by borrowing may not do so because of the high cost
of borrowing. (Any three)
8. 8.1 (d) 8.2 (a) 8.3 (d) 8.4 (d)
9. Self-Help Groups (SHGs) have 15 to 20 members and pool their savings and after some time, it becomes
a large amount which is used to give loans to the needy ones at a very nominal rate of interest.
Its role:

(i) Help to reduce the functioning of informal sectors of credit.
(ii) Able to create self-employment opportunities for the members.
(iii) To organise rural poor particularly women and pool their savings.
SHGs are becoming popular for the following reasons:
(i) They help borrowers overcome the problem of lack of collateral.
(ii) They can get timely loans for variety of purposes and at a reasonable interest rate.
(iii) They are building blocks of the organisation of the rural poor.
(iv) It helps women to become self-reliant.
(v) The regular meetings of the group provide a platform to discuss and act on various social issues
such as health, nutrition, domestic violence, etc.
10. Characteristics of Self-Help Groups (SHGs):
(i) The function of SHGs is to organise rural poor, particularly women, and pool their savings. This
group has 15-20 members, belong to the neighborhood.
(ii) Saving per member varies from `25 to `100 or more, depending on the economic condition of the
member.
(iii) When the group is regular in saving for a year or two, then the group is eligible for getting loan
from the bank.
(iv) Bank provides loan in the name of the group and then the SHGs gives loan to its members at very
low rate of interest.
(v) Loan is provided to help them to create self-employment opportunities. All the group members
together take decision regarding saving and loan activities.
(vi) SHGs helps women in making them financially self-reliant and provides platform to discuss and
act on a variety of social issues.
11. (i) In a self help group most of the important decisions regarding the savings and loan activities are
taken by the group members.
(ii) Group members are well known to each other. They belong to the same society.
(iii) Also, it is the group which is responsible for the repayment of the loan.
(iv) Any case of non repayment of loan by any one member is followed up seriously by other members
in the group.
(v) Due to this feature, banks are willing to land to the poor women when organised in SHGs, even
though they have no collateral as such.
Thus, through the above points, we can easily say that the Self-Help Groups help borrowers to overcome
the problem of back of collateral. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2017]
Picture/Graph Based Question

Q. Study the graph and answer the question.
Which of the following statements best signifies this graph?

(a) In the urban areas 85 per cent of the loans taken by poor households are from the informal sectors.
(b) Only 10 per cent of the loan taken by rich urban households are from informal sectors.
(c) 90 per cent are from formal sectors.
Ans. (d)

• The use of money spans a very large part of our everyday life. Several transactions involving money and is
some of transactions. Services are being exchanged with the money.
• A person holding money can easily exchange it for any commodity or services that he or she might want.
Thus, everyone prefers to receive payments in money and then exchange the money for things that they
want.
• In ancient time barter system was prevailed. It was a condition in which goods are exchanged without the
use of money.
• Money acts as an intermediate in the exchange process and eliminates the need for double coincidence of
wants. As money acts as intermediate, it is also called medium of exchange.
• Before the introduction of coins, a variety of objects was used as money. For example, since the very early
ages, Indians used grains and cattle as money. Thereafter came the use of metallic coins like golds, silvers,
copper. Modern forms of money include currency like paper notes and coins.
• The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) issues currency notes in India on behalf of the central government.
• The other form in which people hold money is as deposits with banks. These deposits can be withdrawn on
demand called as demand deposits.
• A cheque is a paper that instructs the bank to pay a specific amount from the persons account to the person
in whose name the cheque has been issued.
• Three different people are involved in loan process of banks – depositors, bank and the borrowers. Those
having extra cash open a bank account in their name and deposit the surplus money there. Out of the total
money deposited with the banks 15% of it is kept as minimum cash balance to pay to the depositors who
might come to withdraw money from the bank on any given day. Rest of the amount is used to extend loan
to the borrowers. This is how the banks mediate between the depositors and the borrowers i.e. those having
surplus and those who are in need of money.
• Depositors can withdraw their money as and when they require. Therefore, these deposits are called demand
deposits. Demand deposits are accepted as a means of payment because the depositors get the facility of
cheque against it, which is used to settle the transaction without the use of money.
• Credit is an agreement between the lender and the borrower in which the borrower promises to pay the
lender in the future. Credit is of two types – positive role of credit and negative role of credit.
• Terms of credit includes interest rate, collateral, documents and mode of repayment.
• Collateral is an asset that the borrower owns and given to the lender as a guarantee that he will repay the
loan.
• People take credit from different sources, which can be grouped into two – formal sector loans and informal
sector loans.
• Due to low cost of borrowing, the borrowers have to repay less and they will have more saving, which will
cause individual economic development and ultimately will lead to the country’s economic development.
The formal sources of credit provides us cheap and affordable credit, which is important for country’s
development.
• RBI monitors that the loan is not just given to the profit–making businesses and traders but also to the
small borrower. RBI asks the banks to submit information like how much they are lending, to whom they
are lending and at what rate of interest etc.
• Self Help Group (SHG) is a new idea to organise rural poor, particularly women, and pool their savings.
Generally, this group has 15-20 members. Members belong to the neighborhood so that they can meet and
save regularly. Saving per member varies from ` 25 to ` 100 or more, depending on the economic condition
of the member.
• Banks provide loan in the name of the group and then the SHG gives loan to its members at very low rate
of interest. Loan matter is taken very seriously, as if any one member is not able to repay the loan then it is
followed by other members and because of this feature, they get loan from the bank even though they have
no collateral.
• SHG helps women in making them financially self-reliant and provides platform to discuss and act on a
variety of social issues.

10 Globalisation and the Indian Economy
Topics covered
1. Production Across Countries and Interlinking Production Across Countries
2. Foreign Trade and Integration of Markets and What is Globalisation?
3. Factors that have Enabled Globalisation and World Trade Organisation
4. Impact of Globalisation in India and the Struggle for a Fair Globalisation
chapter Chart
Production across Countries Interlinking Production

across Countries
• Trade was the main channel connecting
distant countries. • Criteria for setting an MNC—close to the
markets, skilled and unskilled labour available
• MNC owns or controls in more than one at low costs and other factors of production.
nation.
• Foreign investment is the investment invested
• Set up offices and factories for production by MNCs to buy assets.
in regions where they can get cheap labour
• MNCs set up production jointly with some of
and other resources. the local companies.
• China provides cheap manufacturing • Benefits of local company jointly working
location. with MNCs—It provides money for additional
• Mexico and Eastern Europe are useful for investments, like buying new machines
their closeness to the markets in the US for faster production and bring the latest
and Europe. technology for production.
• India provides highly skilled engineers and • Large MNCs control production with small
producers.
educated English speaking youth.
• MNCs have power to determine price, quality,
delivery and labour condition.
• Production in widely dispersed locations is
getting interlinked.
Foreign Trade and Integration of

Markets
• Foreign trade creates an opportunity for
the producers to reach beyond the domestic
markets. What is Globalisation?
• Producers can sell their produce in market • Globalisation is the process of rapid integration
located within the country as well as or interconnection between countries.
can compete in markets located in other
countries. • More and more goods and services, investment
and technology are moving between countries.
• For the buyers, import of goods produced in
another country is one way of expanding the • Besides the movement of goods, services,
choice of goods beyond what is domestically investment and technology, there is also the
produced.
movement of people between countries.
• Foreign trade results in connecting the
markets or integration of markets in • Due to various restrictions, there has not been
different countries. much increase in the movement.
202
Factors that have Enabled Impact of Globalisation
Globalisation in India
• Improvement in transportation technology • Globalisation and greater competition

has made much faster delivery of goods among producers both local and foreign
across long distances at lower costs. producers has been of advantage to
consumers.
• Trade barrier is called a barrier as some
• Impact of globalisation has not been
restriction has been set up. For instance,
uniform among producers and workers.
Tax on imports.
• Enabled some large Indian companies to
• Indian Government had put barriers on emerge as multinationals.
foreign trade and foreign investment. • Created opportunity for companies
• Trade barriers were removed in 1991. providing services (IT).
• Liberalisation means removing barriers or
restriction set up by the government.
The Struggle for a Fair Globalisation

• Government’s policies must protect the
World Trade Organisation interests, not only of the rich and the
• Aim at liberalising international trade. powerful, but also all the people in the
• Started at the initiative of the developed country.
countries. • It can support small producers to improve
• Members; 164 (since 2016), headquarters at their performance.
Geneva. • It can negotiate at the WTO for fairer rules.
1. Production Across Countries, And Interlinking Production Across Countries

• There are many wide range of goods and services are seen in the market. All these took place even two
decades back.
• MNCs (multinational corporations) is a company owning and controlling the production in more than one
nation. These are large companies.
• MNCs is not only selling its finished products globally, but more important, the goods and services or produced
globally. As a result, production is organised in increasingly complex way.
• Money spent to buy the inputs like land, buildings, machines, etc. is called investment. Investment done by
MNCs and foreign investors is termed as foreign investment.
• Factors controlling MNCs production–closeness to the market, skilled and unskilled labour available at low cost,
government policies, etc. to keep the cost of production low and profit high.
Different Ways of Production By MNCs:
• Buying up the Local Companies.
• This is most common route for MNCs investment and expanding production.
• MNCs can do so because they have huge wealth. For example, Cargill Foods, an American MNCs, has
bought Indian company named Parakh Food. Now the control on the large marketing network and the four
oil refineries has shifted to the Cargill Food, which has now become the largest producer of edible oil in
India.
• Joining hand with local companies.
• Sometimes the MNCs join hands with the local companies and do the production. In this process, the local
companies get twin benefits:
(a) They get foreign investment.
(b) MNCs provide latest technology to them for the production. For example, in 1995 Ford Motors, an
American company joined hand with the Indian company called Mahindra and Mahindra (manufacturer
of jeeps and trucks).
• By Placing Orders:
Sometimes MNCs just place orders with small producers around the world for the production of garments,
footwear and sports items. After that, the products are supplied to the MNCs and sold under the brand
name of the MNCs.
Globalisation and the Indian Economy 203

Exercise 10.1
1. Choose the correct answers from the given options (MCQs)
(i) Ford Motor Company wants to develop Ford India as a component supplying base for its other
plants across the world because
(a) A number of local manufacturers are supplying components to their Chennai plants and the
MNCs feel that they can supply components to other plants across the globe.
(b) Cost of labour and material is very low in India.
(c) The components can be easily supplied to other MNCs car manufacturers in India and China.
(ii) What is the condition that should be taken up by multinational companies (MNCs) to set up their
production units?
(a) Close to the market (b) Government policies
(c) Skilled and unskilled labour available at low cost (d) All of these
2. Assertion and Reasoning Question
the statements and choose the correct option.
Assertion (A): MNCs have been attracted towards the Indian market.
Reason (R): The Government of India has allowed flexibility in labour laws.
Options:
3. Identify the corporation with the help of the following features
• It is a company that owns production in more than one nation.
• In general it sets up production where it is close to the markets.
• Investment made by it is called foreign investment.
4. Define foreign investment in brief. OR
What is Foreign Investment? [CBSE 2016]
5. What are the factors controlling the setting up of production units by MNCs?
6. Would you say Ford Motors is a MNC? Why? [NCERT]
7. What attracts the Foreign investment? [CBSE 2016]
8. Amit is using his money to buy assets like house, commercial land and machines. Write what is he
actually doing? [CBSE 2016]
9. How did ‘Cargill Foods’ become the largest producer of edible oils in India? Explain. [CBSE 2014]
10. Elaborate any three disadvantages of Multinational Corporations. [CBSE 2012]
11. Discuss the spreading of production by an MNC with example.
12. How do MNCs help in the growth of local companies? [CBSE 2013]
13. Evaluate the role of MNCs in the economic development of a country. OR [CBSE SP 2018-19]
Assess any three advantages of multinational companies. [AI 2019]
option. [CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
Ford Motors, an American company, is one of the world’s largest automobile manufacturers with
production spread over 26 countries of the world. Ford Motors came to India in 1995 and spent Rs.
1700 crore to set up a large plant near Chennai. This was done in collaboration with Mahindra and
Mahindra, a major Indian manufacturer of jeeps and trucks. By the year 2004, Ford Motors was selling
27,000 cars in the Indian markets, while 24,000 cars were exported from India to South Africa, Mexico
and Brazil. The company wanted to develop Ford India as a component supplying base for its other
plants across the globe.

14.1. The passage given above relates to which of the following options?
(a) Increased employment
(b) Foreign investment
(c) Foreign collaboration
(d) International competition
14.2. According to the given passage, Ford Motors can be termed as a Multi-National Company based on

which of the following options?
(a) Production of different types of automobiles
(b) Largest automobile manufacturer in the world
(c) Because of large scale exports of cars across globe
(d) Industrial and commercial ventures across globe
14.3. What did Ford Motors want by setting up their production plants in India?

14.4. What does ‘Ford Motors’ want to develop Ford India as a component supplying base for its other

plants across the globe?
15. What are the various ways in which MNCs set up, or control production in other countries?
OR [NCERT]
Explain by giving examples that Multinational Companies (MNCs) are spreading their productions in
different ways. OR [CBSE 2016]
How do MNCs manage to keep the cost of production of their goods low? Explain with examples.
OR [CBSE 2013]
How do Multinational Companies (MNCs) interlink production across countries? Explain with examples.
OR [CBSE 2017]
The MNCs of a country sets up a production jointly with the local company of other country. State any
one benefit of this joint production to the local company. [CBSE SP 2018-19]
16. Where do MNCs set up their production units? Explain. OR [CBSE 2012]
Describe any five factors that promote the Multinational Companies (MNCs) to set up their production
units in a particular place. [CBSE 2016]
17. How are Multinational Companies (MNCs) controlling and spreading their productions across the
world? Explain. [CBSE 2015]
Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(d) 2. (a)
3. Multinational Corporation
4. Investment made by the MNCs from foreign countries is called foreign investment.
5. Factors controlling MNCs production–closeness to the market, skilled and unskilled labour available
at low cost, government policies etc. to keep the cost of production low and profit high.
6. Yes, Ford Motors is a MNC because it is having its production spread over 26 countries over the world.
7. Infrastructural facilities.
8. He is investing his money with a hope of earning profits from these assets.
9. (i) Cargill foods is a very large American MNC. It has bought over smaller Indian companies such as
Parakh Foods and expanded the range of its production of edible oils in India.
(ii) Parakh foods had built a large marketing network in various parts of India where its brand was
well reputed. Also Parakh foods had four oil refineries whose control has now shifted to Cargil. It
has become the largest producer of edible oils in India. It refines processes and markets various
edible oils for the food industry.
(iii) Many popular brands like Sweekar, Nature Fresh, and Gemini are part of Cargill Foods.

10. The disadvantages of MNCs are:
(i) Small manufacturers like-batteries, capacitors, plastic toys, tyres, dairy products and vegetable
oil were victims of competition.
(ii) Closing down of small units rendered many workers jobless.
(iii) Most employers prefer to employ workers ‘flexibly’, this means that workers jobs are no longer
secure. Small Indian companies were hard hit because of Government’s changed policies such as
allowing import of the goods which were previously not allowed.
11. An MNC from the USA producing industrial equipment, designs its product in the research centres.
Components are manufactured in China because of cheap manufacturing; assembling and selling
the products globally from Mexico and eastern Europe because of closeness to the market and
having its Call Centres in India because of highly skilled engineers and educated English speaking
youth.
12. Refer to Ans. 16
13. The advantages of the Multi-national Cooperations (MNCs) are:
(i) MNCs also reduce the host countries dependence on imports. Imports reduce while exports from
the country see a rise.
(ii) MNCs promote maximum utilisation of the country’s resources. This, in turn, leads to economic
development.
(iii) The MNC is not only selling its finished products globally, but more important, the goods and
services are produced globally.
(iv) MNCs might bring with them the latest technology for production, and generate employment
opportunities.(Any three)
14. 14.1. (b) 14.2 (d)
14.3. Tap the benefits of low cost production and a large market.
14.4. Interlinking of production across countries.
15. Multinational companies are spreading their productions in different ways:
(i) By providing money for additional investment.
(ii) By bringing latest technology for production.
(iii) By setting up partnership with local companies.
(iv) By placing orders with local companies. For example, garments, footwear, sports items, etc.
(v) By closely competing with the local companies.
(vi) By buying local companies. To take an example, Cargill Foods, a very large American MNCs
has bought over smaller Indian companies such as Parakh foods. Parakh food had built a large
marketing network in various part of India, where its brand was well-reputed.
16. Factors that promotes MNCs:
(i) Close proximity to the market.
(ii) Availability of skilled and unskilled labour at low cost.
(iii) Assured production.
(iv) Government’s liberalised policies.
(v) Developed infrastructure.
(vi) Safety measures [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
17. The Multinational Companies (MNCs) are controlling and spreading their production across the world
in the following ways:
(i) MNCs set up their production units close to market.
(ii) MNCs set up production units jointly with local companies.
(iii) They setup units where there is skilled and unskilled labour available at low cost.
(iv) Large MNCs in developed countries place orders for productions with small producers.
(v) They have tremendous power to determine price, quality, delivery and labour conditions for
distant producers.
(vi) By purchasing local companies. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

2. Foreign Trade and Integration of Markets And What is Globalisation?
• For a longtime foreign trade has been the main channel connecting countries. The trade routes of India
connected South Asia to markets both in the East and West and the extensive trade that took place along
these routes.
• Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets it means, it is
the markets of their own countries.
• Producers in the two countries now closely compete against each other.
• Foreign trade results in connecting for the producers to reach beyond the domestic market. Although, a
large part of the foreign trade is controlled by MNCs.
• The result of greater foreign investment and greater foreign trade has been greater integration of production
and markets across countries.
• Globalisation is the process of rapid integration or interconnection between countries.
• MNCs play a major role in globalisation process. More and more goods and services, investments and
technology are moving between the countries.
• Due to globalisation, there is movement of people between countries besides the movements of goods,
services, investments and technology.
Exercise 10.2
1. Choose the correct answers from the given option (MCQs)
(i) Which among the following statements is correct regarding foreign trade?
(a) Foreign trade implies exchange of goods and services across the countries.
(b) It helps to expand the size of market for producers.
(c) Producers and consumers can get commodities produced in any part of the world.
(ii) Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets
i.e., markets of their own countries. How does foreign trade become a main channel in connecting
countries? Choose the correct option.
(a) Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets.
(b) Producers can sell their produce not only in market located within the country but also compete
in markets located in other countries of the world.
(c) Impact of the goods produced in another country is also one of the way is expanding the choice
of goods.
(iii) Read the given statements in context of ‘globalisation’ and choose the correct option.
[CBSE S.P. 2020-21]
(a) It is the only way for economic development of the country.
(b) Interlinks only production based activities in dispersed locations in the world.
(c) It has always given only positive results in all the countries.
(d) Leads to spread of technology, cultures and diseases from a region to another.
Read the information given below and select the correct option.
Chinese manufacturers learn of an opportunity to export toys to India, where toys are sold at a high
price. They start exporting plastic toys to India. Buyers in India now have the option of choosing
between Indian and the Chinese toys. Because of the cheaper prices and new designs, Chinese toys
become more popular in the Indian markets. Within a year, 70 to 80 per cent of the toy shops have
replaced Indian toys with Chinese toys. Toys are now cheaper in the Indian markets than earlier. Let
us see the effect of foreign trade through the example of Chinese toys in the Indian markets. What is
happening here? As a result of trade, Chinese toys come into the Indian markets. In the competition
between Indian and Chinese toys, Chinese toys prove better. Indian buyers have a greater choice of
toys and at lower prices. For the Chinese toy makers, this provides an opportunity to expand business.
The opposite is true for Indian toy makers. They face losses, as their toys are selling much less.

Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government on foreign trade and foreign investment is
known as:
(a) Nationalisation (b) Globalisation
(c) Liberalisation (d) Taxation
OR
Trade barrier is a restriction set by the government to regulate the trade of the country. How will trade
barrier affect the Chinese producers? Choose the correct option.
(a) If there is trade barrier on the Chinese toys then the cost of the Chinese toys in the Indian market
would be high and will not be able to flourish in the market.
(b) The Chinese producers have to stop selling their products to the Indian market and look for some
other ventures.
(c) Both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
3. Define globalisation in brief.
[NCERT]
4. What is the main channel connecting the world?

5. How does foreign trade integrate the markets of different countries? Explain with examples.
OR [CBSE 2016]
How does foreign trade lead to integration of markets across countries? Explain with an example other
than those given here. OR [NCERT]
“Foreign trade integrates the markets in different countries.” Support the statement with arguments.
OR [CBSE 2015]
How does foreign trade connect the markets of different countries? Explain with example.
OR [CBSE 2014]
Explain with an example how foreign trade leads to integration of markets across economies.
[CBSE 2016]
6. Describe any three ways in which countries can be linked through globalisation. [CBSE 2015]
7. “Foreign trade is an important component of globalisation”. Explain any three points in this regard.
[CBSE 2015]
8. How have our markets been transformed? Explain with examples. [CBSE 2016]
OR
In recent years how our markets have been transformed? Explain with examples.
OR [CBSE 2015]
“Our market has been transformed in a matter of decades”. Justify the statement.
9. Write the functions of foreign market. [NCERT]
10. What are the various ways in which countries can be linked? [NCERT]
11. Discuss the effects of foreign trade through the example of Chinese toys in the Indian markets.
[NCERT]
12. “A wide ranging choice of goods are available in the Indian markets.” Support the statement with
examples in context of globalisation. [CBSE 2016]
13. Differentiate between foreign trade and foreign investment. [HOTS]
14. Explain with three examples how top Indian companies have been benefited from globalisation.
OR [CBSE 2012]
What do you understand by globalisation? Explain in your own words. [NCERT]
15. What is globalisation? Explain. [CBSE 2012]
16. How has globalisation created new opportunities for companies providing services in India? Explain.
[CBSE 2012]
17. How can the benefits of globalisation be shared better? Explain. [CBSE 2012]
18. Should more Indian companies emerge as MNCs? How would it benefit the people in the country?
[CBSE 2011]
19. What steps should be taken to make trade more fair between the countries? [CBSE 2016]
20. “Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were removed to a large extent in India since 1991.”
Justify the statement. [CBSE 2018]

21. What is the role of MNCs in the globalisation process? [NCERT]
22. “Globalisation and greater competition among producers has been advantageous to consumers”.
Support the statement with examples.
23. “Fair globalisation would create opportunities for all and also ensure that benefits of globalisation are
shared better.” Support the statement. [CBSE 2015]
24. How has foreign trade been integrating markets of different countries? Explain with examples.
[CBSE 2018]
25. “Advancement of international trade of a country is an index to its economic prosperity”. Elaborate with
examples. [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]
Answers
1. (i)–(d), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(d) 2. (c) OR (c)
3. Globalisation can be defined as the process of rapid interconnection or integration between the markets.
4. Foreign trade is the main channel the connecting the world. It is so because foreign trade connects the
markets or integration of markets in different countries.
5. (i) Through trade, goods can travel from one market to another.
(ii) Choice of goods in the markets rises and prices become equal.
(iii) Producers compete closely with each other. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
6. (i) By movement of goods. (ii) By movement of services.
(iii) By movement of investments. (iv) By movement of technology.
(v) By the movement of people between countries. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
7. (i) Foreign trade implies exchange of goods and services across the countries.
(ii) It helps to expand the size of market for producers.
(iii) Producers and consumers can get commodities produced in any part of the world.
(iv) It works to integrate markets in different countries. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
8. Transformation of our markets:
(i) There is relatively a wide choice of goods and services before us in the market. The latest models
of digital cameras, mobile phones and televisions made by the leading manufacturers of the world
are within our reach.
(ii) Every season new model of automobile can be seen on Indian roads and the Indian are buying
vehicles produced by the top companies of the world.
(iii) A similar explosion of brands can be seen for many other goods: from shirts to televisions to
processed fruit juices. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
9. Refer to Ans. 24
10. The various ways in which countries can be interlinked are in process of production done by MNCs:
(i) Goods and services are produced at global level and sold at global level.
(ii) Investments, technology and people are moving between countries.
(iii) It gives opportunity to the local producers to reach beyond the domestic market.
(iv) MNCs by their foreign trade connects/integrates the markets in the world.
11. Chinese toy manufacturers got an opportunity to sell their toys in the Indian market. They sell
their toys at cheaper prices and with newer designs. Indian buyers got greater choices than before.
Chinese toy makers expanded their business and flourishing in the market. The Indian toy shops
were replaced by the Chinese toys which sell more due to better quality and low prices.
12. A wide ranging choice of goods:
(i) We have a wide variety of goods and services before us in the market.
(ii) The latest models of the digital cameras, mobile phones and televisions made by leading
manufacturers of the world are available in the market.
(iii) Every season, new models of automobiles can be seen on Indian roads.
(iv) Today Indians are buying cars produced by nearly all the top companies in the world.
(v) A similar explosion of brands can be seen for many other goods. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
13. Foreign trade Foreign investment
(i) It implies exchange of goods and services (i) It means the investment made by the MNCs.
across the nations. (ii) It invest to earn the profits.
(ii) It connects markets in different countries.

14. Several top Indian companies have been able to benefit from globalisation:
(i) They have invested in newer technology and production methods and raised their production
standards.
(ii) Some have gained from successful collaborations with foreign companies.
(iii) Globalisation has enabled some large Indian companies to emerge as multinational themselves.
For example: Tata Motors and lnfosys. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
15. (i) Globalisation is a process of rapid integration or interconnection between countries through foreign
trade and foreign investments by multinational companies (MNCs).
(ii) More and more goods and services, investments and technology are moving between countries.
(iii) Globalisation is the integration between countries through foreign trade and foreign investments
by Multinational companies (MNCs). [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
16. (i) Globalisation has created new opportunities for companies providing services particularly those
involving IT.
(ii) The Indian company producing a magazine for the London based company and call centres are
some examples.
(iii) Besides, a host of services such as data entry, accounting, administrative tasks and engineering
are now being done cheaply in India and are exported to the developed countries.
17. Refer to Ans. 23
18. Yes, more Indian companies should emerge as MNCs. It would benefit the people in the country in the
following ways:
(i) New job opportunities would be created by the emergence of Indian companies as MNCs.
(ii) Local companies that provide raw materials and other services to these companies to get prospered.
(iii) It would also lead to rise in production standards, and improvement in the standard of living of
the people.
19. The following steps should be taken:
(i) Before imposing trade barrier interest of the developing countries should be taken care.
(ii) Rules and regulations should be uniform.
(iii) Ensure that the developed countries do not retain trade barriers unfairly.
(iv) Labour laws should be implemented properly.
(v) Small producers should be supported to improve their performance till they become strong enough
to compete. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
20. Removal of barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment :
(i) Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were partially removed.
(ii) Goods could be imported and exported easily.
(iii) Foreign companies could set up factories and offices here.
(iv) Indian producers got opportunities to compete with producers around the globe.
(Any three points to be mentioned) [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2018]
21. Globalisation means unification or integration of the domestic economy with the world economy through
trade, capital and technology flows.
MNCs play an important role in the globalisation process.
(i) MNCs control production in more than one country.
(ii) They complete with the local producers directly even after being miles apart, thus integrating the
markets.
(iii) Their working leads to exchange of investments and products which leads to interconnection
between diverse countries.
Countries get linked when movement of goods, people, investment and services between
different countries takes place. They can be linked as producers or consumers of same products
or one can be a producer and the other consumer. The recent advancement in technology,
transport and communication systems has enhanced globalisation.
22. Globalisation and greater competition among producers has been advantageous to consumers:
(i) Globalisation and greater competition among producers both local and foreign has been of
advantageous to consumers particularly the well off sections of urban areas.
(ii) There is greater choice before these consumers who now enjoy improved quality and lower prices
for several products.
(iii) People enjoy higher standards of living.

(iv) But the impact of globalisation has not been uniform among producers and workers.
(v) Services of the top Indian companies have been able to benefit from the increased competition.
(vi) They have invested in newer technology and production methods and raised their production
standards.
(vii) Wide ranging choice of goods in our markets is a recent phenomenon and have brought changes
in lives of people. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
23. Fair globalisation would create opportunities for all and also ensure that benefits of globalisation are

shared better due to:
(i) Government policies must protect the interests not only of the rich and powerful but of all the
people in the country.
(ii) Government can ensure that labour laws are properly implemented and the workers get their
rights.
(iii) Government can support small producers to improve their performance till they become strong
enough to compete.
(iv) If necessary the government can use trade and investment barriers.
(v) It can negotiate at the WTO for fairer rules.
(vi) It can also align with other developing countries with similar interests to fight against the
domination of developed countries in the WTO. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
24. Foreign trade has been integrating markets of different countries in following ways:

(i) Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic market, i.e.
market of their own countries.
(ii) Producers can sell their produce not only in markets located within the country but can also
compete in markets located in other countries of the world.
(iii) For the buyers, import of goods produced in another country is one way of expanding the choice of
goods beyond what is domestically produced.
(iv) With the opening of trade, goods travel from one market to another. Choice of goods in the market
rises. Prices of similar goods in the two markets tend to become equal.
(v) With the help of foreign trade, producers in the two countries now closely compete against each
other even though they are separated by thousands of miles.
25. Advancement of International trade:

(i) Trade between two countries through sea, air or land route helps in the development of country.
(ii) No country can survive without International trade.
(iii) Export and Import are the component of trade.
(iv) Commodities in export- agriculture and allied products, areas and minerals, gems and jewellery
etc.
(v) The commodities imported to India include Petroleum and its products, precious stores, chemicals
etc.
3. Factors that have Enabled Globalisation and World Trade Organisation (WTO)
A. Technological Development:
• Development in technology is one of the most important factors that has enabled the process of globalisation.
It can be studied under two different headings:
(a) Developments in transport technology: The world has done tremendous improvements in the field
of transportation technology. Now we have different fastest means of transport with the help of which
we can reach to different parts of the world in less time and can control trade and integrate the markets
easily.
(b) Developments in ICT (Information and Communication Technology): It includes telephones,
mobile phones, computers, internet, fax, e-mails, etc. A remarkable development can be seen in the
field of ICT throughout the world. Now the world is just a click away. With the help of ICT we can
share and obtain information instantly across the globe at negligible cost.
B. Liberalisation:
• Removing trade barriers set by the government is called liberalisation. If the country uses the policy of
liberalisation, it means that it allows other countries to interact, which will lead to globalisation.
Trade Barrier: Restrictions set by the government to increase or decrease (regulate) the foreign trade. For
example:

Tax: It is in monetary terms. When the government put tax as a trade barrier then it means the exporting
country has to pay some money on the goods and services which is to be exported.
Quota: W hen the government places a limit on the amount of goods to be imported then it is called quota. In
this case, the government decides how much of goods should come into the country.
Indian government put trade barriers after the independence on foreign trade and foreign investments to
protect the domestic producers from the foreign competition. At that time in 1950s and 1960s Indian industries
were just coming up, so were not in a position to compete with the foreign producers.
Around 1991, Indian government decided to remove trade barriers and wanted the domestic producers to face
the global competition so that they can improve their quality.
Effects of Trade Barrier on Chinese Toys in India
• Chinese exporters have to pay tax.
• This will increase the price of the toys and it will be costlier in the Indian market.
• Imports from China will decline.
• Indian toy makers will flourish in the market.
World Trade Organisation
• The aim of WTO is to liberalise international trade. It makes rules regarding international trade and checks
that these rules are followed.
• WTO says that there should be no trade barriers i.e members of WTO should liberalise their trade policies
and trade between countries should be free.
• But in practice it can be seen that developing countries follow these rules whereas the developed countries
have not liberalized their trade policies.
Exercise 10.3
1. Choose the correct answers from the given options (MCQs)
(i) It creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets. What does it
refer to?
(a) Technology (b) Globalisation (c) Investments (d) Trade barriers
(ii) Choose the correct statement about factors regarding globalisation in India:
1. Improvement in transportation technology. [CBSE 2020]
2. Liberalisation of foreign trade and foreign investment.
3. Favourable rules of WTO towards India in comparison to developed countries.
Choose the correct options from the codes given below:
(a) Only 1 and 2 (b) Only 1 and 3
(c) Only 2 and 3 (d) Only 3
Complete the following table with correct information with regard to WTO:
WTO WTO is supposed

Aim
World Trade established to allow
Organisation
To liberalise international trade A–? B–?
3. Assertion and Reasoning Type Questions

In the questions given below, there are two statements marked as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Read
(i) Assertion (A): Computer and internet have entered in almost all the fields.
Reason (R): Internet allows one to share information on almost everything.
Options:

(ii) Assertion (A): Rapid improvement in technology has stimulated the globalisation process.
Reason (R): All people have benefitted from globalisation.
Options:
4. What do you mean by liberalisation of foreign trade?
[NCERT]
5. Analysis the contribution of communication technology in globalisation.
[AI-2019]
6. Discuss the effects of trade barriers on the import of Chinese toys in India.
7. How has development in ICT helped in the globalisation process? Explain with example.
8. How has development in transportation technology helped in the globalisation process?
9. How has liberalisation of trade and investment policies helped the globalisation process? [NCERT]
10. What is a tariff? Why is it imposed on goods?
[HOTS]

option.
The liberalisation of foreign trade and investment in India was supported by some very
powerful international organisations. These organisations say that all barriers to foreign trade
and investment are harmful. There should be no barriers. Trade between countries should
be ‘free’. All countries in the world should liberalise their policies. World Trade Organisation
(WTO) is one such organisation whose aim is to liberalise international trade. Started at the
initiative of the developed countries, WTO establishes rules regarding international trade, and
sees that these rules are obeyed. At present 164 countries of the world are currently members
of the WTO. Though WTO is supposed to allow free trade for all, in practice, it is seen that the
developed countries have unfairly retained trade barriers. On the other hand, WTO rules have forced
the developing countries to remove trade barriers. An example of this is the current debate on trade
in agricultural products.

11.1. In which year did the WTO officially commence its operations?
(a) 1994 (b) 1995
(c) 1991 (d) 1993
11.2. Which of the following is/are the function(s) of the World Trade Organisation (WTO)?

(a) To provide a forum for negotiations.
(b) To provide a platform for settling disputes.
(c) To liberate the international trade.
11.3. According to the passage, what is an appropriate reason of unfair treatment of WTO with respect

to developing countries?
11.4. Which organisation has been replaced by the World Trade Organisation?

12. What was the reasons for putting barriers to foreign trade and foreign investment by the Indian
government? Why did it wish to remove these barriers? OR [NCERT]
“Barriers on foreign and foreign investment were removed to a large extent in India since 1991”. Justify
the statement. [CBSE 2016]
13. How has globalisation been an advantageous to both producers and consumers?
14. “Information and Communication technology has played a major role in spreading out production of
services across countries.” Justify the statement with examples. [CBSE 2014]

15. Technology has stimulated the globalisation process.” Support the statement with examples.
[CBSE 2015]
OR
Describe the role of technology in promoting globalisation process. [CBSE SP 2019-20]
Answers
1. (i)–(b), (ii)–(a)
2. A—International trade, B—Free trade for all
3. (i)–(a), (ii)–(c)
4. Removing trade barriers set by the government is called liberalisation.
5. Communication technology has played a major role in outspread of products and services across countries
through its arms such as telecommunications (mobile, fax etc.), computers and internet. These have
helped the people in communicating with each other living in different geographical locations.
6. (i) Chinese exporters have to pay tax.
(ii) This will increase the price of the toys and it will be costlier in the Indian market.
(iii) Imports from China will decline.
(iv) Indian toy makers will flourish in the market.
7. Refer to Ans. 15
8. The world has done tremendous improvements in the field of transportation technology. Now we have
different fastest means of transport with the help of which we can reach to different parts of the world
in less time and can control trade and integrate the markets easily.
9. (i) Liberalisation of trade and investment policies has helped the globalisation process by making
foreign trade and foreign investment easier.
(ii) This has led to a deeper integration of national economies into one conglomerate whole.
(iii) Now goods could be imported and exported easily. Foreign companies could set up factories and
offices in India.
10. A tariff is a tax imposed on goods when they are moved across a political boundary. Mostly, they are
imposed on imported commodities.
Tariffs are imposed on goods because:
(i) To protect infant industries of the home country.
(ii) To prevent the dumping of foreign countries.
(iii) A source of revenue.
11. 11.1. (b) 11.2 (d)
11.3. To remove trade barriers
11.4. General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)
12. Reasons for putting barriers to foreign trade and foreign investment by the Indian Government:
(i) To protect the domestic producers within the country from foreign competition.
(ii) The competition from importers would have crippled the new-born industries of India. In such
a situation, imports of only such commodities were allowed, which were quite necessary such as
machinery, fertilisers, petroleum, etc.
(iii) During 1950s and 1960s, competition from imports was giving a death blow to growing industries
in India. Hence, India allowed imports of only essential goods.
The government wished to remove these barriers in the 1990s, because it felt that domestic
producers were ready to compete with foreign industries. It also felt that foreign competition
would in fact improve the quality of goods produced by Indian industries. This decision was also
supported by powerful international organisations. Thus, the government decided that the time
had come for Indian producers to compete with producers around the globe.
13. Globalisation has been advantageous to producers in the following ways:
(i) The producers now have access to the international markets.
(ii) Globalisation has also enabled free movement of capital, i.e., via electronic transfers, etc.
(iii) Globalisation has enabled access to foreign investment in capital and technology via Foreign
Direct Investment, etc.
Globalisation has been advantageous to consumers in the following ways:
(i) It has led to employment generation, as a result, beneficial to the consumers.

(ii) Globalisation has also given rise to intense competition due to opening up of markets to foreign
companies. As a result, this has led to the increase in product quality and decrease in the prices
of the products.
(iii) The consumers have benefited from the arrival of MNCs as they have now larger choice in the
goods that are available to them in the market.
14. Rapid improvement in technology has stimulated the globalisation process:
(i) Transportation technology has made much faster delivery of goods across long distances possible
at lower costs.
(ii) There are even more remarkable developments in information and communication technology.
(iii) Telecommunication facilities are used to contact one another around the world, to access information
instantly, and to communicate from remote areas.
(iv) Through internet, one can obtain and share information on almost anything. it also allows to send
e-mail and talk across the world at negligible costs.
(v) For example, a news magazine published for London readers is to be designed and printed in Delhi.
The text of the magazine is sent through Internet to the Delhi office. The designers in the Delhi
office get orders on how to design the magazine from the office in London using telecommunication
facilities. The designing is done on a computer. After printing, the magazines are sent by air to
London. Even the payment of money for designing and printing from a bank in London to a bank
in Delhi is done instantly through the Internet. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
15. Rapid improvement in technology has stimulated the globalisation process. The role of technology in
promoting globalisation process are as follows:
(i) This has made much faster delivery of goods across long distances possible at lower costs.
(ii) Even more remarkable have been the developments in information and communication technology.
(iii) Technology in the areas of telecommunications, computers, Internet has been changing rapidly.
(iv) Telecommunication facilities (telephone including mobile phones, fax) are used to contact one
another around the world, to access information instantly, and to communicate from remote areas.
(v) This has been facilitated by satellite communication devices.
4. Impact of Globalisation in India and the Struggle for a Fair Globalisation

• Globalisation and greater competition among producers, both local and foreign producers, have been of
advantage to consumers, particularly the well-off sections in the urban areas. As a result, these people enjoy
much higher standards of living than was possible earlier.
• The impact of globalisation has not been uniform in the Indian economy as different people are affected in
different ways.
• Firstly, MNCs have increased their investments in India over the past 20 years, which means investing in
India has been beneficial for them.
• MNCs have been invested in industries like cell phones, automobiles, electronics, soft drinks, fast food or
services such as banking. In these industries and services, new jobs have been created, and local companies
also supplied raw materials, etc. to these industries.
• Secondly, numbers of top Indian companies have been able to benefit from increased competition. They have
invested in newer technology and production standards.
• Globalisation has enabled some large Indian companies to emerge as multinationals themselves and
spreading their operations worldwide. Such companies are Total Motors, Infosys, Ranbaxy, etc.
• Globalisation has also created new opportunities for companies providing services, particularly those
involving IT and in many more services such as data entry, call centre, producing magazine, engineering,
etc.
• Government has taken some steps to attract foreign investment like:
(i) SEZ (Special Economic Zone): Governments are creating SEZs where they provide world class
facilities for electricity, roads, water, transport, recreational and educational facilities. MNCs will not
have to pay taxes for the initial period of five years if they set up their production units in the SEZs.
(ii) Flexibility in Labour Laws: Government has given the permission to the MNCs to hire the workers
flexibly i.e. hiring the workers on temporary basis and also ignoring the labour laws. This will help
the MNCs in reducing their labour cost and the total cost of production.

• The conditions of work and the hardships of the workers have become common to many industrial units and
services in India. Most workers are employed in the unorganised sector. Moreover, increasingly conditions
of work in the organised sector have come to resemble the unorganised sector.
• Not everyone has benefited from globalisation. People with education, skill and wealth have made the best
use of the new opportunities. On the other hand, there are many people who have not shared the benefits.
• Fair globalisation would create opportunities for all, and also ensure that the benefits of globalisation are
shared better. Thus, the government can play a major role in making this possible.
• Government policies should protect both rich and the poor.
• Labour laws should be implemented properly and the workers should get equal rights.
• Government should support the small producers so that they can improve their performance and compete.
• Government should use trade barriers if required.
• Government should negotiate at the WTO for fairer rules.
• All the governments of developing countries should group together to fight against the developed countries
at WTO.
• Governments can campaign and protest regarding the unfair rules.
Exercise 10.4
(i) MNCs have increased their investments in India over the past 10 years.
(ii) Several top companies have been able to benefit from the increased competition.
(iii) Globalisation does not create new opportunities in IT sectors.
35 year old Sushila has spent many years as a worker in garment export industry of Delhi. She was
employed as a ‘permanent worker’ entitled to health i nsurance, provident fund, over time at a double
rate, when Sushila’s factory closed in the late 1990s. After searching for a job for six months, she
finally got a job 30 km. away from where she lives. Even af ter workin g i n thi s factory for several
years, she is a temporary worker and earns less than half of what she was earning earlier. Sushila
leaves her house every morning, seven days a week at 7:30 a.m. and returns at 10 p.m. A day off from
work means no wage. She has none of the benefits she used to get earlier. Factories closer to her home
have widely fluctuating orders and therefore pay even less.
After 1990s, what happened with Sushila.
(a) She lost his job due to factory closed.
(b) Now, she is a temporary worker and earns less than half of what she was earning earlier.
(c) Now, she has none of the benefits she used to get earlier.
OR
According to the passage, which of the following conditions about work has been described?
(a) Most worker are employed in the unorganised sector.
(b) Moreover, increasingly conditions of work in the organised sector have come to resemble the
unorganised sector.
(c) Worker in the organised sector such as Sushila no longer get the protection and benefits that they
enjoyed earlier.
3. Why are MNCs setting their customer care centres in India?
[CBSE 2015]
4. Due to which reason the latest models of different items are available within our reach? [CBSE 2016]

5. What are SEZs? Write about them in brief.

6. How would flexibility in labour laws help companies?
[NCERT] [CBSE 2012]

7. Discuss the two steps taken by the government to attract foreign investment in India.
8. “Foreign trade is an important component of globalisation”. Explain any three points in this regard.
[CBSE 2015]
9. Describe the impact of globalisation on producers, workers and buyers.
10. How has globalisation affected the lives of the people? Explain with any three examples. [CBSE 2012]
11. Why had the Indian government put barriers to foreign trade and foreign investments after
independence? Analyses the reasons. OR [AI 2016]
Why had the Indian government put barriers to foreign trade and foreign investment after independence?
Analyses the reasons. OR [CBSE 2016]
Why had Indian government put barriers to foreign trade and foreign investment after independence?
Explain. [CBSE 2014]
12. Describe the major problems created by the globalisation on a large number of small producers and
workers. OR [CBSE 2016]
Critically examine the impact of globalisation in India. [CBSE Sample Paper 2018-19]
13. “The impact of globalisation has not been uniform.” Demonstrate with the help of illustrations.
[CBSE 2016]
14. Assess any three advantages of globalisation. [AI 2019]

option. [Delhi 2020]
Globalisation and greater competition among producers–both local and foreign producers–has been of
advantage to consumers, particularly the well-off sections in the urban areas. There is greater choice
before these consumers who now enjoy improved quality and lower prices for several products. As a
result, these people today, enjoy much higher standards of living than was possible earlier.
15.1. It creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets. What does it
refer to?
(a) Technology (b) Investments
(c) Globalisation (d) Trade Barriers
15.2. How is globalisation beneficial for consumers?
(a) Greater choice before the consumers and improved quality
(b) Lower prices for several products
(c) People enjoying higher standards of living than was possible earlier
15.3. Mention the negative impact of globalisation.
15.4. Describe the factors that helped in the process of globalisation?
16. What role can the government play in order to ensure a fair globalisation? [HOTS]
OR
Explain how globalisation can be made fairer.
17. Describe the impacts of globalisation on Indian economy with examples.
18. What is liberalisation? Describe any four effects of liberalisation on the Indian economy.
19. Describe the contribution of technology in promoting the process of globalisation. [CBSE 2017]
20. Explain any five facilities available in the economic zones developed by the central and state government
to attract foreign investment. [Delhi 2019]

Answers
1. (i) False, (ii) True, (iii) False 2. (d) OR (d)
3. MNCs are setting up their customer care centres in India due to availability of cheap skilled labour and
good English speaking people.
4. Due to globalisation, the latest models of digital camera, mobile phone, TV, etc. are available with us.
5. SEZs or Special Economic Zones are industrial areas with world class facilities.
(i) Companies who set up units in SEZs are exempted from tax for 5 years.
(ii) They are set up to attract foreign investment. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. Government has given the permission to the MNCs to hire the workers flexibly i.e. hiring the workers
on temporary basis and also ignoring the labour laws. This is what we call flexibility in labour laws. It
will help the MNCs in reducing their labour cost and the total cost of production.
7. Refer to Ans. 20
8. Foreign trade is an important component of globalisation because:
(i) Foreign trade implies exchange of goods and services across the countries.
(iv) It works to integrate markets in different countries. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
9. The impact of globalisation can be noticed on these people:
(i) Producers: big producers who join hands with the MNCs are getting the profit but the small
producers face loss and in many cases they have to shut down their business.
(ii) Workers: MNCs helped in reducing the unemployment in India but as MNCs get flexibility
in labour laws so they hire the workers on temporary basis.
(iii) Buyers: MNCs produce mostly for the rich buyers so the rich buyers get choices in the market
more than the poor buyers.
10. Effect of globalisation on the lives of people are:

(i) Increased their investment in industries such as cell phones, automobiles, electronics, soft drinks,
fast food or services such as banking in urban areas.
(ii) New jobs have been created.
(iii) Local companies supplying raw materials to these industries have prospered.
(iv) Increased competition.
(v) Several top Indian companies have been able to benefit from the increased competition. They have
invested in newer technology and production methods and raised their production standards.
Some have gained from successful collaborations with foreign companies.
(vi) New opportunities for service such as data entry, accounting, administrative tasks, engineering
are now being done cheaply in countries such as India and are exported to the developed countries.
11. Reasons for putting trade barriers to foreign trade and investment by the Indian government after

Independence are:
(i) To protect local producers and goods from foreign competition.
(ii) Industries needed protection so that they could grow and develop in order to be ready to compete
with developed countries later on.
(iii) It imposed restrictions on the import of certain goods.
Reasons to remove barriers were:
(i) To face competition and improve quality of products.
(ii) To attract foreign investments.
(iii) To place orders for production[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]

12. Globalisation on small producers and workers:
(i) It has led to widening of income inequalities among various countries.
(ii) Workers jobs are no longer secure.
(iii) Expansion of unorganised sector.
(iv) Small manufacturers have been hit hard due to severe competition.
(v) Several units have been shut down rendering many workers jobless.
(vi) Lives of workers are on the whims of employers.
(vii) Workers are denied their fair share of benefits. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
13. (i) While globalisation has benefited well off consumers and also producers with skill, education and
wealth, many small producers and workers have suffered as a result of the rising competition.
(ii) Removal of trade barriers and liberalisation policies of the governments to facilitate globalisation
have hit the local producers and manufactures hard.
(iii) Globalisation and the pressure of competition have substantially changed the lives of workers.
Faced with grow in competition, most employers these days prefer to employ workers ‘flexibly’.
This means that workers’ jobs are no longer secure.
Illustrations–Do yourself [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
14. Advantages of globalisation:
(i) Globalisation has also created new opportunities for companies providing services, particularly
those involving IT.
(ii) Consumers now enjoy numerous choices, better quality and lower prices for most of the products.
(iii) Numerous jobs have been created by the work of the MNCs and local companies collaborating with
them also have earned huge profits.
(iv) Many top Indian companies have improved technology and production methods due to competition.
Some of them have become MNCs themselves like Infosys and Ranbaxy.
15. 15.1. (c) 15.2. (d)
15.3. Rising competition has led to shutting down of many units.
15.4. Information and technology, and liberalisation of foreign trade and foreign investment have
helped in the process of globalisation.
16. The government can play a major role in ensuring a fair globalisation in India:
(i) Its policies must protect the interests, not only of the rich and the powerful, but also all the people
in the country.
(ii) The government can ensure that labour laws are properly implemented and workers get their
rights.
(iii) It can support small producers to improve their performance till the time they become strong
enough to compete.
(iv) If necessary, the government can use trade and investment barriers.
(v) It can negotiate at the WTO for ‘fairer rules’.
(vi) It can also align with other developing countries with similar interests to fight against the
domination of developed countries in the WTO.
17. Impacts of globalisation on Indian economy:
(i) Higher standard of living in urban areas.
(ii) The impact has not been uniform among producers and workers.
(iii) There is greater choice before the consumers who now enjoy improved quality and lower prices for
several products.
(iv) MNCs have increased their investments in India leading to more job opportunities.
(v) Globalisation has enabled some large Indian companies to emerge as MNCs themselves like Tata
Motors, Infosys, Ranbaxy, Asian Paints, etc.
(vi) Globalisation has also created new opportunities for companies providing services particularly
those involving IT (Information Technology). For example, the Indian company produces a
magazine for the London based company and call centres.

(vii) Local companies supply raw materials to foreign industries and have prospered. However, for a
large number of producers and workers, globalisation has posed major challenges.
18. Removing barriers or restrictions set by the government is known as liberalisation:

Impacts of liberalisation:

(i) Competition would improve the performance of producers within the country.

(ii) Barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were removed to a large extent. This meant that
goods could be imported and exported easily.

(iii) Foreign companies could set up factories and officers to boost up production.

(iv) It allows to make decisions freely.

(v) The competition would improve the performance of producers within the country since they have
to improve their quality. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2017]
19. Contribution of technology in promoting the process of globalisation:

(i) Past fifty years have seen several improvement in transportation technology.

(ii) This has made much faster delivery of goods across long distance possible at former costs.

(iii) In recent times technology in the areas of telecommunication, computers and internet has been
changing rapidly.

(iv) Technology has facilitated the satellite communication devices.

(v) Telecommunication facilities are used to contact one another around the world.
20. In the recent years, the Indian Government has taken special steps to attract foreign companies to

invest in India:

(i) The government has set up industrial zones called SEZs (Special Economic Zones).

(ii) SEZs provide world class facilities, i.e. electricity, water, roads, transport, storage recreational
and educational facilities.

(iii) Companies who set up production units in the SEZs do not have to pay taxes for an initial period
of five years.

(iv) The government has also allowed flexibility in the labour laws to attract foreign investment.

(v) The companies can now lower workers ‘flexibly’ for short period when there is intense pressure of
work. This is done to reduce the cost of labour for the companies.

• Until the middle of the twentieth century, production was largely organised within countries.
• As consumer in today’s world, some of us have a wide choice of goods and services before us. Such wide-
ranging choice of goods and services in our market is a relatively recent phenomenon.
• Our markets have been transformed in a matter of few decades. Earlier we had limited brands and products
in the market but now the market is flooded with a large number of brands and varieties of goods.
• Colonies such as India exported raw materials and food stuff and imported finished goods. Trade was
the main channel connecting distant countries. This was before large companies called multinational
corporations (MNCs) emerged on the scene.
• The MNC is not only selling its finished products globally, but more important, the goods and services are
produced globally. As a result, production is organised in increasingly complex ways. The production process
is divided into small parts and spread out across the globe.
• MNC (multinational corporation) is a company owning and controlling production in more than one nation.
• Money spent to buy the inputs like land, buildings, machines, etc. is called investment.
• Example of spreading of production by an MNC:

Spreading of Production by an MNC from USA-Producing Industrial Equipment
Where What Why

USA Designs its product in the research centres
China Components are manufactured Cheap manufacturing
Mexico and Assembling and selling the products globally Closeness to the market
Eastern Europe from here
India Call centres Highly skilled engineers and educated
English speaking youth.
• Investment done by MNC is termed as foreign investment. Any investment is made with the hope that these
assets will earn profits.
• All times, MNCs, set up production jointly with some of the local companies. The MNCs can provide money
for additional investment and might bring with them the latest technology for production.
• Factors controlling MNCs production–closeness to the market, skilled and unskilled labour available at low
cost, government policies etc. to keep the cost of production low and profit high.
• Globalisation can be defined as the process of rapid interconnection or integration between the countries.
MNCs are playing a major role in the globalisation process. More and more goods and services, investments
and technology are moving between countries.
• Rapid improvement in technology has been one major factor that has stimulated the globalisation process.
Even more remarkable have been the developments in information and communication technology.
• Some restrictions have been set up by the Government on import e.g., tax on import is called trade barrier.
Governments can use trade barriers to increase or decrease the foreign trade and to decide what kinds of
goods and how much of each should come into country.
• After Independence, the Government of India had put barriers to foreign trade and foreign investments. But
after 1991, barriers on foreign trade and foreign investment were removed to large extent.
• Removing barriers or restrictions set up by the government is known as liberalisation. With liberalisation
of trade, business are allowed to make decisions freely about what they wish to import or export.
• The liberalisation of foreign trade and investment in India was supported by some very powerful
international organisations. World Trade Organisation (WTO) is one such organisation whose aim is to
liberalise international trade.
• Since July 2016, 164 countries of the world are members of the WTO. It rules have forced the developing
countries to remove trade barriers.
• Globalisation of the Indian economy produces the competition among producers and a result it makes
advantage to consumers.
• Among producers and workers, the impact of globalisation has not been uniform.
• MNCs have increased their investments in India over the past 20 years and also new jobs have been created.
Several top Indian companies also have been able to benefit from the increased competition and provide
platform to emerge as multinationals themselves.
• Globalisation has also created new opportunities for companies providing services, particularly those
involving IT. Besides, a host of services such as data entry, accounting, administrative tasks, engineering
are now being done cheaply in countries such as India and are exported to the developed countries.
• Fair globalisation would create opportunities for all, and also ensure that the benefits of globalisation are
shared better. The government can play a major role in making this possible.
• The policies of the government must protect the interest not only of the rich and the powerful, but all the
people in the country.
• People also can play an important role in the struggle for fair globalisation through participating in
compaigns, representing in people’s organisation that influences the important decisions relating to trade
and investments at the WTO.

1. Until the middle of the twentieth century, production was largely organised within countries. What
crosses the boundaries of these countries were raw material, foodstuff and finished products. Colonies
such as India exported raw material and foodstuff and imported finished goods. Trade was the main
channel connecting distant countries. This was before large companies connecting distant countries. This
was before large companies called multinational corporations (MNCs) emerged on the scene.
Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets i.e.,
markets of their own countries. Producers can sell their produce not only in markets located within the
country but can also compete in markets located in other countries of the world. Similarly, for the buyers,
import of goods produced in another country is one way of expanding the choice of goods beyond what is
domestically produced.
MNCs are a major force in connecting the countries of the world because–
(a) they can form and utilize the connections between national economics.
(b) they help in the integration of market and in flow of information.
(c) they may also outsource their production processes, often to lesser developed nations to reduce their
costs.
Ans. (d)
OR
Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets i.e., markets
of their own countries. How does foreign trade become a main channel in connecting countries? Choose
the correct option.
(a) Foreign trade creates an opportunity for the producers to reach beyond the domestic markets.
(b) Producers can sell their produce not only in market located within the country but also compete in
markets located in other countries of the world.
(c) Impact of the goods produced in another country is also one of the way is expanding the choice of goods.
Ans. (d)

Sample Paper–1
Time: 2 Hours Maximum Marks: 40
1. Why did Gandhiji decide to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement in 1922? 1
Ans. A peaceful demonstration in a bazaar in Chauri Chaura, Gorakhpur turned into a violent clash with the
police. Hearing of the incident Mahatma Gandhi decided to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement.
2. Where was the first textile mill established in India? 1
(a) Jamshedpur (b) Indore (c) Mumbai (d) Delhi
Ans. (c)
3. What is the requirement laid down by the Election Commission for a political party to be recognized as
a ‘State Party’? 1
Ans. A party that secures at least six per cent of the total votes in an election to the Legislative Assembly of
a state and wins at least two seats is recognized as a state party.
4. In the question given below, there are two statements marked as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Read
the statements and choose the correct option: 1
Assertion (A): As compared to dictatorship democracy is better.
Reason (R): Democracy promotes equality among citizens.
Options:
Ans. (a)
5. What is a barter system? 1
Ans. Barter system is a condition in which goods are exchanged without the use of money.
6. Identify the corporation with the help of the following features: 1
• It is a company that owns production in more than one nation.
• In general it sets up production where it is close to the markets.
• Investment made by it is called foreign investment.
Ans. Multinational Corporation.
7. How did the government suppress the Satyagrahis during Rowlatt Satyagraha? 3
Ans. (i) The government responded with brutal repression, seeking to humiliate and terrorise people.
(ii) Satyagrahis were forced to rub their noses on the ground, crawl on the streets and do salaam to all
sahibs.
(iii) People were flogged and villages were bombed.
(iv) Seeing violence spread, Gandhiji called-off the movement. The British government violated the
freedom of speech and expression.
8. Name the longest National Waterway of India. Write any three points of importance of waterways. 3
Ans. The longest National Waterway of India is the Ganga river between Prayagraj (Allahabad) and Haldia.
Importance of waterways:
(i) It is most suitable for carrying heavy and bulky goods.
(ii) It is a fuel efficient and environment friendly.
(iii) More than 95% of the country’s trade volume is moved by the sea.
(iv) It is the cheapest means of transport.
(v) They are the natural routes which do not involve cost of construction. (any three)
9. Describe any three main features of two-party system. 3
Ans. Main features of two-party system:
(i) Power usually changes between two parties, several other parties may exist.
(ii) In such system, people get clear choice.
223
(iii) The party that wins majority forms the government and the other sits in opposition.
(iv) Strong opposition is good for democracy.
(v) Prompt decisions are taken and implemented.
(vi) More development and less corruption. (any three)
10. How do demand deposit have the essential features of money? Explain. 3
Ans. The demand deposits have the essential features of money because:
(ii) People also have the provision to withdraw the money as and when they require.
(iii) People’s money is safe with the banks and it earns an amount as interest.
11. The Civil Disobedience Movement saw the participation of different social classes and groups. Give
reasons for the participation of the following: (a) rich peasants (b) poor peasants (c) business classes
(d) industrial working classes and (e) women. 5
Ans. The reasons for the participation of various social classes and groups in Civil Disobedience Movement
are as follows:
(i) Rich peasants. Rich peasant communities like patidars of Gujarat and the jats of Uttar Pradesh
joined the movement because, being producers of commercial crops they were hard hit by the trade
depression and falling prices. Due to the refusal of the government to reduce the revenue demand
made them fight against high revenues.
(ii) Poor peasants. They joined the movement because they found it difficult to pay rent. They wanted
the unpaid rent to the landlord to be remitted.
(iii) Business class. They reacted against colonial policies that restricted activities because they were
keen on expanding their business and for this they wanted protection against imports of foreign
goods. They thought that Swaraj would cancel colonial restrictions and trade would flourish without
restrictions.
(iv) Industrial working class. They did not participate in large numbers except in the Nagpur
region. Some workers did participate in, selectively adopting some of the Gandhian programme,
like boycott of foreign goods, as a part of their own movements against low wages and poor working
conditions.
(v) Women. There were large scale participation of women in the movement. They participated in
protest marches, manufactured salt, and picketed foreign cloth and liquor shops. Many went to jail.
12. “The challenge of sustainable development requires control over industrial pollution.” Substantiate the
statement with examples. 5
Ans. (i) On one hand industries lead to extensive industrial growth and expansion, other hand these are also
the cause of environmental degeneration which prompt to the different type of air, water pollution.
(ii) There is an increasing requirement to use a further sustainable model.
(iii) Industries must produce eco-friendly products and dump wastes responsibly.
(iv) Use of latest technology can help industries to control pollution and lead towards sustainable mode
of operation.
(v) Industries use Reuse-Recycle-Refuse approach.
(vi) If necessary, dump waste in specified places, away from the land and water sources. For example,
before dumping treat well and make useful for other than drinking purpose, stop using thermal
plants in some of the locations.
13. Explain the role of political parties in a democracy. 5
Ans. In a democracy political parties performed the following major functions:
(i) In most democracies, elections are fought mainly among the candidates put up by political parties.
Parties select their candidates in different ways. In India top party leaders choose candidates for
contesting elections.
(ii) Parties put forward different policies and programmes and the voters choose from them. In a
democracy, a large number of similar opinions have to be grouped together to provide a direction in
which policies can be formulated by the governments. A government is expected to base its policies
on the line taken by the ruling party.
(iii) Parties play a decisive role in making laws for a country. Formally laws are debated and passed
in the legislature. But since most of the members belong to a party, they go by the direction of the
party leadership, irrespective of their personal opinions.
(iv) Parties form and run governments. Parties recruit leaders, train them and then make them
ministers to run the government in the way they want.
(v) Those parties that lose in the elections play the role of opposition to the parties in power by voicing
different views and criticising government for its failure or wrong policies.
224 Sampel Papers

(vi) Parties shape public opinion. They raise and highlight issues. Parties sometimes also launch
movements for the resolution of problems faced by people. Often opinions in the society crystallise
on the lines parties take.
(vii) Parties provide people access to government machinery and welfare schemes implemented by
governments.
14. How are Multinational Companies (MNCs) controlling and spreading their productions across the world?
Explain. 5
Ans. The Multinational Companies (MNCs) are controlling and spreading their production across the world
in the following ways:
(i) MNCs set up their production units close to market.
(ii) MNCs set up production units jointly with local companies.
(iii) They setup units where there is skilled and unskilled labour available at low cost.
(iv) Large MNCs in developed countries place orders for productions with small producers.
(v) They have tremendous power to determine price, quality, delivery and labour conditions for distant
producers.
(vi) By purchasing local companies.
15. One feature is marked on the given political map of India. Identify this feature with the help of the
following information and write its correct name on the line marked near it. 1
The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held in 1927.
16. On the same map locate and label the following:
Namrup Thermal Power Plant
15. __________
225
Ans.
16
.N
am
ru
p
15. Madras
qqq
226 Sampel Papers

Sample Paper–2
1. Which of the following was the reason for calling off ‘the Non-Cooperation Movement’ by Gandhiji? 1
(a) Pressure from the British Government (b) Second Round Table Conference
(c) Gandhiji’s arrest (d) Chauri-Chaura incident
Ans. (d)
2. Identify the important highways of India with the help of the following features and write its name. 1
• Six-lane Super Highways
• link Delhi-Kolkata-Chennai-Mumbai
• are being implemented by the NHAI
Ans. Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways.
3. How can democratic reforms be carried out by political parties? 1
Ans. Democratic reforms be carried out by political parties through:
4. Which form of government is considered best? 1
Ans. Democratic form of government is considered best.
5. Read the given information carefully, and answer the question that follows: 1
Rita has taken a loan of ` 7 lakhs from the bank to purchase a car. The annual interest rate on the loan
is 14.5 per cent and the loan is to be repaid in 3 years in monthly installments. The bank retained the
papers of the new car as collateral, which will be returned to Rita only when she repays the entire loan
with interest.
Analyse the loan information given above, select the correct option.
(a) Mode of re-payment (b) Terms of credit (c) Interest on loan (d) Deposit criteria
Ans. (b)
6. Analyse the contribution of communication technology in globalisation. 1
Ans. Communication technology has played a major role in outspread of products and services across countries
through its arms such as telecommunications (mobile, fax etc.), computers and internet. These have
helped the people in communicating with each other living in different geographical locations.
7. Evaluate the contribution of folklore, songs, popular prints, etc. in shaping the nationalism during
freedom struggle. 3
Ans. History and fiction, folklore and songs, popular prints and symbols, all played a part in making of
nationalism. In the 19th century, nationalist toured village to village and collected folktales sung by
local singers. These tales gave a true picture of our traditional culture and created a sense of pride in
our past traditions. In Bengal, Rabindranath Tagore began collecting nursery rhymes and folk tales.
In Madras, Natesa Sastri published collections of folk tales and published “The Folklore of Southern
India”. Bankim Chandra Chatopadhyay wrote ‘Vande Mataram’ as a hymn to the motherland.
8. Describe any three major problems faced by cotton textile industry in India. 3
Ans. (i) The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced
in the country.
(ii) Erratic power supply, outdated machinery and low output of labour.
(iii) There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in
fragmented small units, which cater to the local market.
(iv) As a result, many of our spinners export cotton yarn while apparel/garment manufacturers have to
import fabric. This mismatch is a major drawback for the textile industry in India.
227
9. How is democratic government known as responsive government? Explain with an example. 3
Ans. A democratic government has to be responsive to the needs of its citizens:
(i) Through pressure groups, and public protests, the democratic government can check the popularity
of its decisions and mechanism of administering justice.
(ii) A government which is able to respond to grievances faster is able to avoid confrontation and
provide good governance.
10. “Foreign trade is an important component of globalisation”. Explain any three points in this regard. 3
Ans. Foreign trade is an important component of globalisation because:
(i) Foreign trade implies exchange of goods and services across the countries.
(iv) It works to integrate markets in different countries.
11. What was Bardoli Satyagraha? Give a brief description of Vallabhbhai Patel’s contribution in this
struggle. 5
Ans. Bardoli is a city in the state of Gujarat. In 1928, Bardoli Satyagraha was a major movement of farmers
against the increase of land revenue. This Satyagraha led the foundation of the Civil Disobedience
Movement against the British rule.
In 1928, the British raised the land revenue approx 30 per cent in Bardoli, Gujarat. This unjustified
heavy tax was opposed by the farmers of Bardoli under the strong leadership of Vallabhbhai Patel, who
was one of the most prominent leaders from Gujarat. This satyagraha got great sympathy in several
regions of India.
The government tried to crush the movement through brutal action, but Vallabhbhai Patel left no
stone unturned to ensure its positive outcome. Finally the government agreed the demands of farmers.
Vallabhbhai was given the title of ‘Sardar’ by the locals of Bardoli.
12. Why is the economic strength of a country measured by the development of manufacturing industries?
Explain with examples. 5
Ans. The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
Manufacturing sector is considered the backbone of development in general and economic development
in particular mainly because:
(i) Manufacturing industries not only help in modernising agriculture, which forms the backbone of
our economy, but also reduce the heavy dependence of people on agricultural income by providing
them jobs in secondary and tertiary sector.
country.
(iii) It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and
backwards areas.
exchange.
(v) Countries that transform their raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value
are prosperous.
13. Illustrate the situations which display lack of internal democracy within the political party. 5
Ans. Situations which display lack of internal democracy within a political party–
(i) Parties do not keep membership registers, do not hold organisational meetings, and do not conduct
internal elections regularly.
(ii) Ordinary members of the party do not get sufficient information on what happens inside the party.
(iii) They do not have the means or the connections needed to influence the decisions. As a result the
leaders assume greater power to make decisions in the name of the party.
(iv) Since one or few leaders exercise paramount power in the party, those who disagree with the
leadership find it difficult to continue in the party.
(v) More than loyalty to party principles and policies, personal loyalty to the leader becomes more
important.
14. ‘Self-Help Groups’ help borrowers to overcome the problem of back of collateral. Examine the statement.
5
228 Sampel Papers

Ans. (i) In a self-help group most of the important decisions regarding the savings and loan activities are
taken by the group members.
(ii) Group members are well known to each other. They belong to the same society.
(iii) Also, it is the group which is responsible for the repayment of the loan.
(iv) Any case of non repayment of loan by any one member is followed up seriously by other members
in the group.
(v) Due to this feature, banks are willing to land to the poor women when organised in SHGs, even
though they have no collateral as such.
Thus, through the above points, we can easily say that the Self-Help Groups help borrowers to overcome
the problem of back of collateral.
The place associated with the movement with Indigo planters.
16. On the same map locate and label the following : 1
Vijayanagar Iron and Steel Plant
15. _________
229
Ans.
15. Champaran
16. Vijayanagar
qqq
230 Sampel Papers

Sample Paper–3
1. Who painted the first image of Bharat Mata? 1
2. Identify the industry with the help of the following features, and write its name. 1
• The industry has close links with agriculture.
• It provides a living to farmers.
• It creates demands that support many other industries such as chemical and dyes, packaging
materials.
3. _________ recognises a party as National Party or State Party. Select the correct option. 1
(a) The President of India
(b) The Prime Minister of India
(c) The Election Commission of India
(d) The Chief Election Commission
4. Give any one example of economic development in dictatorial regimes. 1
5. In the question given below, there are two statements marked as Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Read
the statements and choose the correct option: 1
Assertion (A): Self-help groups help to reduce the functioning of formal sector of credit.
Reason (R): Informal sector includes moneylenders, traders, etc.
Options:
6. What attracts the Foreign investment? 1
7. Why did Mahatma Gandhi decide to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement in February 1922. Explain
any three reasons. 3
8. “Airways is the most preferred mode of transport in the north-eastern states of India.” Give three reasons
to prove this preference. 3
9. “Serious efforts were made by the legal organisations to reform political parties in India.” Support the
statement. 3
10. Why is credit a crucial element in the economic development? 3
11. Describe the incidence of Jallianwalla Bagh Massacre. 5
12. Analyses the role of chemical industries in the Indian economy. 5
13. What are the merits of a democratic government? 5
14. How has liberalisation of trade and investment policies helped the globalisation process? 5
The place where the Indian National Congress Session was held.
16. On the same map locate and label the following: 1
Indira Gandhi International Airport
231
15.
___________
qqq
Visit https://telegram.me/booksforcbse for more books.
232 Sampel Papers

5 6201800791078995301

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

5 6201800791078995301

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Term

Visit https://telegram.me/booksforcbse for more books.

Full Marks Pvt Ltd

Full Marks Pvt Ltd

9, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002

osQUnzh; ekè;fed f'k{kk cksMZ

4. Term II Examination/ Year-end Examination

CBSE CIRCULAR 2021-22

osQUnzh; ekè;fed f'k{kk cksMZ

LIST OF MAP ITEMS

Unit-2: Geography (Contemporary India-II)............................................................................... 77-141

5. Manufacturing Industries ......................................................................................................................... 97

6. Lifelines of National Economy .................................................................................................................. 121

Unit 3: Political Science (Democratic Politics-II)...................................................................... 142-181

8. Outcomes of Democracy............................................................................................................................ 162

Unit 4: Economics (Understanding Economic Development-II)............................................. 182-222

10. Globalisation and the Indian Economy................................................................................................... 202

• Sample Paper 1 (Solved)............................................................................................................. 223

• Sample Paper 2 (Solved).............................................................................................................. 227

• Sample Paper 3 (Unsolved)......................................................................................................... 231

Increase taxes Rich peasants to reduce

1. The First World War, Khilafat and Non-Cooperation

Nationalism in India 11

Nationalism in India 13

2. Differing Strands Within the Movement

Nationalism in India 15

Nationalism in India 17

3. Towards Civil Disobedience

Nationalism in India 19

Nationalism in India 21

Nationalism in India 23

4. The Sense of Collective Belonging

Nationalism in India 25

Picture Based Question

Study the given picture carefully and answer the question.

Map Based Questions (As per the CBSE Map List)

Nationalism in India 27

Ans. (A) Madras (B) Champaran (C) Ahmedabad

Ans. (A) Nagpur (B) Amritsar (C) Dandi

Nationalism in India 29

Quick Revision Notes

Nationalism in India 31

Nationalism in India 33

2 The Making of a Global World

The Pre-Modern World End of Bretton Woods and the

The Nineteenth Century 1815-1914 Decolonisation and Independence

The Inter-War Economy Rebuilding a World economy

1. The Pre-Modern World

The Making of a Global World 37

2. The Nineteenth Century (1815-1914)

The Making of a Global World 39

The Making of a Global World 41

The Making of a Global World 43

3. The Inter-War Economy

The Making of a Global World 45

The Making of a Global World 47

4. Rebuilding a World Economy : The Post-War Era

The Making of a Global World 49

Picture Based Question

Quick Revision Notes

The Making of a Global World 51

1. The First World War made the United States– 1

What does this picture reveals?

II. Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark)

III. Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks)

28.1. Manufacturing industries fall in _ and agriculture in ___ .

III. Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks)

II. Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark)